CIVIL  ENGINEERING 
SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


PREPARED  BY 


RICHARD  I.  D.  ASHBRIDGE 

CIVIL  ENGINEER 

MEMBER  OF  THE  AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS 


"For  which  of  you,  intending  to  build  a  tower, 
sitteth  not  down  first,  and  counteth  the  cost, 
whether  he  have  sufficient  to  finish  it.  Lest  haply, 
after  he  hath  laid  the  foundation,  and  is  not  able 
to  finish  it,  all  that  behold  it  begin  to  mock  him, 
saying,  This  man  began  to  build,  and  was  not  able 
to  finish."— St.  Luke  XIV:  28,  29,  30. 


AMERICAN  TECHNICAL,  SOCIETY 

CHICAGO 

1914 


COPYRIGHT,    1914,   BY 

AMERICAN  TECHNICAL  SOCIETY 


COPYRIGHTED  IN  GREAT  BRITAIN 
ALL  RIGHTS   RESERVED 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

Introduction 1 

General  instructions 1 

General  provisions 9 

Details  prior  to  beginning  work 9 

Grouping  provisions 9 

Drawings,  plans,  etc 10 

Measurements,  lines,  and  grades 12 

Fulfilling  the  contract 13 

Execution  of  work 13 

Inspection  of  work 15 

Protective  and  labor  clauses 17 

Miscellaneous  obligations  of  contractor 18 

Interference  with  travel * 22 

Damages,  claims,  alterations,  etc 23 

Payment,  liens,  estimate,  bond,  etc 25 

Typical  illustrative  specifications 29-130 

Railroad  grading 29 

Foundations  35 

Masonry 36 

Lumber 51 

Interstate  rules  for  classification  and  inspection  of  yel- 
low pine  52 

Terra  cotta  drain  pipe  for  culverts 53 

Cast-iron  pipe  culverts 54 

Structural  steel  for  buildings 55 

Steel  bridge  specifications 56 

Kailroad  bridges 57 

Highway  bridges  71 

Tunnels  72 

Borings  for  subaqueous  tunnel 76 

Pile  trestle  for  an  electric  railroad  across  an  ocean  inlet ...  76 

Timber  and  framing  77 

Piling   78 

Treatment  of  timber  with  creosote 81 

Iron  work  for  timber  trestles  .                                           .  84 


2  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Typical  illustrative  specifications  (continued) 

Track  laying ; 85 

Preparing  roadbed  86 

Laying  the  track 87 

Ballasting 89 

Surfacing 90 

Crossties 90 

Overhead  construction  of  an  electric  railway 93 

Stone  road 95 

Concrete  macadam 100 

Pavements  and  curbing 102 

Vitrified-clay  brick  or  block  paving 104 

Granite  block  paving  on  concrete  base 105 

Telf ord  paving 107 

Curbing 107 

Granite  block  paving  on  sand  base 108 

Asphalt  paving 109 

Kenned  asphalt 114 

Wood-block  pavement   120 

Granolithic  sidewalk  pavement 124 

Brick  pavement 125 

Elevated  tanks  and  standpipes 125 

Contract  or  articles  of  agreement 131 

Essential  elements 131 

Analysis  of  conditions 134 

Forms  of  agreement 136 

General  form    140 

Railway  form 143 

Proposals 160 

Instructions  to  bidders 161 

Typical  proposals 165 

Advertisement 171 

Typical  advertisements , 173 

Metal  work  173 

Bridge  work 173 

Macadam  roads 174 

Practice  in  specification  and  contract  writing 175 

General  instructions 175 

Typical  problems 176 


INTRODUCTION 


IN  engineering  work,  often  involving  millions  of  dollars  and  the 
labor  of  thousands  of  men  for  months,  there  can  be  no  more 
important  matters  for  the  interested  parties  to  consider  than  exactly 
what  is  to  be  done,  how  it  is  to  be  done,  and  what  it  is  going  to 
cost.  An  important  contractual  relation,  which  is  to  last  some- 
times for  years,  is  to  be  entered  into  and,  to  avoid  trouble  and 
litigation,  the  "meeting  of  the  minds"  must  be  exact  on  all 
points.  On  the  one  hand  the  interests  of  the  corporation  or 
individual  for  whom  the  work  is  to  be  done  must  be  carefully 
safeguarded;  on  the  other  hand,  n$  injustice  must  be  done  the 
contractor,  nor  any  provisions  introduced  or  omitted  which  will 
prevent  him  from  making  an  honest  profit  on  his  work. 

<I  The  author,  who  has  a  wide  experience  in  Civil  Engineering 
work,  has  tried  first  to  develop  a  logical  system  of  preparing 
specifications,  and  to  present  a  method  of  avoiding  the  mistakes  and 
omissions  all  too  common  in  papers  of  this  kind.  He  has  also 
attempted  to  cover  all  types  of  specifications  from  railroad  work, 
bridges,  culverts,  excavations,  fills,  tunnels,  and  road-beds  to  coun- 
try and  city  paving.  In  addition  to  typical  specifications,  the 
proposal,  agreement,  and  contract  forms  are  discussed  and  illus- 
trated. Advice  is  also  given  as  to  the  points  to  be  considered  and 
avoided  in  drawing  up  a  set  of  specifications  and  in  properly  draft- 
ing a  contract.  Altogether,  a  thorough  presentation  of  this  impor- 
tant subject  has  been  given  and  it  is  hoped  that  this  volume  will  be 
a  distinct  contribution  to  engineering  literature. 


CIVIL   ENGINEERING   SPECIFICA- 
TIONS AND  CONTRACTS 


PART  I 


INTRODUCTION 

In  the  preparation  for  letting  a  piece  of  work,  the  Engineer 
must,  by  drawing  and  written  description  or  specification,  set 
forth  his  ideas.  He  must  also  make  estimates  of  the  cost  of  the 
work  under  different  methods  of  construction  to  determine  the 
least  expensive  method  of  accomplishing  the  desired  result  and, 
if  he  wishes  to  let  the  work,  he  should  make  such  public  announce- 
ments as  shall  reach  the  greatest  number  of  desirable  contractors. 

In  order  to  insure  an  early  execution  of  the  construction,  it  is 
his  duty  to  prepare  the  form  of  bid  or  proposal,  with  the  instruc- 
tions to  bidders  and,  later,  after  attending  to  the  opening  of  bids, 
he  must  adopt  a  form  of  articles  of  agreement  and  fix  a  bond, 
which,  together  with  the  specifications,  drawings,  and  proposal, 
form  the  contract.  These  various  steps  will  be  treated  in  the 
following  work,  in  the  order  of  their  importance  in  the  contract 
from  the  Engineer's  point  of  view. 

GENERAL  INSTRUCTIONS 

Engineering.  Engineering  may  be  defined  as  the  science  or 
art  of  utilizing  the  forces  and  materials  of  Nature  with  the  great- 
est amount  of  economy.  It  has  been  defined  epigrammatically 
as  "the  science  or  art  of  making  a  dollar  go  the  farthest".  Engi- 
neering is  divided  into  Civil  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing, Electrical  Engineering,  Mining  Engineering,  Hydraulic  En- 
gineering, Gas  Engineering,  Chemical  Engineering,  Agricultural 
Engineering,  etc.  According  to  modern  usage,  Civil  Engineer- 
ing is  confined  strictly  to  fixed  construction,  such  as  railways, 


2       "*^:(>IVIL•^Pi}6mCATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

\,  sewers,  aqueducts,  canals,  lighthouses, 


dams,  breakwaters,  etc. 

The  Engineer.  It  is  necessary  that  the  two  parties  to  a  con- 
tract for  the  execution  of  any  important  construction  work  have 
some  one  in  authority  to  decide  all  questions  in  dispute  between 
them,  and  to  see  that  the  work  is  carried  out  in  accordance  with 
the  requirements  of  the  contract.  This  person  is  generally  the 
Engineer  who  designs  the  work,  although  in  some  States,  unless 
the  Engineer's  name  is  written  in  the  articles  of  agreement,  his 
decisions  are  not  binding. 

It  is  his  duty  to  take  a  perfectly  neutral  position  between  the 
two  parties,  and  to  see  that  the  work  is  carried  out  in  strict 
accordance  with  the  contract.  He  should  work  in  harmony  with 
the  contractors,  give  all  possible  aid  to  accelerating  the  work, 
and  take  pains  to  secure  work  and  material  strictly  up  to  the 
standard  of  requirements  in  the  specifications.  Although  he  is 
usually  in  the  employ  of  the  party  for  whom  the  work  is  being 
done,  as  the  arbitrator  his  decisions  must  show  perfect  impar- 
tiality, so  that  both  parties  will  admit  their  justice;  but  in  order 
that  there  may  be  few  questions  at  issue  between  the  parties  to 
the  contract,  the  Engineer 'must  be  thoroughly  familiar  with  the 
character  of  the  work  he  is  designing  and  the  quality  of  the 
materials  entering  into  it. 

Contract.  A  contract  is  a  written  or  verbal  agreement  be- 
tween two  or  more  parties  specifying  terms,  conditions,  etc., 
under  which  certain  obligations  are  to  be  discharged.  A  contract 
for  engineering  work  generally  consists  of  the  Advertisement, 
the  Proposal  (including  the  notice  to  bidders),  the  Drawings,  the 
Specifications,  the  Articles  of  Agreement  (generally  spoken  of 
as  the  contract),  and  the  Bond,  which  is  usually  required  to  insure 
the  carrying  out  of  the  contract. 

It  is  the  Engineer's  duty  to  see  that  he  obtains  the  greatest 
amount  of  the  best  work  for  the  least  expenditure  of  money. 
Experience  has  shown  that  to  accomplish  this  end  he  should  first 
determine  the  exact  character  of  the  structure  which  is  to  be 
built  and,  in  addition  to  the  drawings,  which  are  generally  neces- 
sary, he  should  prepare  the  following:  (1)  The  form  of  Speci- 
fication; (2)  the  Agreement;  (3)  the  Proposal,  or  form  of  bid, 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  3 

including  the  notice  to  bidders;  (4)  the  Advertisement.  They 
are  given  above  in  the  order  of  their  importance  to  the  Engineer 
and  Contractor,  and  in  that  order  they  will  be  treated. 

It  is  essential  that  all  parts  of  the  contract  be  prepared  care- 
fully in  order  to  avoid  misunderstanding.  Many  disputes  are 
avoided  by  requiring  contractors  to  make  their  bids  on  a  regular 
form  of  proposal,  furnished  by  the  party  for  whom  the  work  is 
to  be  done.  In  the  case  of  small  or  unimportant  work,  the  bond 
is  often  omitted.  In  some  cases  drawings  are  not  necessary,  and 
in  many  cases  the  work  to  be  done  is  not  advertised,  as  the  work 
may  not  be  of  sufficient  magnitude  to  warrant  the  expense,  and 
as  many  corporations  keep  a  list  of  the  names  of  contractors  who 
are  regularly  asked  to  bid  on  projected  work.  Of  the  above,  the 
drawings  and  the  specifications  are  the  most  important  to  the 
Engineer  and  the  Contractor,  as  they  are  the  guide  for  both  in 
the  execution  of  the  work  and  are  constantly  in  use  during  con- 
struction; hence,  for  convenience,  the  specifications  and  the 
drawings  are  often  so  prepared  that  they  can  be  readily  detached 
from  the  other  components  of  the  contract. 

Drawings.  Very  few  contracts  for  construction  work  are 
drawn  without  plans  of  some  kind.  They  should  be  made 
accurately  and  on  a  scale  large  enough  to  show  all  details  con- 
veniently and  clearly.  All  dimensions  and  distances  should  be 
written  carefully  upon  the  parts  of  the  detail  drawings  to  which 
they  refer,  and  all  dimensions  should  be  checked  by  a  second 
draftsman.  The  distance  to  be  embraced  by  the  figures  should 
be  indicated  by  dotted  arrows.  The  drawings  should  be  so 
accurate  and  so  complete  that  there  can  be  no  question  as  to  the 
intention  of  the  designer  even  to  the  smallest  detail.  In  pre- 
paring the  specifications,  the  designer  should  keep  a  memoran- 
dum tablet  on  his  table-  and  jot  down  every  thought  that  may 
be  of  service.  The  value  of  a  drawing  depends  upon  its 
accuracy. 

The  sheets  should  be  uniform  in  size,  carefully  lettered  or 
numbered  for  reference,  and  should  be  clearly  and  plainly  titled. 
They  should  also  show  the  scale,  the  date  when  completed,  the 
initials  of  the  draftsman,  and  the  initials  of  the  checking 
draftsman. 


4  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Maps  should  show  a  meridian  and  magnetic  variation,  if  the 
latter  be  known. 

The  Government  prohibits  the  letting  of  a  contract  without 
an  accompanying  plan ;  certain  city  ordinances  and  charters  have 
the  same  prohibition.  The  requiring  of  plans  to  accompany  the 
contract  is  to  assure  the  competing  Contractors  that  they  are 
bidding  on  the  same  basis. 

Contracts  are  frequently  drawn  for  patented  or  special  struc- 
tures, without  plans;  in  such  cases,  the  Contractor  furnishes  a 
working  drawing,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Engineer,  after 
the  contract  is  executed.  The  specifications  for  such  work  are 
usually  confined  to  a  general  description  of  the  work  required 
and  a  guarantee  of  results  to  be  obtained  by  the  Contractor, 
without  setting  forth  the  detail  of  construction  or  method. 
Sometimes  plans  are  tendered  by  the  bidders — thus  allowing 
the  Engineer  to  make  comparison  and  choice  of  the  different  ideas 
submitted.  This  method  of  letting  contracts  is  not  recommended, 
but  as  the  various  branches  of  Engineering  become  more  special- 
ized and  as  most  of  the  leading  contracting  firms  have  competent 
engineers  who  are  specialists  in  their  particular  line  of  construc- 
tion, it  becomes  necessary  for  the  busy  Engineer,  with  a  general 
practice,  to  make  use  of  the  specialist  in  order  to  keep  pace  with 
modern  construction  methods. 

Specifications.  The  specifications  define  the  exact  relations 
between  the  parties  to  the  contract;  they  are  supplementary  to 
the  drawings  and  should  be  embodied  in  the  contract.  They 
are  a  written  description  of  the  work  to  be  performed  and  should 
show  specifically  whatever  features  are  not  shown  on  the  draw- 
ings. They  should  define  the  quality  and  quantity  of  materials; 
the  methods  of  construction;  the  nature  of  the  workmanship; 
the  manner  of  conducting  the  work;  and  the  general  conditions 
and  stipulations. 

The  specifications  must  be  most  carefully  drawn,  leaving 
nothing  to  the  imagination,  as  they  are  the  guide  to  both 
Engineer  and  Contractor  throughout  the  execution  of  the  work. 
Great  care  must  be  taken  that  no  important  special  and  general 
clauses  be  omitted.  They  should  set  forth  clearly  and  with  great 
exactness  what  is  to  be  done. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  5 

The  Contractor  is  supposed  to  be  experienced  in  the  special 
class  of  construction  to  be  undertaken,  and  should  not  be  dictated 
to  as  to  methods — except  in  very  special  cases— and  he  should 
be  held  strictly  responsible  for  results.  In  some  cases  the 
Engineer  may  desire  a  specially  manufactured  article  or  material, 
or  a  special  method  to  be  used  in  accomplishing  a  certain  result ; 
in  which  case  it  is  necessary  to  incorporate  the  specifically- 
mentioned  article  and  the  method  of  doing  the  work  in  the  speci- 
fication. If  the  specified  article  is  inherently  unsuitable  for  the 
purpose  intended,  or  the  method  required  does  not  accomplish 
the  desired  result,  the  Contractor  must  not  be  held  for  the 
results,  as  he  is  not  free  to  act  according  to  his  own  ideas  and 
cannot  be  responsible  for  the  mistakes  of  the  Engineer.  Either 
leave  the  methods  and  means  entirely  to  the  Contractor  who  is 
held  responsible  for  results,  or  let  the  Engineer  assume  entire 
charge  of  methods  and  means  and  state  that  the  Contractor  will 
not  be  held  responsible  for  results.  To  attempt  to  follow  both 
courses  at  the  same  time  is  inequitable  and  will  be  so  found  if 
carried  into  the  courts  of  law.  In  plain  words,  the  specifications 
should  point  rather  to  the  finished  structure  than  to  the  method 
of  accomplishing  the  work. 

General  and  Specific  Clauses  or  Provisions.  Specifications  are 
usually  divided  into  general  and  special  clauses  or  provisions. 
The  general  clauses  are  those  that  are  applicable  with  slight 
variations  to  almost  any  important  piece  of  construction  work, 
while  the  special  clauses  refer  to  the  character  of  the  material, 
the  details  of  construction,  the  special  features  and  ideas  to  be 
incorporated,  and  no  details  should  be  spared  that  would  add  to 
the  clearness  of  description  in  every  step  of  the  proposed  work. 
All  clauses  should  be  numbered  and  properly  headed,  preferably 
by  a  marginal  note,  for  convenience  of  reference.  The  general 
clauses  should  be  segregated  from  those  of  a  specific  nature, 
thereby  avoiding  errors  of  omission. 

General  clauses  or  provisions  describe  the  general  relation  of 
the  parties  involved,  the  time  for  beginning  and  completing  the 
contract,  payment  for  the  work,  the  Contractor's  liability,  the 
special  duties  of  the  Contractor,  inspection,  change  of  plans, 
interpretation  of  plans,  measurements,  conduct  of  the  work, 


6  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

maintenance  of  completed  work,  etc.  It  is  advisable  for  the  Engi- 
neer to  have  a  list  of  the  general  conditions  which  are  applicable 
to  most  contracts  before  him  and,  upon  completion  of  the  rough 
copy,  to  check  over  the  clauses  to  see  that  all  the  conditions 
have  been  included.  The  writer  has  a  list  of  over  one  hundred 
headings  that  he  endeavors  to  embody  in  every  specification 
drawn ;  although  it  is  not  necessary  to  have  a  special  clause  for 
each  heading,  he  has  found  that  this  is  the  surest  method  to 
prevent  omissions  of  necessary  clauses. 

Great  care  must  be  taken  that  clauses  do  not  contradict  each 
other;  that  they  be  not  at  variance  with  the  plans;  and  that 
ambiguous  description  is  not  introduced. 

Clearness  of  Statement.  The  wise  and  careful  Contractor  will 
note  every  detailed  provision  of  a  specification,  and  will  bid 
accordingly,  expecting  to  do  no  more  than  is  required  in  the 
contract.  Hence  it  is  necessary  that  the  Engineer  set  forth  every 
detail  fully,  clearly,  and  concisely.  Work  should  be  so  designed 
and  described  as  to  require  no  alteration  in  the  course  of  con- 
struction. 

The  specification  requiring  the  Contractor  to  ask  the  Engineer 
for  an  explanation  of  its  meaning  is  not  clearly  drawn.  The 
Engineer  must  not  suppose  that  the  Contractor  will  take  any- 
thing for  granted;  he  must  draw  his  specification  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  cover  the  work,  in  general  and  in  particular,  in 
every  detail. 

It  is  of  the  greatest  importance  that  there  be  no  ambiguity 
and  no  omission  of  words.  The  clauses  should  be  couched  in  the 
simplest  language  and  the  sentences  should  be  short  and  to  the 
point.  Bad  English,  careless  punctuation,  and  verbosity  are  to 
be  carefully  avoided.  The  incorrect  placing  of  a  comma  has 
caused  the  loss  of  many  thousands  of  dollars.  Write  so  clearly 
that  there  will  be  no  occasion  to  take  the  specification  to  court 
to  decide  what  is  the  ' '  spirit ' '  of  the  contract ;  that  is,  what  was 
intended  by  the  writer  of  the  contract  and  what  the  parties  to  it 
should  understand  by  it.  Repeat  words  or  sentences,  if  it  is  found 
that  the  meaning  is  thereby  made  clearer. 

Precision.  While  it  is  not  always  possible  to  prescribe  exact 
quantities,  the  word  "about"  is  to  be  avoided  in  specification 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  7 

writing.  Be  precise  in  all  descriptions ;  ask  for  nothing  that  you 
do  not  know  to  be  practicable,  and  be  definite  and  specific  in 
every  detail.  The  units  of  measurement  to  be  employed  should 
always  be  clearly  stated. 

Knowledge  Required  of  Engineer.  The  Engineer  must  have  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  every  detail  of  the  work  before  he 
attempts  to  describe  what  the  Contractor  is  to  accomplish  under 
the  specification ;  even  when  understood  perfectly  by  the  Engineer, 
it  is  often  very  difficult  to  describe  exact  requirements. 

Avoidance  of  Unusual  Conditions.  Specifications  should  be  so 
drawn  that  the  best  class  of  material  and  workmanship  consistent 
with  the  amount  of  money  to  be  expended  on  the  undertaking 
be  obtained.  Avoid  conditions  which  are  unusual  and  beyond 
the  ordinary  requirements  of  good  practice,  and  which  are  not 
absolutely  necessary  to  the  results  desired.  The  Contractor  will 
generally  bid  a  figure  out  of  all  reasonable  proportion,  to  insure 
himself  against  loss  on  work  of  a  character  with  which  he  is 
entirely  unfamiliar.  Remember  that  Engineering  has  been 
defined  as  "the  science  or  art  of  making  a  dollar  go  the  farthest". 
Many  young  engineers  are  prone  to  introduce  into  their  work 
some  new  idea  of  their  own,  of  doubtful  utility,  for  the  sake  of 
novelty  and  self-advertisement,  where  a  more  conservative  man 
will  follow  the  beaten  road  of  approved  practice. 

Materials  Employed.  The  materials  of  construction  should,  to 
as  great  an  extent  as  possible,  be  those  readily  found  in  the  local 
markets  and  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  work.  This  does  not 
mean,  however,  that  any  inferior  or  unsuitable  material  may  be 
allowed  to  enter  into  the  work;  on  the  contrary,  the  most 
approved  practice  should  be  required  both  as  to  materials  and 
workmanship.  The  Engineer  may  be  sure  that  he  will  not  get  a 
better  quality  of  material  than  that  specified,  and  will  often  get  a 
poorer  one.  Be  careful  in  regard  to  specifying  materials  of  special 
manufacture,  as  the  Engineer  must  be  above  the  suspicion  of 
favoring  any  particular  make  or  brand.  It  is  wise  to  set  as  a 
standard  the  best  brand  on  the  market  and  then  require  it,  or 
its  equal.  It  is  generally  best  to  set  forth  the  requirements  or 
tests  that  a  material  must  fulfill,  in  preference  to  naming  the 
special  manufacture. 


8  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Extra  and  Additional  Work.  What  constitutes  extra  and  addi- 
tional work  is  the  most  frequent  cause  of  controversy  between  the 
Engineer  and  the  Contractor;  therefore,  the  greatest  care  should 
be  used  in  specifying  what  should  constitute  each.  Extra  work 
may  be  defined  as  work  entirely  unforeseen  at  the  time  of  the 
drawing  of  the  contract;  while  additional  work  is  work  of  the 
same  quality  and  workmanship  as  that  described  in  the  specifica- 
tion, which  can  be  foreseen  but  not  accurately  calculated.  The 
proposal  should  include  unit  prices  for  the  various  items  of 
materials  and  workmanship,  which  it  is  thought  may  be  required 
to  complete  the  construction,  over  and  above  the  work  described 
in  the  specifications,  in  order  that  there  be  no  cause  for  contro- 
versy over  the  items  of  additional  work.  But  where  there  have 
been  omissions  in  the  requirements  of  the  specifications ;  when 
alterations,  changes,  and  additions  become  necessary;  where 
errors  have  been  made  in  lines  or  grades ;  where  new  methods  or 
materials  are  experimented  with  by  the  Engineer ;  where  damaged 
work  is  replaced;  or  where  the  work  has  to  be  extended  to 
secure  greater  strength,  durability,  or  stability,  there  is  fre- 
quently more  or  less  controversy  as  to  just  what  shall  constitute 
extra  work  under  the  contract.  This  trouble  can  be  avoided  by 
defining  clearly  just  what  work  is  to  be  done  by  the  Contractor, 
and  by  requiring  nothing  of  him  beyond  the  lines  of  the  work  so 
defined. 

Dividing  Line  between  Contracts.  The  dividing  line  between 
contracts  should  be  very  carefully  described  and,  where  there 
are  several  contractors  on  one  piece  of  work,  the  exact  limits  of 
the  work  to  be  performed  by  each  one  must  be  set  forth  most 
carefully. 

The  work  for  each  of  the  several  contractors  should  be 
described  under  separate  headings,  care  being  taken  that  each 
contractor  agree  to  leave  his  work  in  such  condition  as  to  work 
no  hardship  on  the  one  following  him. 

Verbal  Information  to  Contractor.  A  clause  in  the  specifica- 
tion should  state  that  any  information,  whether  verbal  or  other- 
wise, secured  by  the  Contractor  from  the  Engineer  or  his  assist- 
ants prior  to  the  signing  of  the  contract  is  not  binding,  and  that 
only  the  information  as  shown  on  the  plans,  or  set  forth  in  the 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  9 

specifications,  has  bearing  on  the  contract.  The  specification  is, 
and  should  be  stated  therein  to  be,  a  part  of  the  contract.  The 
plans  and  specifications  should  give  as  full  information  as  possible 
as  to  conditions  and  difficulties  that  may  be  met  with,  such  as 
soundings,  borings,  character  of  material,  amount  of  water  to  be 
encountered,  etc.;  and  any  special  difficulties  known  to  the 
Engineer  should  be  noted  in  the  specification,  and  no  information 
of  use  to  the  Contractor  in  making  up  his  bid  should  be  omitted. 
Mistakes  in  Plans  and  Specifications.  Finally,  every  precau- 
tion must  be  taken  to  prevent  mistakes  in  the  plans,  and  omissions 
or  conflicting  clauses  in  the  specifications.  Every  possible  check 
against  errors  should  be  made  use  of.  When  errors  are  discov- 
ered in  the  course  of  the  work,  no  time  should  be  lost  in  admitting 
them  and  setting  about  to  rectify  them.  The  principal  object  is 
to  produce  a  finished  piece  of  work,  constructed  according  to 
the  best  approved  practice,  that  will  be  a  credit  to  the  Engineer, 
as  well  as  to  every  one  who  has  had  a  hand  in  its  construction. 

GENERAL  PROVISIONS 

DETAILS  PRIOR  TO  BEGINNING  WORK 

Grouping  Provisions.  There  is  a  great  difference  of  opinion 
as  to  the  proper  location  of  .certain  general  provisions  in  con- 
tracts. Some  place  them  in  the  articles  of  agreement,  while 
others  place  the  same  clauses  in  the  specification.  The  writer 
advises  keeping  the  general  clauses  together  as  much  as  pos- 
sible, grouping  them  so  as  to  indicate  their  character  and 
placing  them  almost  entirely  in  the  specification,  making  the 
contract  as  short  and  concise  as  possible.  The  proper  grouping 
is  very  difficult,  as  many  of  the  clauses  might  be  placed  in  any  of 
several  groups. 

In  drawing  up  specifications  it  is  a  good  practice  for  the 
Engineer  to  keep  before  him  a  list  of  general  provisions  covering 
all  cases  and,  while  all  the  provisions  will  not  apply  to  any  one 
contract,  this  will  be  a  great  aid  in  preventing  omissions.  Some 
of  the  following  apply  to  one  class  of  work  only  and  have  been 
grouped  under  the  various  headings,  all  being  written  as  though 
one  of  the  parties  to  the  contract  was  the  "Company",  the  other 
the  "Contractor".  Of  course,  the  wording  would  be  modified 


10  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

in  case  the  work  were  being   done   for   a  municipality  or   an 
individual. 

Careful  Statement  of  Definitions.  To  prevent  disputes,  the 
principal  parties  to  the  contract  and  their  representatives  should 
be  clearly  defined;  hence  the  necessity  of  a  clause  of  the  following 
character  in  most  specifications: 

Definitions.'  The  following  words  and  expressions  used  in  this 
contract  shall  be  defined  and  construed  as  follows  : 

City:     The  City  of 1 

Director :     The  Director  of  the  Department  of  Public  Works  of 

the  City  of 

Chief  Engineer:     The  person  holding  the  position  or  acting  in 

the  capacity  of  the  Chief  Engineer  of  the : 

Company. 

Engineer:     The  Chief  Engineer  of  the Company, 

or,  in  his  absence,  his  regularly  appointed  and  authorized 
Assistant  Engineer,  and  Inspectors  representing  him, 
limited  to  the  special  duties  intrusted  to  them  and  to  110 

other  employe  of  the. Company. 

Contractor:  The  individual,  parties,  firm,  or  corporation  with 
whom  or  with  which  the  contract  is  made,  or  an  author- 
ized agent  thereof. 

Other  words  often  have  to  be  defined,  such  as  Owner,  Pur- 
chaser, Trustee,  Board,  Directors,  President,  Treasurer,  each  of 
which  should  be  clearly  defined  so  that  there  can  be  no  possible 
question  as  to  its  precise  use. 

DRAWINGS,  PLANS,  ETC. 

The  following  group  of  clauses  relate  to  drawings,  or  plans, 
and  notes  on  them: 

Construing  Specifications  and  Plans.  To  avoid  disputes  and 
litigation,  it  must  be  distinctly  understood  by  the  Contractor 
that  the  Engineer  of  the  Company  shall  construe  the  specifica- 
tions and  approved  plans ;  and  explain  any  obscurity  therein ;  and 
shall  have  the  right  to  correct  any  errors  or  omissions  in  either 
and  decide  as  to  their  purpose  and  intent ;  and  his  decision  upon 
any  doubtful  or  disputed  point  shall  be  final,  conclusive,  and 
binding  upon  the  Company  and  the  Contractor.  The  action  of 
such  correction  shall  be  in  force  from  the  time  the  Engineer 
gives  due  notice  thereof  in  writing. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  11 

Plans  and  Specifications  of  Equal  Force.  The  approved  plans 
and  the  specifications  shall  be  of  equal  force  and  effect  and,  in 
case  of  discrepancy  between  the  plans  and  the  specifications,  or 
between  the  plans  and  the  details,  or  any  lack  of  agreement  in 
measurements  upon  different  plans,  or  different  figures  upon  the 
same  plan,  they  must  be  submitted  to  the  Engineer  for  interpreta- 
tion before  beginning  construction  of  the  work.  Dimensions 
shown  in  figures  on  the  plans  shall  have  preference  over  the  scale. 

General  Drawings.  The  Company  will  furnish  to  bidders 
drawings  giving  all  general  dimensions  and  sizes,  and  such  par- 
tially detailed  drawings  as  may  be  required  to  cover  special 
features.  After  assigning  the  contract,  such  other  drawings  as 
may,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Engineer,  be  required,  will  be  fur- 
nished by  the  Company.  The  Contractor  shall  prepare  drawings 
for  shop  work,  which  shall  include  all  details  required  to  supple- 
ment and  complete  the  general  and  partially  detailed  drawings 
furnished  by  the  Company;  and  he  shall  submit  3  blueprints 
of  each  sheet  for  the  approval  of  the  Engineer.  After  approval, 
if  required,  additional  prints  shall  be  furnished.  The  approval 
of  the  Engineer  shall  in  no  way  relieve  the  Contractor  from 
responsibility  for  the  correctness  of  all  detail  drawings  before 
going  to  the  shop,  nor  for  the  accurate  and  complete  execution 
of  the  work. 

Work  in  Accordance  with  Plans.  The  work  and  all  its  appur- 
tenances shall  be  built  of  material,  size,  and  dimensions,  on  the 
lines,  to  the  depths,  and  in  the  manner  shown  on  the  plans  filed 
in  the  office  of  the  Company.  No  deviation  from  them  will  be 
allowed  unless  by  permission  in  writing  from  the  Engineer. 

Record  Drawings.  The  Contractor,  upon  completion  of  the 
work,  shall  furnish  3  complete  sets  of  blueprints  on  linaura,  of 
detail  drawings  of  the  machinery  and  all  appurtenances;  each 
set  shall  be  neatly  bound  in  cloth  for  record  drawings  of  the 
work  embraced  under  the  contract  as  a  whole. 

Plans  and  Specifications.  The  approved  plans  and  a  copy  of 
the  specifications  are  to  be  kept  constantly  at  the  work  by  the 
Contractor  or  his  authorized  foreman. 

Necessary  to  Render  the  Work  Complete.  If  any  workman- 
ship or  materials  be  required,  which  are  obviously  necessary  to 
carry  out  the  full  intent  and  meaning  of  the  plans,  details,  dia- 
grams, and  specifications,  although  the  same  may  not  be  either 
directly  or  indirectly  so  specifically  noted  by  drawings  or  speci- 
fications, the  Contractor  is  hereby  bound  to  consider  and  provide 
for  the  same  in  his  proposal  for  the  work,  as  fully  as  if  they 
were  so  specifically  denoted,  and  shall  execute  the  same  without 
charge  or  claim  therefor. 


12  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Notes  upon  Drawings,  Contractors  proposing  for  any  of  the 
work  under  these  specifications  will  be  expected  to  examine  all 
the  notes  upon  the  plans,  which  are  intended  to  form  a  part  of 
the  specification.  No  consideration  will  be  given  to  any  claim 
that  these  notes  have  been  overlooked. 

Verbal  Agreements.  This  contract  shall  in  no  wise  be  affected 
by  verbal  agreements  or  inferences  from  conversations  previous 
to  or  subsequent  to  its  execution. 

MEASUREMENTS,  LINES,  AND  GRADES 

The  following  paragraphs  may  be  grouped  under  Measure- 
ments, Lines,  and  Grades: 

Lines  and  Grades  by  Engineer.  The  work  shall  be  laid  out  on 
the  ground  by  the  Engineer,  who  shall  direct  the  lines  and  grades 
that  are  to  be  observed,  and  all  marks  given  by  him  shall  be  care- 
fully preserved  by  the  Contractor,  who  shall  provide  such  stakes, 
forms,  and  assistance  in  doing  the  work  as  may  be  demanded 
of  him  by  the  Engineer. 

Marks  and  Stakes  to  be  Preserved.  Contractors  must  care- 
fully preserve  bench  marks  and  stakes  and,  in  case  of  willful  or 
careless  neglect,  they  shall  be  charged  whatever  the  Engineer 
shall  consider  an  equitable  amount  to  cover  damages  arising 
from  such  negligence,  the  same  to  be  deducted  from  the  amount 
due  upon  the  completion  of  the  work. 

Work  to  Conform  to  Lines,  etc.  All  construction  work  shall 
conform  to  the  lines  and  stakes  set  out  by  the  Engineer,  and  any 
increase  of  labor  or  material  required,  due  to  the  neglect  of  these 
lines  and  stakes,  shall  not  be  estimated  or  paid  for. 

Standard  of  Measure.  All  measurements  are  given  on  the 
plans  and  shall  be  measured  in  United  States  standard  feet. 
Where  vertical  dimensions  are  preceded  by  the  sign  +  or  — > 
they  refer  respectively  to  above  or  below  an  established  hori- 
zontal plane  called  datum,  which  is..,, feet  above  (or  below) 

mean  high  water  and feet  above  (or  below)  the  mean  low 

water  in  the at 

Measurements.  All  quantities  shall  be  determined  by  measure- 
ments in  United  States  standard  feet,  made  to  the  prescribed 
lines.  No  work  outside  these  lines  shall  be  paid  for.  No  con- 
structive conventional  measurement  will  be  allowed,  any  rule  or 
custom  in  the  section  of  the  country  through  which  the  road 
passes,  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

Quantity  Estimates.  It  is  distinctly  understood  by  both 
parties  to  a  contract,  that  the  quantities  of  material  of  all  kinds 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  13 

shown  on  the  plans  or  in  the  specifications  are  merely  approxi 
mate,   and  will  not  in  any  manner   affect  the  final  settlement 
because  of  the  fact  that  at  the  time  of  drawing  up  the  specifica- 
tions it  was  impossible  to  determine  them  accurately. 

The  Company  reserves  the  right  to  require  the  use  of  what- 
ever materials  may  be  necessary  for  the  safe  and  efficient  tem- 
porary and  permanent  construction  of  the  work;  also  the  right 
to  increase  or  diminish  the  quantities  to  the  extent  found  neces- 
sary by  the  Engineer. 

FULFILLING  THE  CONTRACT 
EXECUTION  OF  WORK 

The  following  clauses  are  generally  grouped  under  Execution 
of  the  Work : 

Prosecution  of  Work.  The  Contractor  shall  commence,  prose- 
cute, and  complete  the  work  in  all  its  parts  in  the  most  energetic 
and  workmanlike  manner,  and  shall  prosecute  the  work  at  and 
from  as  many  different  points,  at  such  times,  in  such  parts,  and 
with  such  force  of  workmen,  as  the^Engineer  during  the  progress 
of  the  work  may  determine. 

Should  the  necessary  land  or  right  of  way  not  be  procured 
at  any  place  when  the  Contractor  desires  to  work  thereon,  he 
shall  distribute  his  forces  to  such  other  points  as  may  be  desig- 
nated by  the  Engineer,  without  any  claim  for  damages  for  failure 
to  procure  such  land  or  right  of  way. 

Delay  in  Procuring  Right  of  Way  or  Land.  The  Company 
shall  procure  the  necessary  right  of  way  and  lands  needed  for 
the  work  to  be  done  under  this  contract;  but  it  is  agreed  and 
understood  that,  until  the  said  Company  shall  have  procured  all 
the  right  of  way  or  land  required  for  this  contract,  the  Contractor 
shall  commence  work,  or  make  arrangements  for  commencing 
work,  entirely  on  such  ground  as  the  Engineer  may  designate. 
The  Contractor  shall  not  have  any  claim  for  damage  or  detention 
by  reason  of  delay  in  procuring  titles  to  lands,  but  he  shall  be 
en/titled  to  an  extension  of  time  on  each  part  of  the  work  on 
which  he  was  prepared  to  commence,  equal  to  the  time  lost  from 
and  after  the  day  when  he  was  so  prepared,  provided  such  deten- 
tion shall  exceed  10  days.  In  all  such  cases,  however,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  notify  the  Engineer  in  writing  when  and  where  he 
desires  to  commence  work. 

Duties  of  Contractors.  Contractors  will  be  required  to  give 
their  personal  attention  and  supervision  to  the  work  and  will 
not  be  allowed  to  sublet  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  same  with- 


14  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

out  the  consent  of  the  Company  having  been  given  thereto  in 
writing. 

Contractors  must  satisfy  themselves  by  a  careful  personal 
examination  of  the  nature  and  location  of  the  work  for  which 
they  bid,  of  the  general  form  of  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and 
all  other  matters  which  can  in  any  way  influence  their  contracts ; 
and  no  information  upon  such  matters  derived  from  maps,  plans, 
profiles,  drawings,  or  specifications,  or  from  the  Engineer  or  his 
Assistants,  shall  in  any  way  relieve  the  Contractor  from  any 
risk,  or  from  fulfilling  any  of  the  terms  of  this  agreement. 

Borings.  The  Company  does  not  guarantee  the  correctness 
of  the  borings  nor  the  nature  of  the  materials  shown  upon  the 
plans.  The  Contractor  must  assume  all  risks  resulting  from  any 
differences  from  the  borings  found  to  exist  when  the  construction 
is  under  way. 

All  loss  or  damage  arising  from  any  unforeseen  obstructions 
or  difficulties  encountered  in  the  prosecution  of  the  work  shall  be 
sustained  by  the  Contractor.  The  soundings  and  borings,  and 
the  profiles  based  thereon,  are  to  be  taken  merely  as  guides  for 
the  Contractor  in  bidding,  and  must  not  be  construed  to  relieve 
him  from  responsibility  in  determining  for  himself  the  nature 
of  the  materials  which  will  be  encountered. 

Care  of  Materials.  The  Contractor  shall  receive,  care  for, 
and  be  responsible  for  all  materials  purchased  by  the  Company 
and  delivered  to  the  said  Contractor  at  the  point  herein  desig- 
nated. In  case  of  loss  by  fire,  flood,  breakage,  theft,  carelessness, 
etc.,  the  Contractor  shall  make  good  any  loss. 

NOTE. — This  clause  is  necessary  when  the  Company  is  supplying  part  or 
all  of  the  materials  of  construction,  such  as  spikes,  bolts,  etc.,  in  track-laying 
contracts;  lumber  or  iron  in  bridge  work,  when  the  contract  is  for  the 
erection  of  the  material  only,  and  parallel  cases. 

Materials  to  be  Furnished.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish  all 
materials  required,  which  shall  be  in  full  accordance  with  these 
specifications  and  the  general  and  detail  drawings,  as  they  may 
be  approved  by  the  Engineer,  and  shall  also  furnish  all  labor, 
tools,  and  machinery  necessary  and  all  must  be  of  the  kind 
best  adapted  to  the  efficient,  prompt,  and  safe  execution  of  the 
work. 

Right  of  the  Company  to  Employ  Additional  Men.  If  at  any 
time,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Engineer,  the  Contractor  shall 
neglect  to  prosecute  the  work  with  a  force  sufficient  for  its  com- 
pletion within  the  time  specified,  the  Company  may  employ  such 
number  of  working  laborers  and  foremen  as,  in  its  opinion,  may 
be  necessary  to  insure  the  completion  of  the  work  within  the 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  15 

time  specified  in  the  contract,  at  such  wages  as  it  may  find  neces- 
sary or  expedient;  and  may  pay  all  persons  so  employed,  and 
charge  all  amounts  so  paid  as  so  much  money  paid  to  the  Con- 
tractor under  this  contract. 

Extension  of  Time.  If  the  Contractor  shall  not  complete  the 
work  within  the  time  specified  in  the  contract,  and  the  Company 
shall,  notwithstanding  such  failure,  permit  the  Contractor  to 
proceed  with  or  complete  the "  work  as  if  such  time  had  not 
elapsed,  such  permission  shall  not  be  deemed  a  waiver  in  any 
respect  by  the  Contractor  of  any  forfeiture  or  liability  for  dam- 
ages or  expense  thereby  incurred,  arising  from  such  noncomple- 
tion  of  the  work  within  the  time  specified  and  covered  by  the 
" Liquidated  Damages"  clause  of  this  contract;  but  such  for- 
feiture or  liability  shall  still  continue  in  full  force  against  the 
Contractor  as  if  such  permission  had  not  been  granted. 

NOTE. — Where  no  time  for  completion  of  the  work  is  given,  the  work  must 
be  completed  within  a  reasonable  time. 

Twelve  o'clock  midnight  of  the  day  named  in  the  contract  as  the  date  of 
completion  is  the  limit  of  time  unless  a  certain  hour  has  been  specifically  named. 
Time  clauses  should  state  whether  Sundays  and  holidays  are  excluded  from  the 
specified  period.  * 

What  Prices  are  to  Include.  The  prices  specified  in  the 
accepted  proposal  and  contract  shall  include  the  supply  and 
erection,  in  a  good,  sound,  substantial  and  workmanlike  manner, 
of  all  dams,  flumes,  pilings,  shorings,  sheathing,  shafts,  forms, 
centering,  false  works,  tramways,  machinery,  and  scaffolding; 
also  pumping,  labor,  workmanship,  tools,  fuel,  and  materials 
necessary  for  both  permanent  and  temporary  works,  including 
all  the  items  herein  mentioned  (unless  specifically  stated  other- 
wise) for  the  prompt  completion  of  the  whole  work  proposed  for, 
shown  on  the  drawings,  and  described  in  these  specifications. 
All  materials  and  workmanship  shall  be  of  the  best  quality 
and  description,  and  the  work  perfect  and  complete  in  all  its 
parts. 

NOTE. — This  provision  will  change,  as  to  the  different  items  included, 
depending  on  the  character  of  the  work;  for  while  the  clause  is  applicable  to 
a  sewer,  or  pipe-laying  contract,  it  would  not  cover  the  requirements  for 
track  laying. 

INSPECTION  OF  WORK 

The  following  four  clauses  are  grouped  under  Inspection: 

Inspection  During  Construction.  The  Contractor  shall  at  all 
times  afford  every  facility  for  inspecting  materials  and  workman- 
ship. Any  materials  or  workmanship  not  in  accordance  with 


16  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

the  plans  and  specifications  shall  be  replaced  with  approved 
material  or  workmanship,  or  both,  within  the  time  fixed  by  the 
Engineer;  and  all  rejected  materials  shall  be  immediately  and 
entirely  removed  from  the  site  of  the  work.  If,  after  written 
notice  to  the  Contractor,  the  rejected  materials  are  not  removed 
or  the  condemned  work  built  anew  within  the  time  fixed,  the 
Company  shall  be  at  liberty  to  remove  the  rejected  materials 
and  supply  new  materials,  or  build  anew,  any  unapproved  work, 
at  the  expense  of  the  Contractor,  and  the  cost  thereof  shall  be 
deducted  from  any  money  which  may  be  due  him. 

Nothing  in  this  contract  shall  be  construed  as  vesting  in  the 
Contractor  any  right  of  property  in  the  materials  used,  after  they 
have  been  attached  or  affixed  to  the  work  on  the  soil;  but  all 
such  materials  shall,  upon  being  so  attached  or  affixed,  become 
the  property  of  the  Company. 

Materials  and  workmanship  may  be  inspected  at  any  time. 
All  structural  steel  shall  bear  the  Inspector's  mark  of  acceptance. 
The  Contractor  shall  execute  the  work  in  the  presence  of  an 
Inspector  at  all  times;  work  in  absence  of  same  shall  be  subject 
to  rejection. 

Final  Inspection.  The  final  inspection  and  acceptance  of  the 
work  will  take  place  after  construction;  and  any  inspection  and 
acceptance  of  materials  and  workmanship  at  the  site  of  the  work, 
foundries,  shops,  etc.,  to  facilitate  the  progress  of  the  work,  shall 
not  prevent  rejection  of  such  materials  and  workmanship  there- 
after, if  the  same  be  found  unsuitable  or  imperfect. 

Cost  of  Engineering-  and  Inspection.  The  cost  of  engineering 
and  inspection,  after  the  expiration  of  the  time  agreed  upon  in 
the  contract  for  the  completion  of  the  work,  shall  be  at  the 
expense  of  the  Contractor,  and  such  cost  shall  be  deducted 
from  the  amount  due  the  Contractor  at  the  time  for  final 
payment. 

Labor  Furnished  to  Inspector.  If  required,  the  Contractor 
shall  furnish  such  labor  as  the  Engineer  shall  deem  necessary  to 
assist  in  the  inspection  of  materials  to  be  embodied  in  the  con- 
struction under  this  contract  and  to  assist  in  giving  lines  and 
grades  on  the  work,  all  free  of  cost  to  the  Company. 

NOTE. — This  provision  is  unusual  and  is  used  or  enforced  only  in  com- 
paratively small  contracts,  or  when  it  would  be  unjust  to  expect  the  Company 
to  keep  a  corps  of  engineers  and  inspectors  on  work  indefinitely  to  accommo- 
date a  Contractor  who  is  in  default  with  his  work.  On  small  contracts, 
requiring  little  or  only  occasional  staking  out,  or  where  the  work  is  in  remote 
sections,  it  is  customary  "to  get  the  assistance  of  some  of  the  Contractor's 
laborers  to  drive  the  stakes,  cut  brush,  etc.,  to  avoid  the  expense  of  maintaining 
a  large  corps  constantly  on  the  work. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  17 

PROTECTIVE  AND  LABOR  CLAUSES 

Builders'  Insurance.  The  Contractor  will  be  required  to  take 
out  from  time  to  time,  in  an  approved  company,  a  Builders' 
Insurance  Policy  covering  the  value  of  all  materials  liable  to  in- 
jury by  fire,  incorporated  in  or  brought  to  the  work,  and  shall 
assign  same  to  the  Company.  The  policy  shall  be  approved  as  to 
form  and  amount  by  the  Engineer. 

Freezing  Weather.  The  work  shall  be  carried  on  in  cold 
weather  only  at  such  times  and  in  such  manner  as  directed  by 
the  Engineer.  When  work  is  done  during  freezing  weather,  if 
required,  the  Contractor  shall  provide  proper  facilities  for  heat- 
ing the  materials  entering  into  the  work  and  shall  thoroughly 
protect  the  new  construction  from  damage  caused  by  the 
elements,  during  and  after  building.  Upon  the  suspension  of 
work  due  to  freezing  weather,  all  new  work  shall  be  protected 
and  the  grounds  left  in  good  order. 

Competent  Men  and  Discharge  for  Cause.  The  Contractor 
shall  employ  only  competent  men;  and  he  shall  discharge  any 
foreman  or  other  employe  who  shall,  in  the  judgment  of  the 
Engineer,  be  unfaithful,  unskillful,  or  remiss  in  the  performance 
of  his  work,  or  guilty  of  riotous,  disrespectful,  or  otherwise 
improper  conduct ;  and  no  person  so  discharged  upon  this  work, 
or  any  other  work  done  for  the  Company,  shall  be  employed 
again  by  the  Contractor  upon  the  work  to  be  done  under  this 
contract  without  the  written  consent  of  the  Engineer.  The  work 
under  this  specification  shall  be  subject  to  all  federal,  state, 
and  (or)  municipal  laws,  or  regulations,  in  regard  to  the  employ- 
ment of  laborers,  workmen,  and  mechanics  and  also  those  laws 
regulating  the  hours  of  employment  of  such  employes;  and  fur- 
ther, before  receiving  each  payment,  the  Contractor,  if  required 
by  the  Engineer,  shall  furnish  an  affidavit  that  such  laws  have 
been  faithfully  fulfilled. 

Employment  of  Labor.  The  Contractor,  in  the  construction 
of  the  work,  shall  give  preference  in  employment  to  citizens  of 
the  commonwealth;  and  in  the  employment  of  mechanics  and 
laborers,  where  citizens  of  the  commonwealth  are  not  available, 
shall  give  preference  to  citizens  of  the  United  States  who  are  not 
citizens  of  the  commonwealth.  Persons  employed  in  the  per- 
formance of  manual  labor  under  this  contract  shall  not  be 

required  to  work  more  than. hours  in  each  day, 

and hours  shall  constitute  a  day's  work.*     The 

Contractor  shall  neither  directly  nor  indirectly  require  as  a  con- 

,  *  An  8-,  9-,  or  10-hour  day  should  be  specified,  according  to  local  laws  and 
circumstances. 


18  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

dition  of  the  employment  of  any  person  that  the  employe  shall 
lodge,  board,  or  trade  at  a  particular  place  or  with  a  particular 
person,  but  every  employe  shall  lodge,  board,  and  trade  where 
and  with  whom  he  elects. 

Foreign  Corporations.  The  Contractor,  if  a  foreign  corpora- 
tion, shall  file  with  the  Company,  if  so  requested,  duly  authenti- 
cated copies  of  its  charter  or  certificate  of  incorporation. 

NOTE. — It  is  of  the  greatest  importance  that  a  corporation,  attempting 
to  do  business  in  a  State  other  than  that  under  whose  laws  it  was  incorporated, 
secure  a  license  and  certificate  to  do  business  in  said  State  as,  in  many  States, 
without  such  license,  the  corporation  cannot  enforce  its  claims  in  the  courts. 
As  the  laws  differ  in  every  State,  it  is  advisable  that  the  Engineer  secure  the 
advice  of  a  local  attorney  at  law,  of  good  standing,  to  advise  in  regard  to  the 
legal  provisions  of  the  contract. 

MISCELLANEOUS  OBLIGATIONS  OF  CONTRACTOR 

Orders  and  Instructions.  The  Contractor  must  strictly  follow, 
without  delay,  all  orders  and  instructions  of  the  Engineer  or  his 
authorized  assistant,  in  the  prosecution  and  completion  of  the 
work,  and  every  part  thereof. 

Personal  Attention.  The  Contractor  is  required  to  give  his 
personal  attention  to  the  faithful  prosecution  of  the  work,  and 
not  to  sublet  or  assign  the  same,  without  the  written  consent  of 
the  Company,  but  to  keep  it  under  his  own  control ;  and,  in  case 
of  his  absence,  to  have  a  competent  representative  or  foreman  on 
the  work,  who  shall  receive  orders  and  directions  from  the 
Engineer  and  Inspector  and  have  the  same  carried  out  without 
delay,  and  who  shall  have  full  authority  to  supply  men,  material, 
and  labor  immediately. 

Time  of  Commencement  and  Completion.  The  Contractor 

shall  begin  work  within days  from  the  date  of  the 

notice  given  to  that  effect  by  the  Engineer,  and  he  shall  complete 
all  the  work  under  this  contract  in  the  time  specified,  which  will 
be  reckoned  from  the  date  of  said  notice. 

Delays.  No  charge  shall  be  made  by  the  Contractor  for 
hindrance  or  delay  from  any  cause  during  the  progress  of  any 
portion  of  the  work  embraced  in  this  contract;  but  such  hin- 
drance or  delay  may  entitle  him  to  an  extension  of  time  allowed 
for  completing  the  work,  sufficient  to  compensate  for  the  deten- 
tion, to  be  determined  by  the  Engineer,  provided  the  Contractor 
shall  give  the  Engineer  immediate  notice,  in  writing,  of  the  cause 
of  the  detention. 

A  contractor  on  any  one  or  more  of  several  sections,  into 
which  the  work  may  be  divided,  will  not  be  allowed  any  claim 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  19 

for  delay  on  account  of  any  act  of  a  contractor  or  contractors 
on  a  neighboring  section  or  sections. 

Use  of  Coal  under  Boilers.  The  Contractor  shall  in  all  cases, 
where  steam  power  is  employed  in  streets,  use  anthracite  coal 
under  the  boilers  for  generating  steam  and,  where  ordered  by 
the  Engineer,  shall  provide  electric  power  for  operating  all 
power-driven  machinery. 

Filling-In  of  Old  Drains.  All  sewers,  culverts,  drains,  or 
basins  met  with  and  rendered  unnecessary,  or  becoming  disused 
by  the  construction  of  the  work  herein  contemplated,  must  be 
filled  in,  and  the  street  or  ground  over  their  site  must  be  restored, 
without  extra  charge. 

Location  of  Underground  Structures.  Where  existing  sewers, 
water  or  gas  mains,  electric  and  other  conduits,  met  with  during 
the  progress  of  the  work,  are  shown  upon  the  plans,  the  locations 
of  the  structures  are  intended  to  be  approximate  only.  The  Com- 
pany will  not  be  responsible  for  any  omission  upon  the  plans  as  to 
the  location  of  such  sewers,  pipes,  or  conduits  met  with  in  exca- 
vation, nor  for  any  errors  in  locations  due  to  incomplete  or  faulty 
records. 

Buildings  for  Engineer  and  Inspector.  The  Contractor  shall 
provide  at  least  120  square  feet  of  floor  space  in  a  suitably  heated, 
satisfactory  building  with  doors,  windows,  locks,  etc.,  near  the 
work,  for  the  use,  when  required,  of  the  Engineer  and  Inspectors 
in  charge  of  the  work.  Telephone  service  shall  be  furnished  by 
the  Contractor  for  the  use  of  the  Engineer  and  Inspectors  in 
charge. 

NOTE. — While  unnecessary  in  some  cases,  it  is  always  advisable  to  have 
a  private  room  for  the  Engineer  or  Inspector  where  plans  and  instruments  may 
be  safely  kept. 

Work  Day  and  Night.  The  work  shall  be  carried  on  day  and 
night,  if  necessary,  to  complete  within  the  time  specified. 

Pipes  and  Electric  Wires.  The  Contractor  shall  take  care  of 
all  pipes  and  electric  wires  encountered  on  the  work,  see  that 
they  are  properly  protected,  that  they  are  raised  and  lowered 
when  necessary,  and  that  they  are  not  injured  in  any  way;  all 
damage  done  to  such  property  shall  be  paid  for  by  the  Contractor. 
He  shalf  maintain  the  flow  of  drainage,  whether  on  the  surface 
or  underground.  The  eost  of  all  such  work  shall  be  included  in 
the  price  bid. 

Property  of  Contractor.  Generally,  all  waste  materials  exca- 
vated, or  removed  from  within  the  required  limits  of  the 
excavation,  shall  be  considered  the  property  of  the  Contractor; 


20  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

excepting  private  property,  bridges,  or  parts  thereof,  water  and 
gas  pipes,  which,  in  case  they  are  not  required  to  be  replaced, 
shall  be  removed  to  such  locality  as  may  be  directed  by  the 
Engineer.  The  materials  excavated  shall  be  reserved  for  better 
construction,  support,  and  protection  of  the  work  when  required. 

When  the  work  under  this  specification  extends  through 
private  property,  all  excavated  material  not  required  for  the 
proper  construction  of  the  work,  and  all  standing  timber,  if 
claimed  by  the  owner  of  the  property,  shall  not  be  removed  from 
the  ground.  If  not  claimed  by  the  property  owner,  the  material 
shall  be  removed  and  the  ground  left  clean,  as  required  by  these 
specifications. 

Examination  of  Finished  Work.  The  Contractor  shall  fur- 
nish— if  deemed  advisable  by  the  Engineer — all  necessary  facili- 
ties for  making  an  examination  of  any  work  already  completed. 
If  the  work  is  found  defective  in  any  respect,  the  Contractor 
shall  defray  all  expense  of  such  examination  and  of  satisfactory 
reconstruction.  If  the  work  is  found  satisfactory,  such  expense 
will  be  allowed  for. 

Material  Specified.  Where  materials  are  called  for  specifically 
by  name  of  the  manufacturer,  this  specification  is  intended  for  a 
standard  of  style  and  quality  only;  but  no  deviation  from  or 
substitution  for  this  material  will  be  permitted  without  written 
permission  from  the  Engineer. 

Risks  from  Floods,  etc.  The  Contractor  shall  assume  all 
risks  from  floods  and  casualties  of  every  description ;  all  damage 
to  grading,  bridges,  trestlework,  sewers,  masonry,  and  all  other 
kinds  of  work  not  herein  specified,  from  high  water,  rains,  fire, 
or  from  any  cause  whatsoever ;  and  the  work  so  damaged  shall  be 
replaced  at  the  expense  of  the  Contractor.  In  case  of  any  such 
accident  he  shall  give  immediate  notice  to  the  proper  authorities. 

Sanitary  Regulations.  Necessary  sanitary  conveniences  for 
the  use  of  laborers  on  the  work,  properly  secluded  from  public 
observation,  shall  be  constructed  and  maintained  by  the  Con- 
tractor in  such  a  manner  and  at  such  points  as  shall  be  approved 
by  the  Engineer,  and  their  use  shall  be  strictly  enforced. 

Shanties.  The  building  of  shanties  or  other  structures  for 
housing  the  men  will  be  permitted  only  at  such  places  as  the 
Engineer  shall  approve,  and  the  sanitary  condition  of  the  ground 
in  or  about  such  shanties  or  other  structures  must,  at  all  times, 
be  maintained  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Engineer. 

No  Spirituous  Liquors.  The  Contractor  shall  neither  permit 
nor  suffer  the  introduction  or  use  of  spirituous  liquors  upon  or 
about  the  works  embraced  in  this  contract,  or  upon  any  grounds 
occupied  by  him. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  21 

Roads  to  be  Opened.  The  Contractor  shall,  immediately  after 
signing  the  contract  for  the  work  under  this  specification,  pro- 
ceed to  open  and  maintain  such  good  and  safe  roads  and  paths 
for  foot  and  horse  travel,  along  the  whole  line  of  the  work  herein 
described,  as  the  Engineer  may  direct;  and  on  portions  of  the 
work  where  there  are  no  highways  convenient  for  the  wagoning 
of  supplies,  he  shall  open  and  maintain  such  wagon  roads  as  may 
be  directed  by  the  Engineer,  who  also  shall  decide  what  extra 
amount,  if  any,  he  shall  be  entitled  to  for  this  work. 

NOTE. — This  clause  is  applicable  only  to  such  classes  of  work  as  railroads, 
canals,  extensive  sewer  and  pipe-line  contracts,  and  reclamation  work. 

Contractor  Responsible  for  Violation  of  Laws.  In  all  opera- 
tions connected  with  the  work  embraced  in  this  contract,  the 
Contractor  shall  be  held  responsible  for  any  failure  to  respect, 
adhere  to,  and  comply  with  all  local  ordinances,  and  all  state  and 
national  laws  controlling  or  limiting  in  any  way  the  actions  of 
those  engaged  upon  the  work,  or  affecting  the  transportation  or 
disposition  of  the  materials.  He  shall  place  sufficient  lights  on 
or  near  the  work,  and  keep  them  burning  from  twilight  to  sun- 
rise; he  shall  observe  such  rules  relative  to  signals  and  safe- 
guards as  the  laws,  regulations,  or  ordinances  require ;  and  shall 
also  provide  watchmen  on  the  work  for  the  protection  of  the 
public. 

Liability  of  Contractor.  The  Contractor  shall  assume  all 
liability  for,  and  indemnify  the  company  against,  all  loss,  cost, 
or  damages  for  or  by  reason  of  any  liens,  claims,  or  demands  for 
materials ;  all  loss  from  laborers,  mechanics,  and  others ;  from 
any  damages  arising  from  injuries  sustained  by  mechanics, 
laborers,  or  other  persons,  by  reason  of  accidents  or  otherwise; 
and  from  damages  sustained  by  depositing  materials  to  public 
injury,  or  to  the  injury  of  any  person  or  corporation  (including 
costs  and  expenses  of  defense),  provided  that  he  be  duly  notified 
of  the  bringing  of  suits  in  such  cases,  and  be  permitted  to  defend 
the  same  by  his  own  counsel,  if  he  should  so  elect. 

Other  Work  on  the  Company's  Land.  The  Company  reserves 
the  right  to  carry  on  its  construction  and  other  work,  outside 
that  enumerated  in  this  specification,  at  the  same  time  that  the 
Contractor  is  prosecuting  the  work  under  these  specifications; 
and  its  Engineer  shall  at  all  times  be  authorized  to  permit  others 
to  pass  over  or  haul  any  materials  over  the  Company's  land,  and 
perform  work  thereon,  having  at  all  times  due  regard  to  the  fact 
that  such  authority  given  to  him  shall  not  seriously  interfere 
with  or  impede  the  work  of  the  Contractor. 


22  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Cleaning  up  Debris.  The  Contractor  shall  remove  all  false- 
work, piling,  and  other  unsightly  material  and  obstructions,  all 
debris  and  surplus  materials  from  the  site  of  the  work,  the  right 
of  way,  adjacent  properties,  highways,  and  thoroughfares  as  each 
piece  of  work  is  completed.  Channels  of  streams,  public  and 
private  roads,  and  streets  must  be  left  in  as  good  order  as  previous 
to  the  commencement  of  the  work,  and  in  a  condition  satisfactory 
to  the  Engineer  and  proper  authorities. 

INTERFERENCE  WITH  TRAVEL,  ETC. 

Obstruction  to  Travel.  The  Contractor  shall  conduct  his 
work  in  such  manner  as  neither  to  obstruct  traffic  on  any  rail- 
road, highway,  or  thoroughfare,  on  land  or  water,  nor  interfere 
with,  nor  obstruct  the  use  of  private  property,  or  wagon  entrances, 
or  the  work  of  other  contractors  employed  at  the  site  of  the  work. 
In  case  of  accident  or  claim  for  damages,  due  to  the  Contractor's 
neglect  in  these  respects,  he  will  be  held  strictly  responsible  for 
any  such  claim  therefor. 

Interference  with  Traffic.  When  work  is  to  be  done  upon  or 
adjacent  to  a  railroad,  the  Contractor  shall  so  prosecute  his  work 
as  to  interfere  as  little  as  possible  with  the  traffic  of  such  rail- 
road; and  all  work  that  may  affect  the  safety  of  the  traffic  of  the 
same  shall  be  subject  to  the  direction  of  the  superintendent  of 
the  railroad  company  upon  which,  or  adjacent  to  which,  the  work 
is  being  carried  out. 

Where  the  work  under  this  contract  is  crossed  by  public  or 
private  roads,  the  Contractor  shall  provide  and  maintain  a  safe 
road  for  traffic,  and  the  work  shall  be  carried  on  in  such  a  manner 
as  not  to  obstruct  or  block  travel.  Where  directed  by  the 
Engineer,  temporary  crossings  shall  also  be  provided.  All 
material  excavated  or  delivered  shall  be  so  placed  as  not  to  inter- 
fere with  traffic. 

Watchmen  and  River  Signals.  The  Contractor  shall  provide 
at  his  own  expense  the  necessary  watchmen,  signals,  and  lights, 
and  must  observe  the  local  laws  of  the  district  in  protecting  the 
public  against  all  injury  and  damage.  He  shall  conform  to  all 
the  rules  and  laws  governing  navigation  in  the  waters  crossed  by 
structures  specified  in  this  contract,  and  shall  notify  the  proper 
authorities  of  the  location  of,  or  change  in  position  of,  proposed 
structures  and  plant  in  said  waters,  and  shall  establish  and  main- 
tain the  necessary  lights,  fog  signals,  etc.,  upon  structures  in 
course  of  construction,  and  upon  his  plant.  In  case  of  any  damage 
resulting  from  neglect  to  keep  and  maintain  suitable  lights  and 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  23 

signals,  or  from  mistake  in  signals,  it  must  be  promptly  repaired 
at  the  expense  of  the  Contractor. 

Railroad  Crossings.  Where  the  work  is  to  be  constructed 
under  the  tracks  of  a  steam  railroad,  the  Contractor  will  be 
required  to  make  satisfactory  arrangements  with  the  railroad 
company  for  the  support  of  its  tracks. 

Water  and  Gas  Pipes — Drainage.  The  Contractor  is  required 
to  sling,  shore  up,  and  secure  in  their  places  all  water  and  gas 
pipes  and  electrical  conduits,  or  other  underground  structures 
encountered,  without  injury;  and  to  provide  for  and  maintain 
the  flow  of  water,  gas,  electricity,  drainage,  and  watercourses, 
whether  on  the  surface  or  underground,  which  may  be  inter- 
cepted or  interrupted  during  and  by  the  progress  of  the  work. 
Where  the  location  of  such  pipes,  drains,  etc.,  has  to  be  changed 
on  account  of  the  new  construction  or  its  appurtenances,  the 
Contractor  shall  bear  all  expenses  attending  such  changes. 

Restoring  Street  and  Road  Surfaces.  All  road  surfaces,  side- 
walks, and  paving,  disturbed  by  the  work  herein  described,  shall 
be  restored  to  their  original  condition  upon  the  completion  of 
the  work. 

DAMAGES,  CLAIMS,  ALTERATIONS,  ETC. 

Damage  to  Persons  and  Property,  Patents,  etc.  The  Con- 
tractor shall  be  responsible  for  all  damage  to  persons  and  to 
public  and  private  property;  for  trespassing,  or  for  any  other 
offense  committed  by  his  workmen  or  others  in  his  employ;  for 
damage  by  explosives,  fires,  or  any  other  causes  incident  to  the 
conduct  of  the  work.  Any  damage  resulting  from  neglect  of 
precautionary  provisions  by  the  Contractor  or  his  employes,  shall 
be  paid  for  by  the  Contractor  and,  if  necessary,  the  payments 
may  be  withheld,  at  the  option  of  the  Engineer,  until  such  damage 
is  satisfactorily  settled.  The  intention  of  the  contract  is  that  the 
Company  shall  not  be  held  responsible  for  any  claims  or  losses 
incurred  through  the  construction  of  the  work  herein  described. 

Suits,  Claims,  Patents.  The  Contractor  shall  indemnify  the 
Company  from  all  suits  and  actions  of  every  nature  and  descrip- 
tion brought  against  the  said  Company  for,  and  on  account  of, 
the  use  of  any  patents  or  infringements  of  patents  in  connection 
with  this  contract,  or  for  any  damages  or  injuries  received  and 
sustained  by  any  party  or  parties  in  the  performance  of  the  work 
under  this  agreement. 

Forfeiture  for  Overtime  —  Liquidated  Damages.  It  is  ex- 
pressly agreed  that  time  is  of  the  essence  of  this  contract,  and  the 
Contractor  agrees  that  the  Engineer  is  authorized  to  deduct  and 


24  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

retain  permanently  out  of  the  moneys  which  may  be   due   or 
become  due  the  said  Contractor  under  this  contract,   the   sum 

of dollars  per  day  as  liquidated  damages, 

and  not  as  a  penalty,  for  each  and  every  day  that  the  work 
herein  described  remains  uncompleted  beyond  the  time  stipulated. 

NOTE. — This  claim  is  seldom  enforced  as  the  Company  may  have  to  prove 
that  it  has  been  damaged  to  the  amount  specified  and  that  such  damage  is 
entirely  due  to  the  delay  of  the  Contractor  in  completing  his  work.  Of  course, 
the  sympathy  of  the  Engineer  is  often  with  the  Contractor  who  is  behind 
with  his  work,  through  no  fault  of  his,  and  the  sympathy  of  the  jury  is 
generally  with  the  Contractor  and  workingman,  as  against  the  party  with 
money,  be  it  an  individual  or  a  corporation. 

NOTE. — When  the  penalty  for  the  noncompletion  of  work  on  time  is  pro- 
vided in  the  contract,  the  amount  of  same  may  be  recovered  from  the  Con- 
tractor by  legal  process;  but  if  the  Contractor  is  delayed  by  the  Company  at 
any  time  during  the  progress  of  the  work,  the  penalty  cannot  be  enforced  by 
the  Company. 

Should  the  Company  order  extra  or  additional  work,  for 
which  extra  time  is  allowed,  it  does  not  excuse  the  Contractor 
from  completing  the  work  on  time  nor  from  making  the  payment 
for  delay. 

Extra  Work.  The  Contractor  shall  do  any  extra  work,  not 
herein  otherwise  provided  for,  when  and  as  ordered  in  writing 
by  the  Engineer;  and  shall,  when  requested  by  the  Engineer  so 
to  do,  furnish  itemized  statements  of  cost  of  the  work  ordered ; 
and  give  the  Engineer  access  to  accounts,  bills,  and  vouchers 
relating  thereto ;  nor  shall  any  claims  be  allowed  for  extra  work 
unless  the  same  shall  be  done  in  pursuance  of  a  written  order 
from  the  Engineer,  and  the  claim  made  at  the  first  settlement 
after  the  work  is  executed;  unless  the  Engineer,  at  his  discre- 
tion, shall  direct  the  claim,  or  such  part  of  it  as  he  may  deem 
just  and  equitable,  to  be  allowed ;  and  it  is  expressly  understood 
that  the  Contractor  agrees  to  accept  such  allowances  and  esti- 
mates in  full  satisfaction  of  such  extra  work,  loss,  or  damage, 
the  decision  of  the  Engineer  as  to  the  amount  of  such  extra 
work,  loss,  and  damage  being  as  final,  conclusive,  and  as  binding 
on  both  parties  as  though  the  said  extra  work  were  a  part  of 
the  work  specifically  described  in  this  contract. 

NOTE. — It  is  customary  for  the  Engineer  to  allow  from  10  to  15  per  cent 
for  profit  over  and  above  the  actual  cost  of  the  work,  which  should  include  the 
cost  of  superintendence  and  repair  of  tools. 

Alterations.  The  Engineer  may  from  time  to  time,  by  an 
instrument  in  writing  signed  by  him,  order  the  Contractor  to 
make  changes  in  the  work.  In  case  the  changes  so  ordered 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  25 

make  the  work  less  expensive  to  the  Contractor,  a  proper  deduc- 
tion shall  be  made  from  the  contract  price,  and  the  Contractor 
shall  have  no  claim,  on  this  account,  for  damages  or  for  antici- 
pated profit  on  the  work  that  is  dispensed  with;  in  case  such 
changes  make  the  work  more  expensive,  a  proper  addition  shall 
be  made  to  the  contract  price;  such  deduction  or  addition  shall 
be  determined  by  the  Engineer.  In  case  of  any  change  ordered 
as  aforesaid,  or  in  case  any  other  changes  in  the  work  are  made 
by  the  mutual  consent  of  the  parties  hereto,  whether  affecting 
the  contract  price  or  not,  or  the  time  of  completion  or  not,  all 
and  each  of  the  other  provisions  of  this  specification  shall  remain 
in  force  and  apply  to  the  contract  as  thus  altered.  Changes  so 
made  shall  not  make  void  any  bonds  that  may  have  been  given 
by  the  Contractor. 

Change  of  Line  and  Grade.  The  line  of  the  work  or  the 
gradients  or  elevations  may  be  changed,  if  the  Engineer  shall 
consider  such  change  necessary  or  expedient,  and  for  any  con- 
siderable alteration  the  injury  or  advantage  to  the  Contractor 
will  be  estimated,  and  such  allowance  or  deduction  made  in  the 
price  as  the  Engineer  may  deem  just  and  equitable ;  but  no  claim 
for  an  increase  in  prices  on  the  pa^rt  of  the  Contractor  will  be 
allowed  or  considered  unless  presented  in  writing  to  the  Engineer 
before  the  work  on  that  part  of  the  section  where  the  alteration 
is  to  be  made  shall  have  been  commenced. 

NOTE. — This  provision  is,  of  course,  applicable  to  railroads,  pipe  lines, 
canals,  sewers,  etc.,  and  hence  is  not,  strictly  speaking,  a  general  provision; 
but,  as  it  applies  to  many  kinds  of  work,  it  has  been  introduced  here. 

NOTE. — The  changing  of  plans  and  specifications  is  always  to  be  avoided, 
if  possible,  but  it  is  almost  impossible  to  write  a  faultless  contract  and  to 
foresee  all  conditions  that  will  arise.  After  the  beginning  of  construction, 
changes  must  sometimes  be  made.  The  right  of  the  Engineer  to  make  changes 
during  the  progress  of  the  construction,  while  customary,  should  generally  be 
limited  to  details  and  to  the  character  of  the  materials.  Of  course,  the  more 
perfect  the  plans  and  specifications,  the  fewer  alterations  will  be  required, 
and,  consequently,  the  fewer  demands  for  extra  compensation  for  unforeseen 
work.  Eemember  that  changes  made  in  the  specification,  plans,  or  contract 
after  execution  are  not  binding  unless  they  are  known  and  agreed  to  by  both 
parties  to  the  contract,  in  which  case  all  should  be  noted  in  writing  on  the 
instrument  and  signed  by  both  parties  setting  forth  the  date  of  the  change. 
All  changes  on  drawings  should  be  made  in  a  conspicuous  color  and  be  carefully 
dated. 

PAYMENT,  LIENS,  ESTIMATE,  BOND,  ETC. 

Spirit  of  Specification.  The  "spirit"  of  these  specifications 
is  to  furnish  all  material  and  workmanship  necessary  for  the 
construction  herein  described,  complete  in  every  respect,  for 


26  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

the  purpose  for  which  it  is  designed ;  and  the  Contractor  is  hereby 
bound  to  consider  and  provide  for  any  workmanship  or  mate- 
rials, which  are  obviously  necessary  in  order  to  carry  out  the 
full  intent  and  meaning  of  the  plans,  details,  diagrams,  and 
specifications,  although  the  same  may  not  be  either -directly  or 
indirectly  noted  by  drawings  or  specifications.  He  shall  pro- 
vide, in  his  proposal,  for  the  said  omissions,  as  fully  as  though 
they  were  specifically  denoted,  and  shall  execute  the  same 
without  charge  or  claim  therefor. 

Payment.  Monthly  estimates  of  the  amount  of  work  done 
and  material  delivered  under  this  contract  shall  be  made  by  the 
Engineer  on  or  about  the  first  day  of  the  month;  and  from  the 
estimates  so  made,  the  value  of  the  work  done  and  of  the  material 
delivered  on  the  site  of  the  work  shall  be  determined.  Upon 
the  Contractor's  furnishing  a  complete  release  of  liens  for  all 
labor  and  material  furnished  to  the  time  of  the  taking  of  the 

said  estimate,  within days  the  Company  shall  pay 

the  Contractor™ per  cent  of  the  amount  due,  as 

determined  by  the  Engineer,  and  this  method  of  payment  shall 
continue  until  the  work  under  this  contract  is  completed. 

The  balance  or  amount  remaining  unpaid  and  due  the  Con- 
tractor shall  be  paid  within days  after  the  final 

completion  and  acceptance  of  the  work  by  the  Engineer. 

NOTE. — Amount  of  Retained  Percentage.  To  insure  completion,  it  is 
customary  to  retain  from  10  to  20  per  cent  of  the  monthly  estimate  until  the 
work  is  finished.  In  very  large  contracts,  as  certain  sections  are  completed  and 
turned  over  to  the  Company,  the  retained  percentage  is  surrendered  to  the 
Contractor.  The  time  required  in  making  up  estimates,  forwarding  same  to 
headquarters,  auditing,  and  forwarding  check,  takes  from  10  to  30  days, 
depending  on  circumstances;  15  days  is  usually  ample  time  to  allow  for  these 
transactions. 

NOTE. — No  Claim  for  Payment  until  WorTc  is  Turned  Over.  The  Contractor 
can  make  no  claim  for  payment  until  the  materials  or  the  work  accomplished 
have  been  put  into  the  possession  of  the  Company.  Should  the  Company  decline 
to  accept  the  materials  or  work  after  same  has  been  turned  over  to  it,  the 
Contractor  may  then  bring  suit  to  compel  payment. 

NOTE. — No  Payment  until  Certain  Amount  Complete.  Payment  may  be 
made  by  installments  based  on  a  certain  amount  accomplished.  Under  such  an 
arrangement  the  Contractor  can  make  no  claim  for  payment  until  such  an 
amount  has  been  accomplished.  Should  the  Contractor  abandon  the  work  before 
such  an  amount  of  work  be  done,  he  could  not  recover. 

NOTE. — Accidents.  When  the  work  is  to  be  finished  before  payment  is 
made,  the  Contractor  must  stand  the  risk  of  fire,  flood,  or  other  accident;  but 
if  there  is  no  written  contract  or  custom  requiring  tha.  entire  construction  to  be 
completed  before  payment  is  made,  the  Contractor  may  recover  for  what  he  has 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  27 

accomplished,  in  case  of  accident,  fire,  or  flood,  provided  it  can  be  proved  that 
he  used  all  proper  precautions. 

Some  contracts  require  the  Contractor  to  procure  and  present  certificates  of 
the  proper  fulfillment  of  contract  from  the  Engineer,  Inspector,  etc.,  before 
claim  is  made  for  payment. 

Release  of  Liens.  Before  the  final  payment  the  Contractor 
shall  give  the  Company  a  complete  release  of  liens  and  claims 
chargeable  to  said  Contractor;  and  if  at  any  time  any  liens  or 
claims  are  filed,  making  the  Company,  or  the  work,  or  construc- 
tion liable,  the  Company  has  the  right  to  retain  out  of  any  and 
all  payments  due,  or  to  become  due  to  said  Contractor,  amounts 
sufficient  completely  to  indemnify  the  Company,  work,  or  build- 
ings, against  such  liens  and  claims;  and  in  the  event  of  any 
liens,  or  claims,  being  established  after  all  payments  have  been 
made  and  the  security  surrendered  to  the  Contractor,  the  Con- 
tractor is  to  pay  back  to  the  said  Company  all  money  or  moneys 
that  the  Company  may  have  been  compelled  to  pay  in  conse- 
quence of  such  liens  or  claims. 

NOTE. — It  is  of  the  greatest  importance  that  the  Company  be  protected 
against  liens  of  every  character.  In  cases  of  unsuccessful  contractors,  it  will 
be  found  that  laborers,  mechanics,  and  material  men  will  make  use  of  liens 
to  protect  themselves. 

Liens.  The  Contractor  shall  file  no  liens  for  any  labor  or 
material  furnished  under  this  contract;  such  waiver  of  liens, 
however,  shall  in  no  way  be  considered  as  a  waiver  of  action  by 
law  for  the  recovery  of  the  amount  due  the  Contractor  as  ap- 
proved or  awarded  by  the  Engineer;  it  is  further  agreed  that 
no  subcontractor  for  work  or  material  and  no  laborer,  mechanic, 
or  any  person  whatsoever  shall  have  the  right  to  file  any  lien 
of  any  kind  for  any  sum  which  may  be  due  or  become  due  to 
him  under  this  contract,  or  for  work  and  material  furnished 
thereunder,  or  for  any  other  purpose,  and  his  right  to  file  such 
liens  is  expressly  waived. 

Monthly  Estimate  Subject  to  Variation.  Every  monthly  esti- 
mate shall,  for  the  time  being,  be  conclusive  upon  both  parties 
thereto,  but  being  made  (except  as  herein  provided  as  to  extra 
work)  merely  as  a  basis  for  payment  on  account,  though  with  a 
great  desire  and  effort  for  accuracy,  may  be  only  approximately 
correct,  and  therefore  shall  (except  as  herein  provided  as  to 
extra  work)  be  subject  to  correction  by  the  Engineer  in  any 
subsequent  monthly  estimate,  or  in  any  final  estimate.  No  such 
monthly  estimate  or  certificate  for  unfinished  work  shall  be  con- 
sidered or  taken  as  an  acceptance  of  the  work ;  or  as  a  release 
of  the  Contractor  from  responsibility  therefor;  or  as  controlling 


28  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

the  Engineer  in  the  final  certificate,  which  alone  shall  operate  as 
an  acceptance  of  the  work  or  as  a  release  of  the  Contractor. 

Contractor's  Bills  in  Arrears.  If  at  any  time  it  shall  be  found 
that  the  Contractor's  bills  for  material  or  labor  are  not  being 
paid  within  a  reasonable  time,  the  Company  may  withhold  from 
the  Contractor's  monthly  estimate  a  sufficient  amount  to  cover 
the  said  bills,  and  the  Company  shall  apply  the  amount  so  with- 
held to  the  payment  of  said  debts. 

Abandonment  or  Violation  of  Contract.  Should  the  Con- 
tractor neglect  or  abandon  the  work,  or  should  the  Engineer  at 
any  time  be  convinced  that  the  work  is  unreasonably  delayed,  or 
that  the  conditions  of  the  contract  are  being  wilfully  violated, 
or  executed  carelessly,  or  in  bad  faith,  he  may  notify  the  Con- 
tractor in  writing  and,  if  his  notification  be  without  effect  within 
24  hours  after  the  delivery  thereof,  then  and  in  that  case  the 
Contractor  shall  discontinue  all  work  under  the  contract,  and 
the  Engineer  shall  have  full  authority  and  power  immediately 
to  enter  upon  and  take  possession  of  the  work,  plant,  tools,  and 
materials;  and  to  purchase  and  hire  materials,  tools,  labor,  ani- 
mals, and  machinery  for  the  completion  of  the  contract  at  the 
expense  of  the  Contractor,  or  his  sureties,  or  both;  or  the  said 
Engineer  may  declare  the  contract  null  and  void,  in  which  case 
the  security  bond,  the  retained  percentage,  the  materials  built 
into  the  work,  and  the  materials  delivered  shall  then  become 
the  property  of  the  Company. 

In  case  either  of  the  above  methods  is  resorted  to,  the  Com- 
pany shall  have  the  right  to  use  the  plant,  animals,  and  materials 
until  the  completion  of  the  work;  and  should  the  amount  re- 
tained on  the  previous  estimates  be  insufficient  to  pay  all  bills 
in  connection  with  the  work,  the  Company  shall  have  the  right 
to  sell  as  much  of  the  Contractor's  plant  and  tools  as  shall  be 
sufficient  to  make  good  the  deficit.  Upon  the  completion  of  the 
work  the  plant  and  tools,  or  those  that  may  remain  in  case  it  is 
necessary  to  make  such  sale,  shall  be  turned  over  to  the  Con- 
tractor. 

Right  to  Suspend  Work.  The  Engineer  reserves  the  right 
to  suspend  or  terminate  the  work  embraced  in  these  specifica- 
tions for  reasons  not  herein  specified,  and  the  Contractor  shall 
discontinue  all  work  within  10  days  after  receiving  notice  of 
such  suspension  or  termination;  in  which  case,  the  Contractor 
shall  be  entitled  to  payment  in  full  for  all  materials  actually 
handled  or  supplied,  at  a  valuation  to  be  fixed  by  the  Engineer, 
but  shall  make  no  claim  for  consequential  damages  or  antici- 
pated profits  upon  work  not  actually  performed,  or  damage  of 
any  kind  resulting  from  such  suspension  or  termination. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  29 

Agreement.  The  successful  bidder,  upon  notice  from  the 
Company,  shall  at  once  furnish  it  with  the  names  of  the  sureties 
to  be  offered,  and  shall  execute  the  agreement  and  furnish  the 

executed  bond  within days  from  the  date  of  mailing 

of  notice  to  the  said  bidder  that  the  contract  is  ready  for  sig- 
nature; and  in  case  of  failure  or  neglect  to  do  so,  he  will  be 
considered  to  have  abandoned  the  contract,  and  the  check 
accompanying  the  proposal  shall  be  forfeited  to  the  Company. 

Bond.  The  Contractor  will  be  required  to  give  an  approved 

surety  company  bond  to  the  Company  in  the  sum  of 

..„ dollars  for  the  faithful  execution  of  the 

work  under  this  specification;  for  keeping  in  perfect  repair  and 
good  order  all  of  the  new  work  constructed  hereunder;  for  all 
breakage  or  other  damage  that  may  occur  to  any  works  that 

may  be  within  the  lines  of  the  work  herein  described,  for 

years  after  date  of  final  payment ;  for  the  prompt 

payment  for  labor  and  materials  used  in  the  work;  and  for  the 
protection  of  the  Company  from  all  claims  on  patents,  or  damages 
to  persons  or  property  caused  by  the  negligence  of  the  Con- 
tractor or  his  employes  in  connection  with  the  work  herein  de- 
scribed; and  it  is  understood  that  »uch  surety  shall  not  in  any- 
wise be  released  by  any  modification  or  alteration  in  this  con- 
tract agreed  upon  between  the  parties,  the  said  bond  being  ex- 
pressly subject 'to  said  modifications  or  alterations.  Said  bond 

shall  be  surrendered .months  after  the  date  of 

completion  and  acceptance  of  the  work  executed  hereunder. 

NOTE.— -  Avoid  personal  bonds;  good  trust  company  bonds  are  secured 
readily  by  good  contractors  and  are  much  more  satisfactory  to  the  Company. 

TYPICAL  ILLUSTRATIVE  SPECIFICATIONS 

The  various  groups  of  clauses  which  have  just  been  given 
under  the  head  of  General  Provisions  are,  as  the  heading  indi- 
cates, intended  to  cover  the  general  features  of  any  well-drawn 
set  of  specifications.  The  typical  specifications  which  follow 
give  a  clear  idea  of  the  nature  of  the  provisions  required  for 
special  kinds  of  work,  the  selections  being  sufiiciently  varied  in 
character  to  cover  the  usual  types  of  contract. 

RAILROAD  GRADING 

Tools,  Materials,  and  Labor.  The  Contractor  shall,  at  his 
own  expense,  cost,  and  charge,  find  and  provide  a  full  and  ample 
supply  of  the  best  and  most  suitable  tools  and  appliances  required 


30          CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

to  be  used  in  the  performance  of  the  work  to  be  executed  under 
this  contract;  he  shall  provide  the  best  materials  of  every  kind 
that  may  be  needed  for  the  thorough  and  expeditious  execution 
of  said  work;  and  he  shall  furnish  and  provide  in  sufficient 
numbers  all  mechanics,  laborers,  and  other  workmen,  and  also 
all  things  that  may  be  requisite  and  necessary  for  constructing 
and  completing,  within  the  time  herein  stipulated,  the  whole  of 
the  work  herein  agreed  to  be  done. 

Location  of  Work.     The  work  covered  by  this  specification  is 

on  the  line  of  the Railroad  which 

is  located  between in County   and 

in .....County,  all  lying  in  the  State 

of The    section    extends    from    Station 

to  Station and  involves  princi- 
pally clearing,  grubbing,  grading,  trestling,  masonry,  pipe, 
masonry  or  timber  culverts. 

• 
GRADING  SPECIFICATIONS 

Under  this  head  shall  be  included  all  the  clearing  and  grub- 
bing, all  excavation  and  embankment  required  for  the  formation 
of  the  roadbed  ready  for  the  track ;  cutting  of  ditches  or  drains 
about  or  contiguous  to  the  road;  widening  or  changing  channels 
for  streams  or  watercourses;  the  construction  of  farm  crossings; 
the  foundation  of  culverts  and  bridge  masonry,  walls  or  bridges ; 
reconstruction  of  mill  races,  highways,  and  roads  where  they 
are  interfered  with  or  destroyed  in  the  formation  of  the  road- 
way; also  the  furnishing  and  erecting  of  all  masonry,  trestling, 
planking,  piling,  pumping,  bailing,  and  all  the  excavation  and 
embankment  in  any  way  connected  with  or  incident  to  the  con- 
struction of  said  railroad. 

The  road  shall  be  graded  in  conformity  with  such  directions 
as  the  Chief  Engineer  may  give  concerning  breadths,  depths, 
and  slopes  of  excavation  and  embankment. 

Clearing.  The  lands  of  the  railroad  company  shall  be  cleared 
to  the  full  extent  of  the  right  of  way  of  all  trees,  logs,  bushes, 
and  other  perishable  matter,  which  shall  be  destroyed  by  burning, 
or  deposited  in  heaps,  as  the  Engineer  may  direct.  Large  trees 
must  be  cut  not  more  than  1  foot  from  the  ground  and,  under 
embankments  less  than  4  feet  high,  they  shall  be  cut  even  with 
the  surface  of  the  ground.  The  top  of  stumps  shall  not  be  less 
than  3  feet  below  subgrade  under  embankments.  All  small  trees 
and  bushes  shall  be  cut  even  with  the  ground.  The  burning  of 
brush  must  be  done  in  such  a  manner  as  not  to  endanger  adjacent 
timber  land  or  property.  Clearing  shall  be  paid  for  by  the  acre 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  31 

or  fraction  thereof,  to  the  extent  indicated  by  the  Engineer  by 
stakes  or  by  marks  on  the  ground  or  timber.  All  trees  which 
the  Engineer  may  reserve  shall  be  stripped  of  their  tops  and 
branches,  cut  to  such  lengths,  and  be  neatly  piled  at  such  places, 
on  the  right  of  way,  as  the  Engineer  may  direct. 

Grubbing.  All  stumps,  roots,  muck,  and  perishable  material 
shall  be  grubbed  out  and  removed  from  all  places  where  embank- 
ments occur  less  than  2  feet  in  height.  All  stumps  grubbed  out 
shall  be  burned.  Until  the  Contractor  is  notified  that  the  work 
done  on  the  surface  to  be  grubbed  is  satisfactory  to  the  Engineer, 
no  embankment  shall  be  made  on  such  surface.  Grubbing  is  to 
be  paid  for  by  the  acre  or  fraction  thereof  actually  grubbed. 

Excavation.  All  material  shall  be  measured  in  the  excava- 
tions, and  estimated  by  the  cubic  yard,  and  shall  be  classified 
under  the  following  heads,  viz:  solid  rock,  loose  rock,  earth, 
foundation  excavation  in  water,  and  ditching  in  earth. 

Solid  Rock.  Solid  rock  shall  include  all  rock  which  will  ring 
under  the  hammer,  which  is  found  in  ledges  and  detached  masses 
exceeding  1  cubic  yard  each;  and  which,  in  the  judgment  of 
the  Engineer,  may  be  best  removed  by  blasting. 

Loose  Rock.  Loose  rock  shall  include  all  kinds  of  hard  shale, 
slate,  soapstone,  detached  stones  of  less  than  1  cubic  yard  and 
more  than  3  cubic  feet,  and  all  rock  which,  in  the  judgment  of 
the  Engineer,  cannot  be  plowed  and  which  can  be  removed  with 
pick  and  bar,  and  is  soft  and  loose  enough  to  be  removed  with- 
out blasting,  although  blasting  may  be  resorted  to  in  order  to 
facilitate  the  work. 

Earth.  Earth  shall  include  clay,  sand,  loam,  gravel,  and  all 
other  matter  of  an  earthy  nature,  of  whatsoever  name  or  char- 
acter, not  unquestionably  rock  as  above  defined.  Boulders  or 
detached  stones  containing  less  than  3  cubic  feet  shall  be  classified 
as  earth. 

Excavation  in  Water  for  Bridge  or  Culvert  Foundation.  Foun- 
dation excavation  in  water  shall  apply  to  material  below  the 
natural  water  surface  and  only  in  cases  where  (through  no  fault 
or  delay  of  the  Contractor)  constant  unavoidable  pumping  or 
bailing  is  a  necessity,  and  where  draining  by  a  ditch  would  be 
too  expensive  or  impossible ;  the  material  shall  be  classified  as 
excavation,  and  the  price  shall  include  the  necessary  cofferdams, 
caissons,  sheeting,  shoring,  draining,  bailing,  and  pumping  of 
water,  and  the  benching  and  dressing  of  the  rock  for  base  of 
masonry.  Where  unnecessary  delay  occurs  in  finishing  a  foun- 
dation promptly  in  dry  weather,  it  will  be  at  the  Contractor's 
risk,  as  regards  the  excavation,  in  case  water  is  met. 


32  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Embankments.  Embankments  shall  generally  be  made  in 
horizontal  layers,  crowned  in  the  middle,  in  accordance  with 
the  instructions  of  the  Engineer,  and  shall  consist  of  materials 
which,  in  his  judgment,  are  suitable ;  they  shall  be  built  of  such 
width  and  carried  to  such  height  above  grade  as  the  Engineer 
may  deem  necessary  to  provide  for  shrinkage,  compression,  wash- 
ing, drainage,  and  settlement,  and  must  be  maintained  to  their 
proper  height,  width,  and  shape  until  accepted  by  the  Engineer. 
No  large  stone  will  be  allowed  within  a  depth  of  at  least  2  feet 
below  grade ;  the  best  materials  must  in  all  cases  be  reserved  for 
finishing  and  dressing  the  surfaces.  Whenever  the  embankment 
is  made  from  the  side  ditches,  such  ditching  and  the  crest  of 
the  slopes  thereof  shall  in  no  case  approach  within  6  feet  of  the 
foot  of  the  embankment  slopes,  and  the  slopes  of  such  ditching 
next  to  the  embankment  shall  not  be  steeper  than  the  slope  of 
the  embankment.  Whenever  new  watercourses  or  channels  are 
required  to  be  formed,  they  shall  be  put  at  such  distances  from 
the  foot  of  the  slopes  as  the  Engineer  may  direct. 

No  perishable  materials  will  be  allowed  in  embankments.  All 
proper  materials  taken  from  the  excavation  on  the  line  of  the 
railroad  shall  be  placed  in  the  embankment,  and  all  surplus 
materials  shall  be  used  in  widening  embankments  in  such  manner 
as  the  Engineer  may  direct. 

The  subgrade  must  be  compact  and  finished  to  agree  with 
the  standard  roadbed  section,  and  no  depression  that  would  hold 
water  shall  be  left. 

Embankments  about  Culverts.  Embankments  about  masonry 
and  pipe  culverts  and  bridges  shall  be  built  at  such  times,  and 
in  such  manner,  and  of  such  material  as  the  Engineer  may  direct. 
Embankments  shall  be  carried  forward  in  the  usual  way  to  within 
10  feet  of  any  bridge  or  culvert,  finished  or  in  progress,  from 
which  point  the  earth  shall  be  carefully  rammed  to  such  width, 
depth,  slopes,  and  in  such  manner  as  the  Engineer  may  direct. 
No  additional  prices  shall  be  allowed  for  this  work. 

Borrow  Pits  and  Spoil  Banks.  In  all  cases  where  the  excava- 
tions are  insufficient  to  make  the  embankments,  the  deficiency 
shall  be  supplied  by  widening  the  excavations,  or  it  shall  be  sup- 
plied from  borrow  pits,  as  the  Engineer  may  direct,  and  all  such 
excavations  and  borrow  pits  shall  be  located,  drained,  and  sloped 
as  the  Engineer  may  direct.  No  borrow  pit  shall  be  opened 
until  same  has  been  staked  out  on  the  ground  by  the  Engineer 
in  charge.  All  excavations  and  borrow  pits  shall  be  left  in  such 
shape  that  they  can  be  readily  measured. 

Any  surplus  material  taken  from  the  excavation  and  not  re- 
quired for  embankments,  or  other  purposes,  shall  be  deposited 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  33 

evenly  on  either  side  of  the  embankment,  as  the  Engineer  may 
direct,  and  shall  in  no  case  be  raised  above  the  grade  of  the  road. 

Ditches.  In  cuts,  ditches  shall  be  dug  along  the  foot  of  the 
slopes,  of  such  dimensions  as  the  Engineer  may  direct.  To  pro- 
tect the  cuts  from  washing,  intercepting  ditches  shall  be  dug 
above  the  cutting,  upon  ground  sloping  toward  the  cuts,  and 
connected  with  the  embankment  ditches,  when  directed  by  the 
Engineer;  and  if  the  material  from  such  ditches  is  wasted,  it 
shall  be  deposited  between  the  ditch  and  the  cut.  Such  exca- 
vation shall  be  paid  for  as  part  of  the  ordinary  excavation  of 
the  section. 

Ditches  for  changing  the  flow  of  streams  and  for  draining 
marshes,  ponds,  etc.,  shall  be  cut  of  such  dimensions  and  the 
materials  shall  be  so  deposited  as  the  Engineer  shall  direct;  the 
same  to  be  paid  for  at  the  price  named  in  the  proposal  for 
" Ditching  in  Earth". 

Valuable  Material  and  Timber.  All  materials  taken  from  the 
excavations,  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Engineer,  may  be  of 
greater  value  to  the  railroad  company  for  other  purposes  than 
embankments,  and  also  all  timber,  removed  from  the  line  of  the 
railroad,  shall  be  considered  the  property  of  the  Railroad  Com- 
pany, and  shall  be  deposited  in  convenient  positions,  under  the 
direction  of  the  Engineer. 

Slips  and  Falls.  All  slips  and  falls  of  slopes  attributable,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  to  excessive  use  of  powder,  negli- 
gence, or  carelessness  of  the  Contractor  shall  be  removed  by  the 
Contractor  at  his  own  cost;  but  if  not  so  attributable,  an  allow- 
ance, to  be  fixed  by  the  Engineer,  shall  be  made  for  such  removal 
as  " Earth  Excavation". 

Measurements.  Clearing  shall  be  paid  for  by  the  acre  or 
fraction  thereof.  The  clearing  of  scattered  trees  shall  be  paid 
for  by  the  approximate  area  of  the  surface  of  ground  covered 
by  their  branches  before  being  felled.  Grubbing  shall  be  paid 
for  by  the  acre  or  fraction  thereof,  of  surface  actually  grubbed. 
The  Contractor  shall  give  the  Engineer  at  least  48  hours'  notice 
previous  to  beginning  the  making  of  embankments  on  surface 
grubbed,  and  the  same  shall  not  be  paid  for  unless  it  shall  have 
been  measured  by  the  Engineer,  and  the  Contractor  shall  have 
been  given  a  written  order  to  proceed  with  the  embankment  on 
the  surface  in  question. 

Materials  in  excavations  shall  be  measured  whenever  pos- 
sible, and  the  term  "excavation"  shall  include  all  cuttings,  bor- 
row pits,  roadways,  changes  of  watercourses,  ditches,  founda- 
tions, and  trestle  pits,  and,  in  fact,  every  kind  of  excavation 
required  at  any  time  in  the  course  of  the  work. 


34          CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Excavation,  in  all  the  several  classes  thereof,  shall  be  of  such 
dimensions  and  slope  as  the  Engineer  may  direct,  and  shall  be 
estimated  and  paid  for  by  the  cubic  yard,  and  no  allowance 
whatever  shall  be  made  for  overhaul.  The  price  for  excavation 
shall  include  all  the  necessary  sheeting,  shoring,  pumping,  and 

bailing.    For  the  material  to  be  excavated    (under  the 

Railroad    from Station    to 

Station)  for  the  roadbed  and  for  abutment  walls, 

a  special  price  will  be  paid,  as  named  in  the  proposal,  which 
price  for  excavation  shall  cover  the  sheathing  of  excavation  and 
supporting  of  tracks  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Chief 
Engineer  of  the Railroad  Company. 

GENERAL  CONDITIONS  AND  PROVISIONS 

Duties  of  Contractor.  Contractors  shall  satisfy  themselves  by 
a  careful  personal  examination  of  the  nature  and  location  of  the 
work  they  bid  for,  of  the  general  form  of  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  and  all  other  matters  which  can  in  any  way  influence 
their  contract;  and  no  information  upon  such  matters  derived 
from  the  maps,  plans,  profiles,  drawings,  or  specifications,  or 
from  the  Engineer  or  his  assistants,  shall  in  any  way  relieve  the 
Contractor  from  any  risk,  or  from  fulfilling  any  of  the  terms  of 
this  agreement. 

Interference  with  Traffic.  When  work  is  to  be  done  upon 
or  adjacent  to  a  public  or  private  road,  or  to  a  line  of  railway 
in  use,  the  Contractor  shall  so  prosecute  his  work  as  to  inter- 
fere as  little  as  possible  with  the  traffic  of  the  railway,  or  the 
traffic  of  such  public  or  private  road.  And  all  work  that  may 
affect  the  safety  of  the  railway  traffic  shall  be  subject  to  the 
direction  of  the  Division  Superintendent  of  the  railway  com- 
pany. When  it  is  necessary  to  support  the  tracks  of  the  railway, 
the  railway  company  will  furnish  and  place  all  of  the  necessary 
timbers  for  this  work,  but  the  Contractor  shall  do  all  the  exca- 
vating therefor. 

Property  on  Right  of  Way.  Fences,  buildings,  timber,  and 
wood  on  the  right  of  way  along  the  line  of  the  road  are  the 

property  of  either  the  landowner,  or  the  party  of  the 

part;  and  if  not  removed  by  the  landowner  within  a  reasonable 
time;  shall  be  cleared  off  by  the  Contractor,  and  shall  be  piled 

up,  and  preserved  for  the  use  of  the  party  of  the part, 

without  charge. 

Damages.  In  case  one  portion  of  the  work,  contracted  to  be 
done  in  accordance  with  these  specifications,  is  delayed  through 
the  negligence  or  incompetence  of  a  contractor  for  some  other 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  35 

portion  of  the  work,  whatever  damage  may  result,  or  whatever 
expense  may  be  incurred  by  the  Contractor  so  delayed,  because 
of  such  negligence  or  incompetence,  the  amount  of  damage  or 
expense  shall  be  charged  to  the  contractor  at  fault,  and  the 
Engineer  shall  decide  the  amount  so  to  be  charged ;  and  the  party 
of  the  second  part  shall  in  no  wise  be  responsible  therefor,  or 
for  the  payment  therefor  by  the  other  contractor. 

Eoads  to  be  Opened.  Contractors  having  work  awarded  to 
them  shall,  immediately  after  signing  their  contracts,  proceed  to 
open  and  maintain  such  good  and  safe  roads  and  paths  for  foot 
or  horse  travel  along  the  whole  line  of  their  sections,  as  may 
be  directed  by  the  Engineer;  and  on  portions  of  the  line  where 
there  are  no  highways  convenient  for  the  wagoning  of  supplies, 
they  must  open  and  maintain  such  roads,  and  the  Engineer  shall 
decide  what  extra  amount,  if  any,  they  will  be  entitled  to  for 
this  work. 

Any  person  having  permission  from  the  Engineer  shall  be 
allowed  to  pass  along  or  haul  any  materials  required  for  the  road 
over  any  section,  provided  such  persons  do  not  interfere  with 
or  impede  the  work  of  the  Contractor. 

Marks  and  Stakes  to  be  Preserved.  Contractors  shall  care- 
fully preserve  bench  marks  and  stakes  and,  in  case  of  willful  or 
careless  neglect  of  these,  they  shall  be  charged  whatever  the 
Engineer  shall  consider  an  equitable  amount  to  cover  damages 
arising  from  such  negligence. 

All  excavations  and  embankments  shall' conform  to  the  line 
and  stakes  set  out  by  the  Engineer,  and  any  excess  of  excavation 
or  waste  of  material  required  for  embankment  at  the  mouth  of 
cuts,  due  to  neglect  of  these  lines  and  stakes,  shall  not  be  esti- 
mated or  paid  for. 

Contractors  shall  clear  away  the  surplus  stone  and  wreckage 
from  masonry  sites  after  the  jobs  are  done;  and,  before  the 
completion  of  each  section,  remove  from  adjacent  properties, 
bermes,  and  highways  the  blasted  rock  and  all  other  debris  accu- 
mulated during  construction. 

Grade.  The  word  ''grade"  whenever  herein  used  refers  to 
the  surface  of  the  roadbed  as  completed  and  prepared  for  the 
reception  of  the  ballast. 

Acknowledgment.  These  specifications  are  hereby  acknowl- 
edged, accepted,  and  made  part  of  this  agreement. 

Claims  for  Labor  or  Material.  It  is  hereby  agreed  that  no 
lien  nor  claim  shall  be  filed  by  anyone  for  the  work  or  labor  to 
be  done  or  the  materials  to  be  furnished,  under  or  in  pursuance 
of  this  contract. 


36  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

FOUNDATIONS 

General  Specifications.  Foundations  for  masonry  shall  be 
excavated  to  such  depths  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  a  bearing 
which  is  satisfactory  to  the  Engineer.  In  case  of  foundations 
in  rock,  the  rock  shall  be  excavated  to  such  depths  and  in  such 
form  as  may  be  required  by  the  Engineer,  and  shall  be  dressed 
approximately  level  to  receive  the  foundation  course.  Materials 
excavated  shall  be  paid  for  as  provided  for  under  " Excavation". 

Special  Foundations.  Should  the  bottom  as  found  be  not 
satisfactory,  special  foundations  shall  be  constructed  of  concrete, 
reinforced  concrete,  or  of  timber  piling  or  platforms,  as  directed, 
and  in  accordance  with  plans  to  be  furnished.  If  work  of  special 
character  be  required,  the.  Contractor  shall  be  paid  for  it  at  the 
special  prices  named  in  the  proposal,  and  said  prices  shall  include 
all  materials  and  all  labor  necessary  for  placing  it  in  the  work. 

Piles.  Piles  shall  be  of  white  oak,  long-leaf  yellow  pine,  or 
spruce  pine,  as  directed ;  sound,  of  straight  growth,  not  less  than 
8  inches  in  diameter  at  the  small  end,  and  not  less  than  12  inches 
at  the  butt  end  when  sawed  off.  They  shall  be  trimmed  close, 
barked  if  required,  pointed  or  shod  as  directed,  and  hooped  to 
prevent  splitting.  They  shall  each  be  of  one  piece  without 
splicing  or  doweling.  They  shall  be  driven  with  a  hammer 
weighing  at  least  2500  pounds,  to  refusal,  or  to  the  point  directed. 
in  straight  rows,  and  shall  be  sawed  off  truly  level.  If  any  piles 
are  raised  by  the  subsequent  driving  of  others,  they  shall  be  re- 
driven.  If  any  piles  be  driven  too  low  to  be  cut  off  or  fitted  at 
the  required  elevation,  proper  piles  shall  be  substituted.  Piles 
split  or  otherwise  injured  shall  be  replaced  or  repaired  as  directed. 

The  piles  in  place  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  price  per  lineal  foot 
given  in  the  proposal.  No  part  of  the  pile  shall  be  paid  for 
except  that  which  remains  in  the  work. 

Pile  Shoes.  Pile  shoes,  when  required,  shall  be  paid  for  as 
additional  steel.  They  shall  be  chilled  points,  4  inches  square  at 
the  point  of  the  pile,  with  4  straps  of  approved  size,  fastened 
with  8  three-eighths-inch  by  4-inch  spikes  to  the  pile,  which  shall 
be  properly  fitted  to  give  a  square  and  even  bearing  on  the  shoe. 

MASONRY 
GENERAL  CLAUSES 

Stone,  General.  Stone  masonry  shall  be  built  of  the  kinds  of 
stone  specially  designated,  with  such  arrangement  of  courses  and 
bonds  as  is  directed  or  shown  on  the  plans.  The  stone  shall  be 
hard  and  durable,  as  large  as  practicable  for  the  work,  of  ap- 
proved quality  and  shape,  and  in  no  case  having  less  bed  than  rise. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  37 

Laying.  Stone  masonry  shall  be  laid  with  the  stones  on  their 
broadest  beds,  well  bonded  and  solidly  bedded. 

All  walls  shall  be  laid  up  in  cement  mortar,  cement  grout 
being  used  to  fill  all  vertical  joints  which  cannot  be  thoroughly 
filled  with  mortar,  and  the  stone  shall  be  thoroughly  wetted 
when  it  is  laid.  All  walls  shall  be  made  as  water-tight  as  pos- 
sible. The  face  and  back  of  the  walls  shall  be  carried  up  to- 
gether. No  hammering  on  the  wall  shall  be  allowed  after  the 
stone  is  set;  if  any  inequalities  occur,  they  shall  be  carefully 
pointed  off. 

Clean  Walls.  The  showing  face  of  all  walls  shall  be  left  thor- 
oughly clean  upon  the  completion  of  the  work. 

Setting.  Dressed  stone  shall  be  set  with  a  lewis  if  required; 
and  where  dressed  stone  is  bedded  in  mortar  it  shall  be  settled 
on  the  bed  with  a  wooden  maul. 

Concrete  Coping.  Concrete  coping  shall  be  composed  of  1-3-6 
concrete  as  specified,  built  to  the  dimensions  shown  on  the  plans. 
The  top  and  sides  shall  be  treated  as  specified  under  the  para'- 
graphs  relating  to  exposed  surfaces  of  concrete.  If-  made  as  a 
monolith  on  top  of  the  wall,  the  coping  shall  be  cut  into  such 
lengths  as  may  be  directed.  Payment^  shall  be  made  at  the  price 
per  cubic  yard  for  "Concrete  Coping"  in  the  proposal,  which 
price  shall  include  the  cost  of  all  forms,  etc. 

Concrete  coping  may  be  made  as  an  artificial  stone.  If  so 
made,  the  length  of  the  blocks  and  all  details  shall  be  approved 
by  the  Engineer. 

Back  Walls.  Where  stone  is  used  for  back  walls,  it  shall  be 
laid  as  stretchers  and  extend  through  the  wall  without  being 
backed  with  other  masonry;  the  faces  shall  be  rough-pointed. 
Back  walls  shall  be  capped  with  a  regular  course,  peen-hammered 
on  top.  Generally,  they  shall  not  be  built  until  the  superstructure 
has  been  placed  in  position. 

Bridge  Seats  and  Pedestal  Blocks.  Where  bridge  seats  and 
pedestal  blocks  are  of  stone,  approved  granite  shall  be  used. 
The  top  surfaces  under  the  bearings  of  trusses,  main  girders, 
columns,  or  other  principal  metal  bearings  shall  be  bushham- 
mered  and  the  remainder  of  the  upper  surfaces  shall  be  peen- 
hammered.  The  showing  edges  of  bridge  seats,  pedestals,  and 
caps  shall  be  rough-pointed.  Bushhammers  shall  have  5  cuts 
per  inch. 

Concrete  Bridge  Seats  and  Pedestal  Blocks.  Where  bridge 
seats  and  pedestal  blocks  are  of  concrete,  they  shall  be  composed 
of  1-2-4  concrete,  made  with  three-fourths-inch  stone,  as  specified, 
and  built  to  the  dimensions  shown  on  the  plans,  with  a  hard 
trowel  finish  on  all  showing  faces.  Payment  shall  be  made  at  the 


38  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

special  price  per  cubic  yard  named  in  the  proposal,  which  price 
shall  include  the  cost  of  all  forms,  etc. 

Finish  of  Walls  not  Coped.  The  top  of  the  masonry  when 
not  covered  by  a  coping  shall  be  finished  with  large  stones 
selected  for  the  purpose,  which  will  give  an  approximately  flat 
surface. 

Pointing.  The  joints  on  faces  of  masonry  above  the  founda- 
tion shall  be  cleaned  out  to  a  depth  of  1  inch,  wetted,  and  pointed 
with  Portland  cement  mortar  well  and  securely  pressed  into  the 
joints;  the  whole  work  shall  have  a  neat  and  clean  finish.  Cut- 
stone  work  shall  be  hollow-pointed;  all  other  masonry  shall  be 
cut-pointed. 

New  Masonry  on  Old.  When  new  masonry  is  laid  on  old 
masonry,  the  latter  shall  be  cleaned,  wetted,  and  thoroughly 
grouted  before  laying  new  work.  All  new  work  shall  bond  with 
the  old.  The  new  face  stones  shall  match  the  old. 

Dressing  before  Setting.  All  cutting  and  dressing  necessary 
shall  be  done  before  the  stones  are  set,  and  by  skilled  workmen. 
Under  no  circumstances  shall  the  hammering  or  dressing  of 
stone  upon  the  walls  be  allowed.  The  stones  shall  be  placed  in 
position  so  as  not  to  disturb  those  previously  laid. 

Dressing.  In  all  classes  of  work,  the  faces  of  the  stone  shall 
have  uniform  projections,  not  exceeding  3  inches  beyond  the 
neat  lines.  All  projecting  angles  and  arrises  shall  have  hammer- 
dressed  beds  and  joints  and  shall  be  run  with  a  neat  chisel  draft 
of  1^  inches  on  each  face. 

Mortar  Joints.  Mortar  joints  in  the  face  of  the  wall,  in  first- 
class  and  second-class  work,  shall  not  exceed  one-half  inch  in 
thickness.  The  vertical  joints  of  the  face  shall  be  in  contact  at 
least  1  foot  in  first-class  and  9  inches  in  second-class  work,  meas- 
ured in  from  the  face,  and  as  much  more  as  the  stone  will  admit. 

Dashing  Backs  of  Walls.  The  joints  on  the  back  of  all 
masonry  walls  shall  be  carefully  and  thoroughly  dashed  with 
cement  mortar  so  as  to  make  the  walls  as  nearly  water-tight  as 
possible. 

When  the  back  of  a  wall  adjoins  rock,  it  shall  be  built  tight 
against  the  rock  and  the  joint  shall  be  thoroughly  grouted. 

Dry  Stone  Packing.  Dry  stone  packing  shall  consist  of  stone 
laid  without  mortar,  and  the  stone  used  shall  generally  be  from 
three-fourths  of  a  cubic  foot  to  2  cubic  feet  in  volume. 

Measurement.  All  masonry  shall  be  built  according  to  the 
plans  and  instructions  furnished  by  the  Engineer,  and  the  several 
classes  thereof  shall  be  estimated  and  paid  for  by  the  cubic  yard, 
computing  only  the  actual  solidity  thereof  required  by  the  plans. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  39 

No  constructive  or  conventional  measurement  shall  be  allowed, 
any  rule  or  custom  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

Freezing  Weather.  All  work  in  stone  and  brick  masonry  and 
concrete  shall  be  suspended  during  freezing  weather  except  on 
structures  in  which  delay  would  affect  the  general  progress  of 
the  work  and  under  such  regulations  and  conditions  as  the  Engi- 
neer may  prescribe.  Whenever  required  by  the  Engineer,  the 
sand  and  water  shall  be  heated  before  being  used  in  the  work. 
No  masonry  laid  in  freezing  weather  shall  be  pointed  until  spring. 

Inspection.  All  material  shall  be  subject  to  inspection  and 
any  that  has  been  condemned  shall  immediately  be  removed  from 
the  site  of  the  work.  All  masonry  shall  be  subject  to  the  super- 
vision of  an  Inspector  whose  duties  shall  be  to  see  that  the  re- 
quirements of  these  specifications  are  conformed  to,  but  his  pres- 
ence is  in  no  way  to  be  presumed  to  lessen  in  any  degree  the 
responsibility  of  the  Contractor  or  his  obligations. 

No  masonry  of  any  kind  shall  be  covered  up  before  it  has 
been  inspected  and  passed  upon. 

Price  to  Include.  The  price  per  cubic  yard  paid  for  stone, 
brick,  or  concrete  masonry  shall  include  the  furnishing  of  all 
material,  all  scaffolding,  forms,  and  centering,  and  all  other  ex- 
penses necessary  to  the  construction  and  completion  of  the 
masonry  and  the  maintenance  of  same  until  the  work  is  accepted. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  MASONRY 

Masonry  shall  be  classified  under  the  following  heads:  First 
Class;  Second  Class;  Third  Class;  First-Class  Arch;  Brick;  and 
Concrete. 

First=Class  Masonry 

First-class  masonry  shall  consist  of  range  rock  work  of  the 
best  description.  The  face  stones  shall  be  accurately  squared, 
pointed,  and  bedded,  and  laid  in  regular  and  horizontal  courses 
of  not  less  than  12  inches  in  thickness  and  not  greater  than  30 
inches,  decreasing  in  thickness  regularly  from  the  bottom  to  the 
top  of  the  walls.  The  stones  of  each  course  shall  be  so  arranged 
as  to  form  a  proper  bond  with  the  stones  of  the  underlying 
courses,  and  a  bond  of  less  than  1  foot  shall  in  no  case  be  allowed. 

Stretchers.  Stretchers  shall  not  be  less  than  4  feet  in  length. 
They  shall  have  18  inches  width  of  bed  for  all  courses  under  18 
inches;  and  for  all  courses  above  18  inches  they  shall  have  as 
much  bed  as  face.  They  shall  not  break  joint  on  headers. 

Headers.  Headers  shall  not  be  less  than  4  feet  in  length. 
They  shall  occupy  one-fifth  of  the  face  of  the  wall  and  no  header 
shall  have  less  than  18  inches  width  of  face;  where  the  course 


40  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

exceeds  18  inches  in  height,  the  width  of  face  shall  not  be 
than  the  height  of  the  course. 

When  the  walls  do  not  exceed  4  feet  in  thickness,  the  headers 
shall  run  entirely  through,  and  in  all  cases  they  shall  be  long 
enough  to  form  a  proper  bond  with  the  backing. 

"When  the  stone  used  in  any  work  is  in  very  large  blocks,  ex- 
ceeding the  requirements  given  above,  then  a  stone  that  runs 
into  the  wall  to  a  distance  at  least  as  great  as  the  average  length 
of  the  stretchers  shall  be  considered  a  header. 

Backing.  The  backings  shall  be  of  third-class  masonry  or 
1-3-6  concrete,  as  shall  be  directed  by  the  Engineer,  well  bonded 
with  the  facework  and  itself. 

Foundation  Courses.  All  work  below  the  neat  line  shall  be 
1-3-6  concrete,  laid  as  specified,  and  paid  for  at  the  price  for 
"1-3-6  concrete  masonry  in  foundation". 

Laying.  The  masonry  shall  be  laid  up  as  specified  under 
"Laying". 

Bridge  Piers.  Bridge  piers  built  in  streams  subject  to  ice 
floes  shall  be  built  of  first-class  masonry  facing  with  concrete 
masonry  backing,  in  the  heart  of  the  wall. 

The  stones  forming  the  cutwater  of  piers  which  act  as  ice 
breakers  shall  be  neatly  and  smoothly  dressed  on  their  faces,  and 
fastened  together  with  iron  cramps  and  to  the  interior  of  the 
piers.  The  surfaces  of  the  other  face  stones  shall,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  draft,  be  left  as  they  come  from  the  quarry  unless 
the  projection  above  the  draft  exceeds  3  inches,  in  which  case 
they  shall  be  roughly  scabbled  down  to  that  projection. 

Second-Class  Masonry 

Second-class  masonry  shall  consist  of  broken  or  random  range 
rock  work  of  the  best  description,  and  shall  conform  in  every 
other  respect  to  first-class  masonry. 

Third=CIass  Masonry 

Third-class  masonry  shall  be  formed  of  approved  quarry  stone 
of  good  shape  and  good  flat  beds.  No  stones  shall  be  used  in 
the  face  of  the  walls  less  than  6  inches  thick,  or  less  than  12 
inches  in  their  least  horizontal  dimensions. 

Headers  and  Face  Stones.  Headers  shall  generally  form  at 
least  one-fifth  of  the  faces  and  backs  of  the  walls,  with  a  similar 
proportion  throughout  the  mass  when  they  do  not  interlock,  and 
the  face  stones  shall  be  well  scabbled  or  otherwise  worked  so 
that  they  may  be  set  close,  and  chinking  with  small  stones  be 
avoided. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  41 

Size  of  Stones,  etc.  In  walls  5  feet  thick  or  less,  the  stones 
used  shall  average  from  6  to  8  cubic  feet  in  volume,  and  the 
length  of  the  headers  shall  be  equal  to  two-thirds  of  the  thickness 
of  the  wall;  in  walls  over  5  feet  in  thickness,  the  stones  used  shall 
average  12  cubic  feet  in  volume,  and  the  headers  shall  not  be  less 
than  4  feet  long.  Generally  no  stones  shall  be  used  having  a 
less  volume  than  4  cubic  feet,  except  for  filling  the  interstices 
between  the  larger  stones. 

Limit  of  Height  and  Bond.  In  no  case  shall  stones  be  used 
having  a  greater  height  or  build  than  30  inches,  and  these  stones 
must  bond  the  joints  above  and  below  at  least  18  inches;  in  all 
other  cases  the  smaller  stones  used  must  bond  the  joints  above 
and  below  at  least  10  inches. 

Foundation  Stones.  The  stones  in  the  foundation  generally 
shall  be  not  less  than  10  inches  in  thickness  and  contain  not  less 
than  10  square  feet  of  surface. 

The  foundation  shall  consist  of  1-3-6  concrete,  if  so  directed 
by  the  Engineer. 

Laying.  The  masonry  shall  be  laid  up  as  specified  under 
"Laying". 

First=Class  Arch   Masonry 

First-class  arch  masonry  shall  be  laid  in  cement  mortar,  and 
shall  be  built  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  for  first-class 
masonry,  when  and  to  the  extent  that  the  Engineer  may  direct. 
The  ring  stones  shall  be  dressed  to  such  size  and  shape  as  the 
Engineer  may  determine. 

Ring  Stones  and  Arch-Sheeting  Stones.  The  ring  stones  and 
arch-sheeting  stones  shall  not  be  of  less  thickness  than  10  inches 
on  the  intrados  of  the  arch,  and  shall  be  dressed  with  f-inch 
radial  joints,  and  shall  be  of  the  full  depth  specified  by  plans, 
or  otherwise,  for  the  thickness  of  the  arch.  The  joints  shall  be 
made  on  true  radial  lines,  and  the  ends  of  the  sheeting  stones 
and  the  ring  stones  shall  be  dressed  to  make  close  joints.  The 
ring  stones  and  the  arch-sheeting  stones  shall  break  joints  not 
less  than  1  foot  apart. 

Parapets.  The  parapets  shall  be  finished  with  a  coping  course 
of  the  full  width  of  the  top  of  the  parapet,  with  such  projection 
as  may  be  directed  by  the  Engineer.  The  stones  shall  be  not  less 
than  10  inches  in  thickness. 

Brick  Masonry 

Brick  masonry  shall  be  laid  with  the  best  quality  of  hard 
burned  brick,  well  tempered  and  molded  to  standard  size. 


42  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Quality  of  Bricks.  No  bats,  except  necessarily  as  closers  for 
properly  dimensioning  the  several  courses,  nor  cracked,  crooked, 
or  salmon  bricks,  shall,  under  any  circumstances,  be  allowed  in 
the  work.  The  bricks  shall  be  thoroughly  wetted  and  shall  be 
laid,  end  and  side  at  one  operation,  in  full  close  joints  of  mortar. 
The  style  of  bond  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  Engineer.  The  best- 
shaped*  and  best-colored  brick  shall  be  reserved  for  facework, 
which  shall  be  finished  with  a  neatly  drawn  joint  and  pointed 
where  required. 

Mortar  and  Grouting.  Proportions.  All  mortar  to  be  used  in 
the  building  of  stone  or  brick  masonry  shall  be  composed  of  1 
part  of  cement  to  3  parts  of  sand.  All  mortar  for  pointing  and 
bedding  copings,  bridge  seats,  and  pedestal  blocks  shall  be  com- 
posed of  1  part  of  cement  to  2  parts  of  sand. 

Grout  shall  be  composed  of  1  part  of  Portland  cement  to  3 
parts  of  sand,  except  where  the  foundations  are  wet,  when  the 
quantity  of  sand  shall  be  diminished,  making  the  proportions  1 
part  of  cement  to  2  parts  of  sand,  and  this  shall  be  used  in  the 
foundation  masonry  up  to  the  neat  lines,  if  required. 

All  the  above  mixtures  shall  be  proportioned  by  measurement. 
It  is  assumed  that  376  pounds  of  cement  shall  have  a  volume  of 
3.6  cubic  feet.  The  sand  and  cement  shall  first  be  mixed  dry  in 
suitable  tight  boxes,  after  which  the  proper  amount  of  water 
shall  be  gradually  added.  Only  such  quantities  of  mortar  or 
grouting  shall  be  mixed  as  are  needed  for  immediate  use;  if 
allowed  to  set,  it  shall  not  be  retempered  and  used  in  masonry 
construction. 

Tensile  Strength.  Mortar  taken  from  the  mixing  box  and 
molded  into  briquettes,  1  square  inch  in  cross  section,  shall 
develop  the  following  ultimate  tensile  strengths: 

PER  SQUARE  INCH 

7  days  (1  day  in  air,  6  days  in  water),  1  part 

of  cement  to  3  parts  of  sand 125  Ibs. 

28  days  (1  day  in  air,  27  days  in  water),  1 

part  of  cement  to  3  parts  sand 175  Ibs. 

Sand.  Sand  for  grouting  shall  be  tide-washed,  sharp,  siliceous, 
dry-screened  bar  or  approved  bank  sand,  containing  not  more 
than  5  per  cent  of  loam,  clay,  dirt,  or  other  impurities.  Sand  for 
mortar  shall  be  composed  of  grains  graded  from  coarse  to  fine, 
thoroughly  screened  to  reject  all  particles  exceeding  one-eighth 
inch  in  diameter,  and  shall  be  clean  and  sharp,  containing  not  more 
than  5  per  cent  by  weight  of  clay,  loam,  dirt  and  other  impurities, 
and  equal  in  quality  to  the  best  New  Jersey  bank  sand. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  43 

Water.  Water  shall  be  fresh,  and  free  from  dirt,  oil,  or  grease. 
Salt  water  may  be  used,  as  directed  by  the  Engineer,  when  nec- 
essary to  construct  masonry  in  freezing  weather. 

Cement 

Kind.  All  cement  shall  be  Portland,  of  the  best  quality,  dry 
and  free  from  lumps.  By  Portland  cement  is  meant  the  finely- 
pulverized  product  resulting  from  the  calcination  to  incipient 
fusion  of  an  intimate  mixture  of  properly  proportioned  argilla- 
ceous and  calcareous  materials  to  which  no  addition  greater  than 
3  per  cent  has  been  made  subsequent  to  calcination. 

Packages.  Cement  shall  be  packed  in  strong  cloth  or  canvas 
bags,  or  in  sound  barrels  lined  with  paper,  which  shall  be  plainly 
marked  with  the  brand  and  name  of  the  manufacturer.  Bags 
shall  contain  94  pounds  net  and  barrels  shall  contain  376  pounds 
net. 

Inspection.  All  cement  shall  be  inspected.  The  Contractor 
shall  submit  the  cement,  and  afford  every  facility  for  inspection 
and  testing,  at  least  12  days  before  desiring  to  use  it.  The  Engi- 
neer shall  be  notified  at  once  upon  receipt  of  each  shipment.  No 
cement  shall  be  inspected  or  allowed*  to  be  used  unless  delivered 
in  suitable  packages,  properly  branded. 

Protection.  The  cement  shall  be  protected  in  a  suitable  build- 
ing having  a  wooden  floor  or  platform  raised  from  the  ground, 
and  may  be  reinspected  at  any  time. 

Storage.  The  cement  shall  be  stored  in  a  manner  that  will 
enable  each  carload  lot  to  be  kept  separate  and  be  tagged  with 
car  number  and  date  of  receipt.  One  carload  shall  not  be  placed 
immediately  upon  another. 

Failure  of  Brand.  The  failure  of  a  shipment  of  cement  on 
any  work  to  meet  the  requirements  given  below  may  prohibit 
further  use  of  the  same  brand  on  that  work.  Rejected  cement 
shall  immediately  be  removed  from  the  work. 

Quality.  The  acceptance  or  rejection  of  a  cement  to  be  used 
shall  rest  with  the  Engineer,  and  shall  be  based  on  the  following 
requirements : 

Specific  Gravity:  not  less  than  3.1. 
Ultimate  Tensile  Strength  per  square  inch: 

1  days  (1  day  in  air,  6  days  in  water) 500  Ibs. 

28  days  (1  day  in  air,  27  days  in  water) . .   600  Ibs. 
7  days  (1  day  in  air,  6  days  in  water),  1 
part   of   cement   to   3   parts   standard 
quartz  sand 200  Ibs. 


44  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

28  days  (1  day  in  air,  27  days  in  water),  1 
part  of  cement  to  3  parts  standard 
quartz  sand 275  Ibs. 

Fineness:  Residue  on  No.  100  sieve  not  over  8  per  cent  by  weight. 
Residue  on  No.  200  sieve  not  over  25  per  cent  by 
weight. 

Set.  It  shall  require  at  least  30  minutes  to  develop  initial  set, 
and  not  less  than  1  hour  nor  more  than  10  hours  to  develop  hard 
set.  These  requirements  may  be  modified  where  the  conditions 
of  use  make  it  desirable. 

Constancy  of  Volume.  Pats  of  cement  3  inches  in  diameter, 
one-half  inch  thick  at  center,  and  tapering  to  a  thin  edge,  when 
immersed  in  water  after  24  hours  in  moist  air,  shall  show  no  signs 
of  cracking,  distortion,  or  disintegration.  Similar  pats  in  air 
shall  also  remain  sound  and  hard.  The  cement  shall  pass  such 
accelerated  tests  as  the  Engineer  may  determine. 

The  following  test  will  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  rules 
adopted  for  Standard  tests  by  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials,  August  16,  1909,  with  subsequent  amendments. 

Sulphuric  anhydride  (S03)  ;  not  more  than  1.75 
per  cent. 

Magnesia  (MgO)  ;  not  more  than  4  per  cent. 

Briquettes  for  testing  shall  be  1  square  inch  in 
area  of  cross  section;  sieves  shall  be  of  brass  wire- 
cloth  having  approximately  9800  and  37,500  meshes 
per  square  inch,  respectively,  the  diameter  of  the 
wire  being  0.0045  and  0.0023  inches,  respectively. 

Concrete 

Proportions.  Concrete  masonry  shall  consist  of  two  grades. 
These  shall  be  used  wherever  specified  or  directed  by  the 
Engineer.  They  shall  be  known  as  1-2-4  and  1-3-6,  respectively. 

Parts  by  Volume 


CEMENT 

SAND 

STONE 

1 
1 

2 
3 

4 
6 

If  required  by  the  Engineer,  the  mixture  shall  be  modified 
by  changing  the  relative  amounts  of  sand  and  stone,  but  keeping 
the  aggregate  of  6  parts  of  sand  and  stone  for  the  1-2-4  concrete, 
and  9  parts  of  sand  and  stone  for  the  1-3-6  concrete. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  45 

The  proportions  of  all  materials  shall  be  determined  by  meas- 
urement. The  volume  of  a  barrel  of  cement,  376  pounds,  shall 
be  assumed  to  be  3.6  cubic  feet.  The  sand  and  stone  shall  not 
be  packed  more  closely  than  by  throwing  in  the  usual  way  into 
a  barrel  or  box  at  the  time  of  measurement. 

Cement.  Portland  cement  shall  be  used,  of  the  quality  speci- 
fied under  "Cement". 

Stone.  The  stone  shall  be  clean  hard  crushed  stone  or  peb- 
bles, to  be  approved  by  the  Engineer,  composing  the  whole  run 
of  the  crusher,  in  size  from  one-fourth  inch  to  three-fourths  inch, 
when  used  for  bedding  on  metal  decks,  bridge  seats,  etc.;  and 
from  one-fourth  inch  to  1J  inches  for  other  purposes,  screened 
of  dust  and  particles  less  than  one-fourth  inch. 

Sand.  Sand  shall  be  clean  and  sharp  and  shall  be  composed 
of  grains  graded  from  fine  to  coarse,  screened  if  required,  to 
reject  all  particles  of  a  greater  diameter  than  one-fourth  inch. 
It  shall  not  contain  more  than  a  5  per  cent  weight  of  clay,  loam, 
dirt,  or  other  impurities,  and  shall  be  equal  in  quality  to  the 
best  New  Jersey  bank  sand. 

Care  of  Sand  and  Stone.  Sand  and  stone  when  delivered  on 
the  work  shall  be  dumped  on  platforms  and  not  upon  the  ground. 

Machine  Mixing.  All  mixing  shall  preferably  be  done  by 
machine,  but  hand  mixing  shall  be  allowed  in  special  cases. 

When  mixed  by  machine,  cubical  box  mixers,  or  those  which 
allow  of  dry  mixing  of  the  materials  before  the  water  is  added, 
shall  be  preferred.  The  proportions  shall  be  accurately  deter- 
mined before  being  placed  in  the  mixer  and  means  shall  be  pro- 
vided for  accurately  measuring  the  water. 

(See  water  specifications,  page  43.) 

Measuring  boxes  or  other  approved  apparatus  shall  be  used, 
so  that  the  proportions  can  be  exactly  determined.  The  ingredi- 
ents shall  be  thoroughly  mixed  before  the  water  is  added,  and 
the  mixing  shall  be  continued  until  every  particle  of  stone  is 
covered  with  mortar.  No  retempering  shall  be  allowed  under 
any  conditions. 

Hand  Mixing.  "When  mixed  by  hand,  the  cement  and  sand 
shall  be  first  mixed  dry  and  then  made  into  a  mortar.  The  stone 
shall  be  spread  upon  a  suitable  floor  to  a  depth  of  about  6  inches 
and  thoroughly  wetted  (see  water  specifications,  page  43),  and 
the  mortar  evenly  spread  over  it,  care  being  taken  that  the  stone 
of  each  batch  is  mixed  as  to  size.  The  whole  mass  shall  then 
be  turned  over  4  times  and  raked  to  secure  complete  and  uniform 
mixture.  If  the  Contractor  desires  to  use  some  other  method, 
he  shall  submit  it  for  approval.  Should  the  mixture  be  per- 
mitted to  set  before  placing  or  tamping,  it.  shall  be  removed  and 


46  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

not  used.  Hand-mixed  batches  shall  not  be  larger  than  1  cubic 
yard  in  volume. 

Depositing.  All  concrete  shall  be  deposited  in  sections  and 
in  layers  of  such  thickness  —  not  exceeding  9  inches  —  as  the 
Engineer  shall  direct.  It  shall  be  of  such  consistency  that  when 
dumped  in  place  it  will  not  require  much  tamping,  but  shall  not 
be  wet  enough  to  cause  the  mortar  to  separate  from  the  stone; 
it  shall  be  spaded  down  and  tamped  sufficiently  to  level  off  and 
will  then  quake  freely  like  jelly.  Where  concrete  is  marked  on 
the  face  into  courses,  each  requiring  two  or  more  layers,  the 
layers  shall  follow  each  other  in  close  succession  before  setting, 
so  as  to  avoid  visible  joints  on  the  face  of  a  course. 

Surface  of  Concrete  Exposed  to  the  Street.  Surfaces  of  con- 
crete exposed  to  the  street  shall  be  composed  of  1  part  cement,  2 
parts  coarse  sand  or  gravel,  and  2  parts  granolithic  grit,  made 
into  a  stiff  mortar.  Granolithic  grit  shall  be  granite  or  trap 
rock  crushed  to  pass  a  one-fourth-inch  sieve  and  screened  of  dust. 
For  vertical  surfaces  the  mixture  shall  be  deposited  to  a  minimum 
thickness  of  1  inch  against  the  face  forms  by  skilled  workmen. 
This  shall  be  done  as  the  placing  of  the  concrete  proceeds,  and  thus 
form  a  part  of  the  body  of  the  work.  Care  shall  be  taken  to 
prevent  the  occurrence  of  air  spaces  or  voids  in  the  surface.  The 
face  forms  shall  be  removed  as  soon  as  the  concrete  has  suffi- 
ciently hardened  and  any  voids  that  may  appear  shall  be  filled 
up  with  the  mixture. 

The  surface  shall  then  be  washed  immediately  with  water 
until  the  grit  is  exposed ;  it  shall  then  be  rinsed  clean,  protected 
from  the  sun,  and  kept  moist  for  3  days.  For  horizontal  surfaces, 
the  granolithic  mixture  shall  be  deposited  on  the  concrete  to  a 
minimum  thickness  of  1^  inches,  immediately  after  the  concrete  has 
been  tamped  and  before  it  has  set,  and  shall  be  troweled  to  an 
even  surface ;  after  it  has  set  sufficiently  hard,  it  shall  be  washed 
until  the  grit  is  exposed. 

All  concrete  surfaces  exposed  to  the  street  shall  be  marked 
off  into  courses  in  such  detailed  manner  as  may  be  directed  by 
the  Engineer. 

Other  Showing  Surfaces.  All  other  showing  surfaces  shall  be 
prepared  by  keeping  the  stone  well  back  from  the  face  as  the 
concrete  is  placed;  this  is  done  by  bringing  the  mortar  against 
the  forms  by  "  spading ". 

Horizontal  exposed  surfaces  shall  be  finished  with  a  layer  of 
cement  mortar,  1  part  cement  to  2  parts  sand,  1  inch  thick,  and 
troweled  to  a  smooth  surface. 

After  the  forms  are  removed  the  surfaces  shall  be  pointed 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  47 

where  necessary  and  washed  with  neat  cement  applied  with  a 
brush. 

Plastering  the  face  after  removing  the  forms  shall  not  be 
permitted. 

Protection  of  Exposed  Surfaces.  Provision  shall  be  made  to 
protect  exposed  surfaces  from  the  action  of  the  elements,  until 
the  concrete  has  set. 

Forms.  Suitable  forms  shall  be  constructed,  the  cost  of  which 
shall  be  included  in  the  price  per  cubic  yard  for  the  concrete. 

The  dimensions  shall  'be  such  that  the  finished  concrete  shall 
be  of  the  form  and  dimensions  shown  on  the  plans  or  as  ordered 
by  the  Engineer.  All  forms  shall  be  set  true  to  the  lines  desig- 
nated and  shall  be  built  so  as  to  remain  firm  and  secure  until 
the  concrete  has  firmly  set.  They  shall  be  satisfactory  to  the 
Engineer  and  shall  remain  in  place  as  long  as  he  deems  it  neces- 
sary. The  interior  surfaces  of  the  forms  which  come  in  contact 
with  the  exposed  surfaces  of  the  concrete  shall  be  of  dressed 
lumber  having  close  joints,  and  shall  be  so  constructed  as  to 
leave  all  exposed  surfaces  of  the  concrete  smooth,  even,  and  pre- 
sentable. Face  forms  shall  have  triangular  beads  secured  to  the 
planks  to  mark  the  face  of  the  concrete  into  courses  by  imprint. 

All  top  edges  of  copings,  pedestal  blocks,  and  bridge  seats, 
the  vertical  angles  of  abutments,  piers,  and  retaining  walls,  and 
the  bottom  edges  of  the  rings  of  all  arches  shall  be  formed  by 
placing  fillets  inside  the  forms  as  shown  on  the  plans. 

Cleaning  Joints.  In  work  above  ground,  the  top  surface  of 
each  course  shall  be  scraped  within  24  hours,  to  remove  the 
"laitance"  or  scum,  and  insure  the  adhesion  of  the  next  layer. 

Contraction  Joints.  Contraction  joints  shall  be  placed  wher- 
ever directed  by  the  Engineer.  The  sections  of  wall  shall  gen- 
erally be  about  50  feet  in  length,  shall  be  made  with  tongue  and 
grooved  joints  as  directed,  and  corrugated  asbestos  boards  shall 
be  used  on  the  faces  of  the  joints.  Payment  shall  be  made  for 
the  corrugated  asbestos  boards  at  the  price  given  in  the  proposal, 
but  all  other  expenses  attendant  upon  making  the  joint  shall  be 
included  in  the  price  per  cubic  yard  of  concrete. 

Steel  in  Reinforcement.  Rods  for  reinforcing  concrete  shall 
be  of  steel  of  some  approved  shape  specially  formed  for  that 
purpose  and  designed  to  secure  an  interlocking  bond  between 
the  concrete  and  the  steel.  If  the  rods  are  twisted,  the  twists 
shall  be  made  cold  and  shall  be  sufficient  to  give  one  complete 
turn  in  a  length  equal  to  6  times. the  least  diameter  of  the  bar. 

Imbedded  Stone.  If  the  Contractor  shall  so  elect,  approved 
hard  stone  not  exceeding  6  to  8  feet  may  be  imbedded  in  the 
foundation  concrete;  similar  stone,  but  not  larger  than  2  cubic 


48  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

feet  each,  may  be  imbedded  in  the  neat  work.  The  stones  shall 
be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  placed  so  as  to  be  entirely  surrounded 
by  concrete,  and  shall  not  be  closer  than  6  inches  to  any  face  of 
the  work.  In  the  neat  work,  the  stones  shall  be  imbedded  so  as 
to  form  dowels  bonding  each  day's  work. 

Concrete  Deposited  under  Water.  In  case  it  is  found  neces- 
sary to  lay  concrete  under  water,  approved  appliances  shall  be 
used  to  insure  its  being  deposited  with  as  little  injury  as  possible. 

Waterproofing 

Percolation  of  Water  to  be  Prevented.  It  is  the  very  essence 
of  these  specifications  to  secure  an  underground  structure  which 
shall  be  entirely  free  from  the  percolation  of  ground  water  or 
outside  water,  to  which  end  construction  shall  be  carried  out 
as  follows: 

Preparation  of  Foundations.  After  the  soil  has  been  exca- 
vated to  the  required  depth  and  dressed  off  to  a  true  grade  as 
directed  by  the  Engineer,  there  shall  be  laid  a  bed  of  concrete 
of  the  proportions  herein  described,  and  of  such  thickness  as  (in 
the  judgment  of  the  Engineer)  the  local  conditions  demand.  On 
such  bed,  which  shall  be  made  as  level  and  smooth  as  possible 
on  the  top  surface,  there  shall  be  spread  a  layer  of  hot  asphalt, 
and  on  such  asphalt  there  shall  be  immediately  laid  sheets  or 
rolls  of  felt,  all  of  the  quality  hereinafter  described ;  another  layer 
of  hot  asphalt  shall  be  spread  over  the  felt;  another  layer  of 
felt  laid,  and  so  on  until  not  less  than  2  such  layers  of  felt 
nor  more  than  6  be  laid,  with  asphalt  between  each  layer,  and 
asphalt  beneath  and  on  top  of  the  whole.  On  top  of  the  upper 
surface  of  asphalt,  the  remainder  of  the  concrete  as  called  for 
by 'the  contract  drawings  shall  be  put  in  place.  In  dry  open  soil 
the  felt  in  the  floor  concrete  may  be  omitted,  the  base  course  of 
concrete  being  covered  with  one  good  layer  of  asphalt.  In  rock 
excavation,  where  the  same  is  dry  and  above  water  level,  both 
the  felt  and  the  asphalt  in  the  floor  may  be  omitted. 

Side- Wall  Construction.  When  the  I-beam  columns  of  the 
side  walls  are  set  and  secured  permanently  in  place,  the  concrete 
composing  the  side  walls  shall  be  rammed  in  place  in  such  manner 
that  the  back  or  outer  face  is  flush  with  the  outer  flanges  of  the 
columns.  On  such  outer  face  hot  asphalt  shall  be  brushed  and 
felt  spread  in  alternate  layers,  in  the  same  manner  as  described 
for  the  foundations,  and  the  backing  of  concrete  shall'  then  be 
added,  as  shown  by  the  plans.  Instead  of  constructing  the  side 
walls  with  the  waterproofing  as  described  above,  the  Contractor 
may  build  in  dry  open  soils,  if  permitted  by  the  Engineer  and  if 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  49 

no  additional  width  of  excavation  is  required  for  sewers  or  other 
purposes,  a  4-inch  brick  wall  supported  at  the  back  by  the  trench 
sheathing,  laid  in  cement  mortar  or  hot  asphalt,  and  at  a  distance 
of  at  least  2  inches  in  the  clear  from  the  line  of  the  exterior  faces 
of  the  side-wall  beams;  and  then  he  may  attach  to  it  the  layers 
of  waterproofing  material  as  described  above,  and  ram  around  the 
beams  and  against  the  waterproofing  Nsurface  the  concrete  com- 
posing the  side  walls.  Under  similar  conditions  in  dry  rock 
excavation,  the  rock  may  be  excavated  so  that  no  projecting 
point  comes  within  3  inches  of  the  line  of  the  exterior  face  of  the 
side-wall  beams;  then  the  rough  surface  shall  be  made  smooth 
with  a  plaster  of  concrete,  and  on  such  smooth  surface  the  water- 
proofing material  shall  be  spread;  and  then  the  concrete  of  the 
side  walls  may  be  rammed  against  the  same  in  the  manner 
described  above. 

Roof  Construction.  The  roof  of  the  structure  shall  be  treated 
in  a  similar  manner  by  finishing  the  jack  arches  to  such  height  as 
may  be  directed  by  the  Engineer,  spreading  the  asphalt  and  felt 
in  alternate  layers,  and  then  adding  a  cover  of  concrete,  complet- 
ing the  roof  as  called  for  by  the  Contract  Drawings. 

Continuous  Waterproof  Envelope.  By  the  arrangement  above 
described  there  will  be  a  continuous  sheet  of  asphalt  and  felt 
imbedded  within  the  concrete  of  the  bottom,  top,  and  both  sides, 
and  completely  enveloping  the  structure. 

Quality  of  Asphalt.  The  asphalt  used  shall  be  the  best  grade 
of  Bermudez,  Alcatraz,  or  lake  asphalt  of  equal  quality,  and  shall 
comply  with  the  following  requirements: 

The  asphalt  shall  be  a  natural  asphalt  or  a  mix- 
ture of  natural  asphalts,  containing  in  its  refined 
state  not  less  than  95  per  cent  of  natural  bitumen 
soluble  in  rectified  carbon  bisulphide  or  in  chloro- 
form. The  remaining  ingredients  shall  be  such  as 
not  to  exert  an  injurious  effect  on  the  work.  Not 
less  than  two-thirds  of  the  total  bitumen  shall  be 
soluble  in  petroleum  naphtha  of  70°  Baume  or  in 
acetone.  The  asphalt  shall  not  lose  more  than  4  per 
cent  of  its  weight  when  maintained  for  10  hours  at  a 
temperature  of  300°  Fahrenheit. 

Coal  Tar  Prohibited.  The  use  of  coal  tar,  so-called  artificial 
asphalts,  or  other  products  susceptible  to  injury  from  the  action 
of  water,  will  not  be  permitted  on  any  portion  of  the  work,  or  in 
.any  mixtures  to  be  used. 

Quality  of  Felt.  The  felt  used  in  waterproofing  such  part  of 
the  structure  as  is  below  ground  water  level  shall  be  composed 


50  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

of  asbestos  or  other  equally  nonperishable  material  dipped  in 
asphalt  and  weighing  not  less  than  10  pounds  to  the  square  of 
100  feet.  The  felt  used  in  other  parts  of  the  structure  shall  be 
the  same  as  the  above,  or  of  the  best  quality  of  coal  tar  felt 
weighing  not  less  than  15  pounds  to  the  square  of  100  feet ;  except 
that,  if  the  latter  be  used,  one  layer  more  of  it  will  be  required 
than  of  the  former.  All  felt  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Engineer. 

Surfaces  to  be  Smooth.  The  surfaces  to  be  waterproofed  shall 
be  smooth,  without  projecting  stones,  or  made  smooth  where 
necessary  by  a  coating  of  mortar  made  of  one  portion  Natural 
cement  to  one  portion  sand,  and  should  be  dry  before  the  asphalt 
is  applied. 

Artificial  Drying.  Means  for  artificially  drying  the  surface 
of  concrete  may  be  taken  by  the  Contractor  by  blowing  warm  air 
over  it,  or  as  otherwise  permitted  by  the  Engin'eer,  but  not  until 
the  concrete  has  had  at  least  48  hours  in  which  to  set. 

No  Cracks  or  Blowholes.  Each  layer  of  asphalt  fluxed  as 
directed  by  the  Engineer  must  completely  and  entirely  cover  the 
surface  on  which  it  is  spread,  without  cracks  or  blowholes. 

Felt  to  be  Carefully  Laid.  The  felt  must  be  rolled  out  into 
the  asphalt  while  the  latter  is  still  hot,  and  pressed  against  it  so 
as  to  insure  its  being  completely  stuck  to  the  asphalt  over  its 
entire  surface.  Great  care  should  be  taken  that  all  joints  in  the 
felt  are  well  broken ;  that  the  ends  of  the  rolls  of  the  bottom  layer 
be  carried  up  on  the  inside  of  the  layers  on  the  sides;  and  that 
those  of  the  roof  be  carried  down  on  the  outside  of  the  layers  on 
the  sides,  so  as  to  secure  a  full  lap  of  at  least  3  feet.  Especial 
care  must  be  taken  with  this  detail. 

Skilled  Men.  None  but  competent  men,  especially  skilled  in 
work  of  this  kind,  shall  be  employed  to  lay  asphalt  and  felt. 

Top  Surface  of  Asphalt  not  to  be  Broken.  When  the  finishing 
layer  of  concrete  is  laid  over  or  next  to  the  waterproofing 
material,  care  must  be  taken  not  to  break,  tear,  or  injure  in  any 
way  the  outer  surface  of  the  asphalt. 

Number  of  Layers  of  Felt.  The  number  of  layers  of  felt  on 
the  sides  and  under  the  floor  shall  in  no  case  be  less  than  2  in 
ground  that  is  quite  dry;  and  where  there  is  a  water  pressure 
against  the  masonry  equal  to  12  feet,  there  shall  not  be  less  than 
6  layers.  "Where  the  water  pressure  is  less  than  12  feet,  or  where 
the  ground  is  damp,  such  number  of  layers  between  3  and  6  shall 
be  used  as  the  Engineer  may  direct.  The  number  of  layers  of 
felt  on  the  roof  shall  be  not  less  than  3  of  asphalted  asbestos  or  4 
of  tarred  felt. 

Bricks  Dipped  in  Asphalt.    At  any  point  where  the  Contract 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  51 

Drawings  and  the  Engineer  permit,  the  Contractor  may  lay, 
instead  of  the  asphalt  and  felt  above  described,  one  or  more 
courses  of  bricks  dipped  in  hot  asphalt  of  the  above  described 
quality,  and  laid  while  the  coating  of  asphalt  is  still  hot. 

Asphaltic  Concrete.  In  foundations,  the  Contractor  may  lay, 
if  he  prefer,  instead  of  the  ordinary  concrete  with  the  layer  of 
waterproofing  material,  as  above  described,  a  bed  of  asphaltic 
concrete,  composed  of  broken  stone  of  the  qualities  previously 
described  for  concrete,  heated  in  a  suitable  heater  to  such  proper 
temperature  as  the  Engineer  may  direct  and,  when  so  heated, 
have  added  thereto  the  melted  asphalt  of  the  quality  as  described 
above,  in  such  proportion  as  to  insure  a  covering  of  each  particle 
of  stone  with  asphalt;  the  whole  mass  shall  then  be  thoroughly 
mixed  and  incorporated  in  a  suitable  mixer.  Such  asphaltic  con- 
crete shall  be  spread  in  place  and  thoroughly  rolled  and  com- 
pressed, so  that  it  will  present  a  smooth  even  surface  that  will 
be  impervious  to  water.  No  asphalt  shall  be  heated  to  exceed  a 
temperature  of  325°  Fahrenheit. 

Waterproofing — When  Omitted.  In  masonry-lined  structures 
where  there  is  no  steel  work  and  the  ground  is  dry,  the  regular 
waterproofing  may  be  omitted,  but  in  that  case  in  arched-cut  and 
cover  work  the  extrados  of  the  arch  shall  be  coated  with  hot 
asphalt  of  the  quality  described,  or  the  best  grade  of  refined 
Trinidad  asphalt. 

Leaky  Masonry  to  be  Rebuilt.  Any  masonry  that  is  found  to 
leak  at  any  time  prior  to  the  completion  of  this  work  shall  be 
cut  out  and  the  leak  stopped,  if  so  ordered  by  the  Engineer. 

LUMBER 

Specifications.  All  lumber  shall  be  sound,  straight  grained, 
and  free  from  excessive  sap,  loose  or  rotten  knots,  wind  shakes, 
or  any  other  defect  that  would  impair  its  strength  or  durability. 
It  shall  be  sawed  or  hewed  perfectly  straight  to  exact  dimensions, 
with  full  corners  and  square  edges. 

All  long-leaf  yellow  pine  shall  be  first-class  Southern  long- 
leaf  yellow  pine,  sawed  true  and  out  of  wind,  full  size,  free  from 
wind  shakes,  large  or  loose  knots,  or  other  defects  impairing  its 
strength  or  durability,  and  equal  in  quality  to  the  grade  of 
*  in  "Interstate  Rules  of  1905,  for  Classifi- 
cation and  Inspection  of  Yellow  Pine  Lumber". 

All  framing  shall  be  done  in  a  thoroughly  workmanlike  man- 
ner and  both  material  and  workmanship  shall  be  subject  to  the 


*  Insert  here  the  class  of  inspection  desired,  that  is,  Standard,  Merchantable, 
or  Prime.     See  "Specifications  for  Classification  and  Inspection  of  Lumber". 


52  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

inspection  and  approval  of,  or  rejection  by,  the  Engineer.  Only 
the  timber  actually  called  for  in  the  plans  shall  be  estimated  and 
paid  for.  No  allowance  shall  be  made  for  waste. 

INTERSTATE  RULES  OF   1905   FOR  THE  CLASSIFICATION  AND 
INSPECTION  OF  YELLOW  PINE  LUMBER 

EFFECTIVE  ON  AND  AFTER  FEBRUARY  1,  1905 

General  Rules 

All  the  lumber  must  be  sound  commercial  long-leaf  yellow  pine  (pine  com- 
bining large  coarse  knots  with  coarse  grain  is  excluded  under  these  rules), 
well  manufactured,  full  to  size,  saw-butted,  and  free  from  the  following  defects : 
Unsound,  loose,  and  hollow  knots,  wormholes  and  knotholes,  and  through  shakes 
or  round  shakes  that  show  on  the  surface.  It  shall  be  square-edged,  unless 
otherwise  specified. 

A  through  shake  is  hereby  defined  to  be  a  fissure  through,  or  fissures 
connected  from  side  to  side,  edge  to  edge,  or  side  to  edge. 

In  the  measurement  of  dressed  lumber,  the  width  and  thickness  of  the 
lumber  before  dressing  must  be  taken;  less  than  1  inch  thick  shall  be  meas- 
ured as  1  inch. 

The  measurement  of  wane  shall  always  apply  to  the  lumber  in  the 
rough. 

Where  the  terms  "  one-half  heart"  and  "  two  -thirds  heart"  are  used,  they 
shall  be  construed  as  referring  to  the  area  of  the  face  on  which  measured. 

In  the  dressing  of  lumber,  when  not  otherwise  specified,  one-eighth  inch 
shall  be  taken  off  by  each  planer  cut. 

Classification 

Flooring.  Flooring  shall  embrace  4,  5,  and  6  quarter  inches  in  thick- 
ness by  3  to  6  inches  in  width,  excluding  1£  X  6.  For  example:  1  X  3,  4, 
5,  and  6;  U  X  3,  4,  5,  and  6;  1|  X  3,  4,  and  5. 

Boards.     Boards  shall  embrace  all  thicknesses  under  1£  inches  by  over 

6  inches  wide.    For  example:    f,  1,  1£,  and  If  inches  thick  by  over  6  inches 
wide. 

Plank.  Plank  shall  embrace  all  sizes  from  1£  to  under  6  inches  in 
thickness  by  6  inches  and  over  in  width.  For  example:  1£,  2,  2J,  3,  3$,  4, 
4£,  5,  5^,  5f  by  6  inches  and  over  in  width. 

Scantling.  Scantling  shall  embrace  all  sizes  exceeding  1£  inches  and 
under  6  inches  in  thickness,  and  from  2  to  under  6  inches  in  width.  For 
example:  2  X  2,  2  X  3,  2  X  4,  2  X  5,  3  X  3,  3  X  4,  3  X  5,  4  X  4,  4  X  5,  and 
5X5  inches. 

Dimension.  Dimension  sizes  shall  embrace  all  sizes  6  inches  and  up  in 
thickness  by  6  inches  and  up  in  width.  For  example:  6  X  6,  6  X  7,  7  X  7, 

7  X  8,  8  X  9,  and  up. 

Stepping.  Stepping  shall  embrace  1  to  2$  inches  in  thickness  by  7 
inches  and  up  in  width.  For  example:  1,  1£,  1£,  2,  and  2i  X  7,  and  up  in 
width. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  53 

Rough  Edge  or  Flitch.  Bough  edge  or  flitch  shall  embrace  all  sizes  1 
inch  and  up  in  thickness  by  8  inches  and  up  in  width,  sawed  on  2  sides  only. 
For  example:  1,  !£,  2,  3,  4,  and  up  thick  by  8  inches  and  up  wide,  sawed  on 
2  sides  only. 

Inspection 

Standard.  All  lumber  shall  be  sound.  Sap  is  no  objection  and  wane 
may  be  allowed  one-eighth  of  the  width  of  the  piece  measured  across  the  face  of 
the  wane,  extending  one-fourth  of  the  length  on  one  corner,  or  its  equivalent  on 
two  or  more  corners,  provided  that  not  over  10  per  cent  of  the  pieces  of 
any  one  size  shall  show  such  wane. 

Merchantable.  All  sizes  under  9  inches  shall  show  some  heart  the 
entire  length  on  one  side;  sizes  9  inches  and  over  shall  show  some  heart 
the  entire  length  on  two  opposite  sides.  Wane  may  be  allowed  one-eighth  of  the 
n-idth  of  the  piece  measured  across  the  face  of  the  wane,  and  extending 
one-fourth  of  the  length  of  the  piece  on  one  corner  or  its  equivalent  on  two  or 
more  corners,  provided  that  not  over  10  per  cent  of  the  pieces  of  any  one  size 
shall  show  such  wane. 

Prime.  Flooring.  Flooring  shall  show  one  heart  face,  free  from 
through  or  round  shakes  or  knots  exceeding  1  inch  in  diameter,  or  more 
than  4  in  a  board  on  the  face  side. 

Boards.  Boards  7  inches  and  under  in  width  shall  show  one  heart  face; 
over  7  inches  in  width,  they  shall  show  two-thirds  heart  on  both  sides,  all  free 
from  round  or  through  shakes,  large  or  unsoutod  knots. 

PlanTc.  Plank  7  inches  and  under  in  width  shall  show  one  heart  face; 
over  7  inches  in  width,  they  shall  show  two-thirds  heart  on  both  sides,  all  free 
from  round  or  through  shakes,  large  or  unsound  knots. 

Scantling.  Scantling  shall  show  three  corners  heart,  free  from  through  or 
round  shakes  or  unsound  knots. 

Dimension  Sizes.  All  square  lumber  shall  show  two-thirds  heart  on  two 
sides,  and  not  less  than  one-half  heart  on  two  other  sides.  Other  sizes  shall 
show  two-thirds  heart  on  face  and  show  heart  two-thirds  of  length  on  edges, 
excepting  when  the  width  exceeds  the  thickness  by  3  inches  or  over;  then  it 
shall  show  heart  on  the  edge  for  one-half  the  length. 

Stepping.  Stepping  shall  show  3  corners  heart,  free  from  shakes  and  all 
knots  exceeding  one-half  inch  in  diameter  and  not  more  than  6  in  a  board. 

EougJi  Edge  or  Flitch.  Bough  edge  or  flitch  shall  be  sawed  from  good 
heart  timber  and  shall  be  measured  in  the  middle,  on  the  narrow  face,  free 
from  injurious  shakes  or  unsound  knots. 

Wane  shall  be  allowed  on  not  over  5  per  cent  of  the  pieces  in  any  one 
size,  as  on  merchantable  quality. 

TERRA  COTTA  DRAIN  PIPE  FOR  CULVERTS 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  lay  vitrified  terra  cotta 
pipe,  according  to  place,  size,  and  length,  as  shown  on  the  plans 
and  profiles,  or  as  ordered  by  the  Engineer. 

Quality.  The  terra  cotta  pipe  shall  be  of  standard  lengths 
and  quality,  double  strength,  made  of  the  best  material,  thor- 


54  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

oughly  and  perfectly  burned,  of  homogeneous  texture,  without 
imperfections,  and  well  glazed,  so  that  its  surfaces  shall  be 
smooth,  hard,  and  even.  The  pipe  shall  be  straight,  not  varying 
more  than  one-eighth  inch  from  a  straight  line  per  foot  of  length ; 
true  to  form;  of  full  diameter  throughout;  of  a  thickness  at  least 
equal  to  that  of  double  strength  standard  sewer  pipe  and  of  the 
same  diameter;  and  it  may  have  either  socket  or  sleeve  joints.  The 
bells  shall  be  of  standard  depth,  and  large  enough  to  receive  to 
their  full  depth  all  spigot  ends  without  clipping  and  to  leave  a 
space  of  not  less  than  J  of  an  inch  all  around  for  cement. 

Laying.  All  pipe  shall  be  laid  true  to  line  and  grade  given 
by  the  Engineer,  and  on  good  bottom.  Unless  timber  and  con- 
crete foundations  are  indicated  on  the  profile,  an  excavation  of 
at  least  6  inches  in  depth  to  receive  the  pipe  shall  be  made  to 
conform  to  the  shape  of  the  pipe.  The  pipe  shall  be  laid  in  such 
length  as  to  extend  at  least  1  foot  beyond  the  foot  of  the  slopes 
of  the  finished  embankment  unless  otherwise  ordered  by  the 
Engineer. 

Joints.  The  space  between  the  pipe  and  the  socket  shall  be 
as  uniform  as  possible,  and  shall  be  made  water-tight  by  first 
using  a  small  jute  gasket,  thoroughly  saturated  with  neat  cement, 
carefully  coiled  and  calked  in  the  bell  of  the  pipe.  The  joints 
shall  then  be  thoroughly  filled  with  cement  mortar,  made  of  equal 
parts  of  cement  and  clean  sharp  sand,  thoroughly  mixed  dry, 
water  enough  being  afterwards  added  to  give  it  the  proper  con- 
sistency, and  the  mortar  shall  be  used  as  soon  as  made ;  after  this 
the  joint  shall  be  carefully  wiped  inside  and  out,  and  pointed. 

Interior  of  Pipe.  The  interior  of  the  pipe  shall  be  carefully 
cleaned  of  all  dirt,  cement,  or  superfluous  materials  of  every 
description. 

The  Contractor  shall  make  good  all  defects  and  remove  any 
foreign  matter  which  may  have  been  left  in  or  otherwise  intro- 
duced into  the  pipe,  before  the  final  acceptance  of  the  work. 

Payment.  Drain  pipe  shall  be  estimated  and  paid  for  by  the 
linear  foot  in  place,  the  price  to  include  the  pipe,  the  hauling,  and 
placing  as  specified.  Where  shown  on  the  profile,  end  walls  for 
the  drain  pipe  shall  be  constructed  of  masonry  in  accordance  with 
the  standard  plans  for  end  walls  for  pipe  culverts,  the  concrete 
for  same  to  be  paid  for  at  the  price  given  in  the  proposal  for  No.  2 
concrete. 

CAST=IRON  PIPE  CULVERTS 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  lay  cast-iron  water  pipe 
according  to  place,  size,  and  length  as  shown  on  the  plans  and 
profiles. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  55 

Quality.  All  cast-iron  pipe  shall  be  free  from  such  defects 
and  imperfections  as  shall,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  make 
it  unacceptable  for  use  as  pipe  culverts,  and  it  shall  be  of  standard 
thickness  and  length.  Where  it  is  necessary  to  use  cut  pipe,  the 
cutting  shall  be  done  in  such  a  manner  as  to  leave  a  smooth  end 
at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  pipe. 

Laying.  All  pipe  shall  be  laid  true  to  line  and  grade,  and  in 
such  lengths  that  the  ends  of  the  pipe  shall  extend  not  less  than 
1  foot  beyond  the  foot  of  the  slopes  of  the  finished  embankments, 
unless  otherwise  ordered  by  the  Engineer. 

Blocking.  Each  length  of  pipe  shall  be  laid  upon  blocking 
set  at  3  different  places  along  its  length.  It  shall  be  of  sound 
3-  by  10-inch  planking  and  shall  have  a  length  equal  at  least 
to  the  diameter  of  the  pipe.  Wedges  shall  be  placed  on  the 
blocking  to  hold  the  pipe  in  position.  The  blocks  shall  be  bedded 
firmly  and  evenly  across  the  line  of  pipe  and,  when  any  block 
has  been  sunk  too  deep,  additional  blocking  shall  be  placed  to 
bring  the  pipe  to  the  required  grade. 

Joints.  The  space  between  the  pipe  and  the  socket  or  collar 
shall  be  as  uniform  as  possible,  and  shall  be  made  water-tight  by 
being  thoroughly  filled  with  Portland  cement  mortar,  made  of 
equal  parts  of  an  approved  cement  and  clean  sharp  sand. 

Interior  of  Pipe.  The  interior  of  the  pipe  shall  be  carefully 
cleaned  of  all  dirt,  mortar,  or  superfluous  materials  of  every 
description.  The  Contractor  shall  make  good  all  defects  and 
remove  any  foreign  matter  which  may  have  been  left  in  or  other- 
wise introduced  into  the  pipe,  before  the  final  acceptance  of  the 
work. 

Payment.  Cast-iron  pipe  shall  be  estimated  and  paid  for  by 
the  linear  foot  in  place,  the  price  to  include  the  pipe,  the  hauling, 
and  the  placing  as  specified.  Where  shown  on  the  profile,  end 
walls  for  the  pipe  shall  be  constructed  of  masonry  in  accordance 
with  the  standard  plans  for  end  walls  for  pipe  culverts. 

STRUCTURAL  STEEL  FOR  BUILDINGS* 

Steel.  All  steel  may  be  made  by  either  the  Bessemer  or  the 
open-hearth  process,  except  rivet  steel  and  steel  for  plates  or 
angles  over  J  inch  in  thickness  which  are  to  be  punched,  and 
these  will  be  made  by  the  open-hearth  process.  The  finished 
products  shall  be  straight  and  free  from  flaws  and  shall  have 
clean  smooth  surfaces. 


specification  for  steel  under  Bridges,  p.  65,  as  another  example. 


56  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Schedule  of  Requirements.     The  requirements  are  as  follows: 


CHEMICAL  AND  PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES 

STRUCTURAL 

RIVET 

Phosphorous  maximum,  Bessemer. 

0.10  per  cent 

Phosphorous  maximum,  open-hearth 

0.06  per  cent 

0  06    per  cent 

0.045  per  cent 

Tensile  strength,  Ibs.  per  sq.  in  
Elastic  limit,  minimum  per  sq.  in  

55,000-6-5,000 
\  tens.  str. 

Desired 

48,000-58,000 
<£  tens  str 

Elongation  —  minimum  per  cent  in  8  in 

f  1,400,000 

f  1,400,000 

Elongation  in  2  in.  minimum  per  cent  

i  tens.  str. 
22 

1  tens.  str. 

Character  of  fracture  

silky 

silkv 

Bend  Tests.  The  test  specimens  for  plates,  shapes,  and  bars 
shall  bend  cold  through  180  degrees  without  cracking  on  the 
outside  of  the  bent  portion,  as  follows :  For  material  f  inch  to  and 
including  1J  inches  in  thickness,  around  a  pin  the  diameter  of 
which  is  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  specimen ;  and  for  material 
over  \\  inches  in  thickness,  around  a  pin  the  diameter  of  which 
is  equal  to  twice  the  thickness  of  the  specimen.  For  pins 
and  rollers  the  test  specimen  shall  bend  cold  through  180 
degrees  around  a  1-inch  pin,  without  cracking  on  the  outside  of 
the  bent  portion.  For  rivet  steel  the  test  specimen  shall  bend 
cold  through  180  degrees,  flat  on  itself,  without  cracking  on  the 
outside  of  the  bent  portion. 

Annealing  Tests.  Material  which  is  to  be  used  without  anneal- 
ing or  further  treatment  shall  be  tested  in  the  condition  in  which 
it  comes  from  the  rolls.  When  material  is  to  be  annealed  or  other- 
wise treated  before  use,  the  specimen  representing  such  material 
shall  be  similarly  treated  before  testing. 

Test  Pieces.  For  each  melt  there  shall  be  furnished  by  the 
Contractor,  properly  prepared,  free  of  charge  to  the  railway 
company,  at  least  1  tensile  and  1  bending  test. 

Stock  Material.  No  material  shall  be  taken  from  stock  with- 
out the  consent  of  the  Inspector.  Such  material  shall  be  stamped 
with  the  original  melt  number  and  shall  not  have  more  than 
surface  rust.  In  any  case  in  which  the  rust  has  eaten  into  the 
material,  the  piece  shall  not  be  accepted. 

Shop  Work.  All  workmanship  shall  be  first  class  in  every  par- 
ticular and  all  parts  shall  be  neatly  finished. 

STEEL  BRIDGE  SPECIFICATIONS 

When  specifications  are  contained  in  letter  of  invitation,  or 
shown  on  accompanying  plan,  they  shall  supersede  those  herein 
which  conflict  therewith. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


57 


Should  any  question  arise  as  to  the  interpretation  of  these 

specifications,  the  decision  of  the  Chief  Engineer  of  the 

Company  shall  determine  the  matter. 

RAILROAD  BRIDGES 
General   Clauses 

Material.  All  bridges  shall  be  constructed  of  rolled  steel ;  but 
cast  iron  or  cast  steel  may  be  used  in  the  machinery  of  draw- 
bridges, and  wrought  iron  for  laterals  and  unimportant  members. 


Fig.  1.     Live  Load  Diagram  for  Railway  Bridges. 

Live  Load.    All  structures  shall  bfe  designed  to  carry,  in  addi- 
tion to  their  own  weight,  the  moving  load  shown  in  Fig.  1  or 
Fig.  2,  moving  simultaneously 
on    each    truck    in    the    same 
direction. 

For  transverse  trough  or 
buckled  plate  floors,  the  live 
load  shall  be  taken  at  16,000 
pounds  per  foot  of  track. 

Dead  Load.  The  dead  load 
shall  consist  of  the  weight  of 

the   metal  in  the   Structure   and     Fig.  2.     Live  Load  Diagram  for  Railway 

an     assumed     weight     of    500 

pounds  per  lineal  foot  of  single  track  for  the  ordinary  wooden 
floor,  the  rails,  etc.  For  ballast  floors  the  following  weights 
shall  be  assumed: 

Ballast   120  Ibs.  per  cubic  foot 

Concrete    140  Ibs.  per  cubic  foot 

Asphalt    90  Ibs.  per  cubic  foot 

Lumber    54  Ibs.  per  cubic  foot 

Wind  Pressure.  For  girder  bridges  the  wind  pressure  against 
each  chord  of  the  bridge  shall  be  taken  at  200  pounds  per  lineal 
foot.  In  addition  to  this,  on  the  chord  which  carries  the  track,  a 


58  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

wind  pressure  of  400  pounds  per  lineal  foot,  with  its  point  of 
application  1\  feet  above  the  rail,  shall  be  taken  as  a  moving 
load. 

For  viaducts  and  trestle  towers,  on  the  unloaded  structure, 
the  wind  pressure  shall  be  taken  at  50  pounds  per  square  foot  of 
the  projected  surface  of  two  trusses  and  two  sides  of  towers  on 
the  vertical  plane  through  the  axis  of  the  structure ;  on  the  loaded 
structure,  the  pressure  shall  be  taken  at  30  pounds  per  square 
foot  of  this  same  surface  and,  in  addition,  the  moving  wind  load 
specified  for  girder  bridges. 

For  determining  the  requisite  anchorage  for  the  loaded  struc- 
ture, the  train  shall  be  assumed  to  weigh  600  pounds  per  foot. 

Momentum  of  Train.  The  horizontal  force  developed  by  sud- 
denly stopping  a  train  shall  be  taken  at  one-fifth  of  the  moving 
load. 

Centrifugal  Force.  The  centrifugal  force  shall  be  taken  at 
2  per  cent  of  the  moving  load  for  each  degree  of  curvature  of  the 
track — all  the  tracks  being  loaded.  Centrifugal  force  shall  be 
considered  live  load. 

Spans.  The  spans  assumed  for  calculation  shall  be  as  fol- 
lows :  For  pin  bridges,  the  distance  between  centers  of  end  pins ; 
for  riveted  bridges,  the  distance  between  centers  of  end  bearings ; 
for  floor  beams,  the  distance  between  centers  of  trusses;  for 
stringers,  the  distance  between  centers  of  floor  beams. 

Depth.  The  depths  assumed  for  calculation  shall  be  as  fol- 
lows: For  pin  bridges,  the  distance  between  centers  of  chord 
pins ;  for  riveted  bridges,  the  distance  between  centers  of  gravity 
of  flanges. 

Stress  Sheets  and  Plans.  All  parts  shall  be  so  designed  that 
the  stresses  coming  upon  them  can  be  accurately  calculated. 

Bidders  shall  submit  with  their  bids  a  general  plan  and  com- 
plete stress  sheet,  showing  the  loads  used  and  the  separate  stress 
produced  on  each  member  by  each  of  the  foregoing  loads  and 
forces,  and  the  sizes  and  arrangement  of  parts  in  sufficient  detail 
for  comparison  with  other  plans. 

Upon  award  of  contract  the  Contractor  shall  furnish  in  dupli- 
cate to  the  Chief  Engineer  of  the  railway  company  blueprints 
of  complete  shop  and  erection  plans  showing  all  details,  which 
shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  said  Chief  Engineer.  Upon 
completion  of  the  work  all  tracings  shall  be  delivered  to  the  Chief 
Engineer  of  the  railway  company.  Tracings  shall  be  of  uniform 
size,  and  not  larger  than  30  inches  by  42  inches. 

Clearance.  The  gage  of  the  track  is  4  feet  8J  inches,  and  the 
distance  between  the  tracks,  center  to  center,  is  13  feet. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


59 


The  vertical  clearance  for  through  bridges  shall  be  22  feet 
above  the  top  of  the  rails. 

For  single-track  through  bridges,  on  tangent  with  rails  at  the 
same  level,  the  lateral  clear  width  at  the  top 
of  rails  shall  not  be  less  than  10  feet  6  inches ; 
from  a  height  of  2  feet  to  a  height  of  17J 
feet,  it  shall  not  be  less  than  14  feet;  and 
at  a  height  of  22  feet,  it  shall  not  be  less  than 
6  feet  (see  Fig.  3). 

For  double-track  bridges  and  for 
curves  and  elevation  of  outside  rail,  the  lat- 
eral clear  widths  shall  be  increased  accord- 
ingly. 

Wood  Floor.     The  wood  floor  shall  be 
shown    as    a    standard    bridge    floor,    plan     tionlgof 
dated sions  on  Bl>idses. 

The  wood  floor  shall  be  continued  over  all  piers  and  back 
walls. 

Unit  Stresses  and  Sections 

To  provide  for  impact  and  vibrations  the  stresses  produced  by 
the  live  load  shall  be  increased  by  the  formula 


/I—  - 

F\ 

14  -o" 

N  «Vj 
1     < 

J,     '°- 

6~        J 

Top  Of  yp7//-J       I/ 

1=8 


300 


300 


where  1  =  amount  to  be  added  to  the  live  load  stress 
8  =  calculated  live  load  stress 

L  =  length  in  feet  of  the  loading  which  produces  the  maxi- 
mum stress  in  the  member 

The  unit  stresses  produced  by  the  foregoing  loads  and  forces, 
including  impact,  shall  not  exceed  the  following  values : 

tension,  net  section,    15,000  pounds  per  square  inch 


compression, 


15,000  pounds 'per  square  inch 

1+ 


13,500r2 

where  1  =  length  of  member,  center  to  center  of  connections,  in 

inches 
r  =  least  radius  of  gyration  in  inches 

No  compression  member  shall  have  a  length  exceeding  100 
times  its  least  radius  of  gyration,  except  that  wind  bracing  may 
have  a  length  equal  to  120  times  its  least  radius  of  gyration. 


60  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Alternate  Stress.  Members  subject  to  alternate  tension  and 
compression  shall  have  a  net  sectional  area  equal  to  the  sum  of  the 
areas  required  for  the  separate  stresses. 

Counters.  When  in  any  panel  the  shear  from  the  live  load, 
including  impact,  exceeds  seven-tenths  of  the  opposite  shear  from 
the  dead  load,  the  oblique 'equivalent  of  this  excess  shall  be  provided 
for.  No  counter  rod,  however,  shall  have  a  smaller  section  than  1 
square  inch. 

Transverse  Loading.  In  deck  truss  bridges,  when  the  cross- 
ties  rest  on  the  chord,  the  sum  of  the  direct  thrust  per  square 
inch  and  three-fourths  of  the  fiber  stress  per  square  inch  pro- 
duced by  the  maximum  load  on  the  chord  panel  considered  as  a 
supported  beam — the  pins  being  in  the  neutral  axis  of  the  section 
— shall  not  exceed  the  allowable  compressive  stress,  the  proper 
amount  of  impact  being  added  to  each  kind  of  loading. 

Should  the  pins  be  out  of  the  neutral  axis,  the  additional  stress 
thus  produced  shall  be  provided  for. 

The  sum  of  the  direct  stress  per  square  inch  on  any  member, 
and  the  fiber  stress  per  square  inch  produced  by  its  own  weight, 
shall  not  exceed  the  allowed  direct  stress  per  square  inch  by  more 
than  10  per  cent. 

Shop  Rivets  and  Pins.  The  shearing  stress  shall  not  exceed 
11,000  pounds  per  square  inch  of  section;  the  pressure  on  the 
bearing  surface  (diameter  X  thickness  of  bearing)  shall  not 
exceed  22,000  pounds  per  square  inch;  the  fiber  stress  due  to 
bending,  considering  the  centers  of  the  bearings  at  the  points  of 
application  of  the  stresses,  shall  not  exceed  22,000  pounds  per 
square  inch. 

For  field-driven  rivets  a  deduction  of  20  per  cent  from  the 
above  values  shall  be  made. 

The  size  of  the  rivets  before  driving  shall  be  considered  their 
effective  size  for  calculation. 

Plate  Girders.  The  bending  moment  shall  be  considered  as 
resisted  solely  by  the  flanges,  with  no  portion  of  the  web  as- 
sisting. 

The  shear  in  webs  of  plate  girders  shall  not  exceed  10,000 
pounds  per  square  inch.  But  no  web  shall  be  less  than  three- 
eighths  of  an  inch  thick.  The  entire  end  shear  shall  be  considered 
as  transferred  into  the  flange  angles  in  a  distance  equal  to  the 
depth  of  web.  The  pitch  of  rivets  connecting  the  web  to  a  top 
flange  supporting  the  track  shall  not  exceed  3  inches. 

When  the  thickness  of  web  plate  is  less  than  one-thirtieth  of 
the  unsupported  distance  between  flange  angles,  stiffeners  shall  be 
riveted  on  both  sides  of  the  web,  with  fillers  as  thick  as  the  chord 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  61 

angles,  and  with  close  bearings  against  both  flanges.  For  girders 
30  feet  long  and  less,  the  stiffeners  shall  be  3J  inches  by  3  inches 
by  §-inch  angles ;  for  girders  90  feet  long,  they  shall  be  5  inches  by 
3J  inches  by  f-inch  angles;  and  for  intermediate  lengths,  inter- 
mediate sized  angles. 

Generally,  the  stiffeners  shall  be  placed  at  intervals  equal  to 
the  depth  of  the  web,  with  a  maximum  limit  of  5  feet. 

Generally,  there  shall  be  two  pairs  of  stiffeners  over  each  bed 
plate,  their  combined  sectional  area  in  square  inches  being  equal 
to  the  total  end  shear  in  pounds,  including  impact,  divided 
by  15,000. 

Net  Section.  To  obtain  the  net  section  of  the  bottom  flange  of 
plate  girders  or  other  members,  all  the  rivet  holes  in  any  section, 
taken  J  inch  larger  in  diameter  than  the  rivet  to  be  used,  shall  be 
deducted. 

The  top  and  bottom  flanges  shall  have  the  same  gross  sec- 
tional area. 

Cover  plates  shall  be  at  least  12  inches  longer  than  the  net 
calculated  length.  When  over  14  inches  wide  there  shall  be  at 
least  4  lines  of  rivets,  with  pitch  not  exceeding  9  inches  in  any  of 
the  lines. 

Sway  Bracing.  Efficient  sway  bracing  and  lateral  bracing  on 
top  and  bottom  flanges  shall  be  provided.  Generally  this  bracing 
shall  be  of  the  same  sized  angles  as  the  intermediate  stiffeners. 
The  unsupported  length  of  flange  shall  not  exceed  12  times  its 
width,  except  as  noted  for  track  stringers. 

Track  Stringers  and  Floor  Beams.  Track  stringers  of  double 
track  through  bridges  and  deck  plate  girders  shall  generally  be 
spaced  6  feet,  center  to  center,  under  each  track.  For  single 
track  through  truss  bridges  the  stringers  shall  be  8  feet,  center 
to  center. 

Track  stringers  shall  be  riveted  into  the  floor  beams  and  shall 
bear  upon  the  bottom  flange  of  floor  beams,  or  upon  brackets 
which  bear  upon  the  bottom  flange  of  floor  beams ;  but  the  value 
of  this  bearing  shall  not  be  considered  in  computing  the  number 
of  rivets  required  in  the  stringer  connections. 

Floor  beams  with  riveted  end  connections  shall  bear  on  the 
bottom  flange  of  the  main  girder,  or  on  a  bracket,  in  all  cases 
where  such  bearing  can  be  provided ;  but  the  value  of  this  bearing 
shall  not  be  considered  in  computing  the  number  of  rivets 
required  in  the  connection.  In  case  such  bearing  cannot  be  pro- 
vided, then  the  number  of  rivets  in  the  connection  shall  be  25  per 
cent  more  than  the  computed  number. 

In  the  connection  angles  between  the  stringers  and  floor 
beams,  and  other  similar  angles  or  plates,  the  shear  shall  not 


62  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

exceed  7000  pounds  per  square  inch;  but  no  connection  angle 
shall  be  less  than  five-eighths  of  an  inch  thick. 

When  the  length  of  stringer  exceeds  20  times  the  width  of 
flange,  lateral  bracing  shall  be  provided  between  the  flanges. 

The  webs  of  floor  beams  shall  be  of  the  same  thickness  at 
center  of  beams  as  at  the  ends. 

Minimum  Thickness.  The  minimum  thickness  of  metal  used 
shall  be  three-eighths  of  an  inch  except  for  lattice  bars  or  for 
fillers  where  a  lesser  thickness  is  required. 

Combined  Stresses.  In  case  the  sum  of  the  stresses  per  square 
inch  in  the  chords  and  end  posts  of  truss  bridges,  or  the  posts  of 
trestle  towers — due  to  the  live  load  including  impact,  the  dead 
load,  and  the  wind — shall  exceed  19,000  pounds  per  square  inch 
properly  reduced  for  compression,  the  section  shall  be  increased 
until  this  limit  is  not  exceeded. 

In  the  end  posts  of  through  bridges  the  sum  of  these  stresses 
added  to  the  maximum  fiber  bending  stress  per  square  inch,  pro- 
duced by  the  portal  bracing,  shall  not  exceed  20,000  pounds. 

Should  the  stresses  be  reversed  in  any  case,  proper  provision 
shall  be  made  for  such  stresses. 

Portals  and  Diagonal  Bracing.  All  through  spans  with  top 
lateral  bracing  shall  have  riveted  portal  bracing  composed  of 
angles,  latticed  as  deep  as  the  headroom  will  allow,  rigidly  con- 
nected to  the  end  posts. 

When  the  height  of  the  truss  exceeds  25  feet,  an  approved 
system  of  overhead  diagonal  bracing  shall  be  provided  at  each 
panel  point. 

Deck  bridges  shall  have  diagonal  bracing  at  each  panel  point 
proportioned  to  resist  the  unequal  loading  of  the  trusses;  the 
position  of  the  track,  and  the  action  of  the  wind  and  the  cen- 
trifugal force  being  considered. 

Pony  trusses  and  through  plate  girders  shall  be  stayed  by 
knee  braces  or  gussets  at  each  floor  beam  or  transverse  strut,  and 
at  the  ends. 

No  lateral  or  diagonal  rod  shall  have  a  smaller  area  than  1 
square  inch. 

Expansion  Rollers,  etc.  All  bridges  exceeding  75  feet  in 
length  shall  be  anchored  to  the  masonry  at  one  end,  and  shall 
have  at  the  other  end  nests  of  turned  friction  rollers,  not  less 
than  4  inches  in  diameter,  running  between  planed  surfaces.  The 
pressure  per  lineal  inch  on  these  rollers  shall  not  exceed  1200\/d 
pounds — d  being  the  diameter  of  the  roller  in  inches. 

For  bridges  less  than  75  feet  in  length  one  end  shall  be  free 
to  move  on  planed  surfaces. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  63 

Variations  in  temperature  of  150°  F.  shall  be  provided  for. 

Provision  shall  be  made  at  movable  ends  against  side  motion. 

Bed  Plates.  The  pressure  of  bed  plates  on  the  masonry  sjiall 
not  exceed  400  pounds  per  square  inch.  When  two  spans  rest  on 
the  same  masonry,  a  continuous  rolled  plate  f  inch  thick  shall 
extend  under  the  adjacent  bearings. 

All  bed  plates  shall  have  efficient  stone  bolts  fastened  with 
sulphur  or  cement. 

Joints  and  Splices.  All  joints  in  riveted  work,  whether  in  ten- 
sion or  compression,  shall  be  fully  spliced. 

Chord  sections  shall  be  connected  at  abutting  ends  by  splices 
sufficient  to  hold  them  true  to  position,  and  to  transmit  the  shear- 
ing stress  at  the  joint. 

Web  plates  of  girders  shall  be  spliced  at  all  joints  by  a  plate 
on  each  side,  capable  of  transmitting  the  entire  shear  through 
the  splice  rivets. 

Rivets.  The  pitch  of  rivets  in  the  direction*  of  the  stress  shall 
not  exceed  6  inches,  nor  sixteen  times  the  thickness  of  the  thinnest 
outside  plate  connected,  nor  be  less  than  three  times  the  diameter 
of  the  rivet.  At  right  angles  to  the  stress,  the  pitch  shall  not 
exceed  thirty  times  the  thickness  of  the  thinnest  outside  plate. 

At  the  ends  of  compression  members  the  pitch  shall  not  exceed 
four  diameters  of  the  rivet  for  a  length  equal  to  twice  the  width 
of  the  member. 

The  distance  from  the  edge  of  any  piece  to  the  center  of  rivet 
hole  generally  shall  be  not  less  than  1J  inches,  nor  more  than 
5  inches,  nor  more  than  8  times  the  thickness  of  the  plate. 

Tie  Plates.  All  segments  of  compression  members  connected 
by  latticing  only  shall  have  tie  plates  at  each  end,  the  rivets  and 
net  section  of  which  shall  be  sufficient  to  transfer  one-half  the  total 
maximum  stress  borne  by  the  segment,  and  the  thickness  of  which 
shall  be  not  less  than  one-fiftieth  of  the  distance  between  the  rivets 
connecting  them  to  the  compression  member.  In  no  case,  however, 
shall  the  length  of  the  tie  plate  be  less  than  its  width  across  the 
segments. 

Latticing.  The  open  sides  of  compression  members  shall  be 
stayed  by  tie  plates  at  the  ends,  and  by  intermediate  diagonal 
latticing. 

Generally,  the  thickness  of  single  lattice  bars  shall  not  be  less 
than  one-fiftieth,  and  the  thickness  of  double  bars,  connected  by  a 
rivet  at  their  intersection,  shall  not  be  less  than  one-sixtieth  of  the 
distance  between  rivets  connecting  them  to  a  member.  The  in- 
clination of  lattice  bars  with  long  axis  of  members  shall  approxi- 
mate 60  degrees  for  single  lattice  and  45  degrees  for  double  lattice, 


64  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

and  the  distance  between  points  of  connection  of  the  latticing 
along  a  segment  shall  not  be  more  than  8  times  the  least  width  of 
the  segment.  The  width  of  lattice  shall  be  as  follows: 


LENGTH  OF  LATTICE 

WIDTH 

Under  10  inches 
Under  15  inches 
Under  20  inches 

2    inches 
2J  inches 
2J  inches 

For  the  chords  and  end  posts  of  truss  bridges  the  lattice  shall 
be  generally  3  inches  by  seven-sixteenth  inch. 

Pins.  The  members  bearing  against  any  pin  shall  be  so 
packed  as  to  produce  the  least  bending  moment  upon  the  pin, 
and  all  vacant  spaces  must  be  filled  with  filling  rings. 

All  pins  requiring  driving  shall  be  supplied  with  pilot  nuts 
for  use  in  erection. 

Preference.  Preference  will  be  given  to  details  which  will  be 
most  accessible  for  inspection  and  painting.  No  closed  sections 
will  be  allowed. 

Stiff  lateral  bracing  shall  be  preferred  for  use  between  the 
chords  which  carry  the  floor. 

Preferably  all  sections  shall  be  made  symmetrical,  and  the 
pins  placed  in  the  neutral  axis.  Bending  moments  at  connections 
shall  be  avoided  as  much  as  possible. 

Tension  at  the  foot  of  trestle  posts  shall  be  avoided  where 
practicable. 

Camber.  Truss  bridges  with  parallel  chords  shall  be  given  a 
camber  by  making  the  panel  lengths  of  the  top  chord  longer 
than  those  of  the  bottom  chord  in  the  proportion  of  one-eighth  of 
an  inch  to  every  10  feet. 

In  the  wood  floor  one-half  the  camber  shall  be  taken  out  unless 
otherwise  directed. 

Bolts.  When  members  are  connected  by  bolts  which  transmit 
shearing  stress,  the  holes  shall  be  reamed  parallel  and  the  bolts 
turned  to  a  driving  fit. 

Screw  Ends.  In  tension  members  with  screw  ends,  the  area 
at  the  base  of  the  threads  must  be  at  least  15  per  cent  greater 
than  that  required  in  the  body  of  the  member. 

Upsetting,  etc.  The  heads  of  eyebars  and  the  enlarged  parts 
of  rods  with  screw  ends  shall  be  made  by  upsetting,  rolling,  or 
forging  into  shape.  Welds  in  steel  bars  will  not  be  allowed.  In 
iron  bars  they  will  only  be  allowed  to  form  the  loops  of  laterals, 
counters,  or  sway  rods. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


65 


Quality  of  Material 

Steel.  All  steel  shall  be  made  by  the  open-hearth  process,  and 
shall  be  uniform  in  quality.  The  finished  products  shall  be 
straight,  free  from  flaws,  and  have  clean  smooth  surfaces. 

Identification  of  Material.  Copies  of  all  bills  of  material,  ship- 
ping lists,  and  complete  chemical  analyses  showing  the  amount  of 
phosphorus,  carbon,  sulphur,  and  manganese  shall  be  furnished 
by  the  Contractor  free  of  charge.  All  material  shall  be  plainly 
stamped  with  the  number  of  the  melt.  Eivet  and  lattice  steel 
and  other  small  parts  may  be  bundled,  with  the  above  marks  on 
an  attached  metal  tag. 

Schedule  of  Requirements.     The  requirements  are  as  follows: 


CHEMICAL  AND  PHYSICAL 
PROPERTIES 

STRUCTURAL 
STEEL 

RIVET  STEEL 

STEEL 
CASTINGS 

Phosphorous   maximum.  ••  ]ga  j 

Ultimate     Tensile     Strength     per 
square    inch  

.08 
.04 
Desired 

60,000 

.04 
.04 
Desired 

50,000 

.08 
.05 
Not  less  than 

65,000 

Elastic  Limit  not  less  than  
Elongation,    minimum    per    cent 

%   Ten.  .Str. 
1,500,000 

%    Ten.   Str. 
1,500,000 

.45  Ten.  Str. 

Elongation,  minimum  per  cent  in 

Ult.  Ten.  Str. 

Ult.    Ten.     Str. 

18 

Character  of  fracture  

Silky 

Silky 

(  Silky  or  fine 

/granular 

Cold  Bends.  Samples  of  structural  and  rivet  steel  up  to 
seven-eighths  inch  in  thickness  shall  bend  to  close  contact  without 
fracture  on  the  convex  side.  For  greater  thickness,  sample  shall 
bend  180  degrees  to  a  curve  of  diameter  equal  to  thickness  of 
specimen,  without  fracture. 

Samples  of  cast  steel  1  inch  by  one-half  inch  shall  bend  90 
degrees  around  a  diameter  of  1  inch  without  fracture  on  outside. 

Tensile  Tests.  Tensile  tests  of  steel  showing  an  ultimate  tensile 
strength  within  5000  pounds  of  that  desired  will  be  considered 
satisfactory,  except  that  if  the  ultimate  strength  varies  more 
than  4000  pounds  from  that  desired,  a  retest  shall  be  made  on 
the  same  gage  which,  to  be  acceptable,  shall  be  within  5000  pounds 
of  the  desired  ultimate. 

Chemical  Analyses.  Check  chemical  analyses  shall  be  made 
from  the  finished  material,  if  called  for  by  the  Chief  Engineer,  in 
which  case  an  excess  of  25  per  cent  above  the  required  limits  will 
be  allowed. 

Material  which  is  to  be  used  without  annealing  or  further 


66  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

treatment  shall  be  tested  in  the  condition  in  which  it  comes  from 
the  rolls.  When  material  is  to  be  annealed  or  otherwise  treated 
before  use,  the  specimen  representing  such  material  shall  be  simi- 
larly treated  before  testing. 

Drifting.  Material  punched  as  in  ordinary  practice,  shall 
stand  drifting  until  the  diameter  of  the  hole  is  increased  50  per 
cent  without  cracking  in  the  periphery  of  the  hole  or  in  the 
external  sheared  or  rolled  edge. 

Test  Pieces.  For  each  melt  there  shall  be  furnished  by  the 
Contractor,  properly  prepared,  free  of  charge  to  the  railway 
company,  at  least  one  tensile  and  one  bending  test.  Drifting 
tests  shall  be  furnished  occasionally  during  the  progress  of  the 
work. 

In  general,  tests  shall  be  selected  to  cover  extreme  gages. 
Material  will  not  be  accepted  on  tests  cut  from  pieces  of  radically 
different  size  or  section  from  that  used  in  the  work. 

Every  test  specimen  shall  be  at  least  one-half  square  inch  in 
area,  and  shall  be  planed,  sawed,  or  turned  with  sides  parallel. 

Plates.  Plates  up  to  36  inches  wide  shall  be  rolled  in  a  universal 
mill.  Long  plates  shall  not  be  more  than  one-half  inch  out  of  line 
in  a  length  of  20  feet,  nor  three-fourths  inch  in  a  length  of  40  feet. 

Variation  in  Gage.  All  shapes  shall  be  rolled  to  gage.  All 
plates,  both  sheared  and  universal,  shall  be  of  specified  gage  on 
edges.  Shapes  or  plates  3  per  cent  less  than  thickness  specified 
shall  be  rejected,  except  that  in  the  case  of  plates  80  inches  wide 
or  over  a  variation  of  5  per  cent  will  be  allowed. 

Stock  Material.  No  material  shall  be  taken  from  stock  without 
the  consent  of  the  Inspector.  Such  material  must  be  stamped 
with  the  original  melt  number,  and  must  not  have  more  than  a 
surface  rust.  If  any  piece  of  material  sent  either  from  the  mill 
or  stockyard  is  rusted  when  needed  in  the  shop,  this  rust  must  be 
scraped  off  before  the  piece  is  punched.  In  any  case  in  which  the 
rust  has  eaten  into  the  material,  the  piece  will  not  be  accepted. 

Full-Sized  Eyebar  Tests.  Full-sized  tests  shall  be  ordered  by 
the  Engineer,  and  in  general  will  be  not  more  than  4  per  cent  of 
the  total  number  of  bars  in  the  structure. 

The  bars  shall  show  an  ultimate  strength  of  not  less  than 
55,000  pounds  per  square  inch;  an  elastic  limit  of  not  less  than 
one-half  the  ultimate  strength ;  and  an  elongation  taken  between 
the  necks  of  the  bars  of  not  less  than  12  per  cent,  for  bars  20  feet 
and  less  between  necks.  For  bars  exceeding  20  feet,  the  elonga- 
tion shall  be  not  less  than  10  per  cent. 

Fracture.  In  all  full-sized  tests,  75  per  cent  of  the  fractured 
area  shall  be  silky,  the  remainder  fine  granular. 

Retests.     If  one  bar  of  a  lot  breaks  in  the  head  but  fulfills  the 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  67 

above  requirements,  the  lot  shall  not  be  rejected  on  that  account. 
If  several  bars  break  in  the  head  but  fulfill  the  above  require- 
ments, an  additional  bar  for  a  retest  shall  be  furnished  by  the 
Contractor  free  of  cost  to  the  railway  company.  If  more  than 
one-third  of  the  total  number  of  bars  tested  break  in  the  head  the 
entire  lot  of  bars  shall  be  rejected. 

Full-sized  members  tested  to  destruction  shall  be  paid  for  by 
the  Company  at  cost,  less  their  scrap  value,  if  they  fulfill  the 
requirements  specified.  If  they  do  not,  they  shall  be  paid  for  by 
the  Contractor. 

Cast  Steel.  All  steel  castings  shall  be  practically  free  from 
blowholes  and  shall  be  thoroughly  annealed. 

Wrought  Iron.  All  wrought  iron  shall  be  tough,  ductile, 
fibrous,  and  of  uniform  quality.  Finished  bars  shall  be  perfectly 
welded  and  have  a  smooth  finish  throughout,  free  from  cinder 
spots,  blisters,  cracks,  buckles,  or  imperfect  edges. 

Test  specimens  shall  show  an  ultimate  strength  of  50,000 
pounds  per  square  inch,  an  elastic  limit  of  at  least  26,000  pounds 
per  square  inch,  an  elongation  of  at  least  20  per  cent  in  a  length 
of  8  inches,  and  shall  stand  bending  cold  180  degrees  to  a  curve 
of  diameter  equal  to  twice  the  thickness  of  specimen,  without 
sign  of  fracture. 

Cast  Iron.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  all  castings  shall  be 
tough  gray  iron,  free  from  cracks,  cinders,  blowholes,  or  other 
imperfections,  and  of  workmanlike  finish. 

Sample  pieces  1  inch  square,  cast  from  the  same  heat  of  metal 
in  sand  molds,  shall  be  capable  of  sustaining,  on  a  clear  span 
of  4  feet  6  inches,  a  central  load  of  500  pounds  when  tested  in 
the  rough  bar. 

Timber.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  the  timber  shall  be  first- 
class  Southern  long-leaf  yellow  pine,  sawed  true  and  out  of  wind; 
full  size ;  free  from  wind  shakes,  large  or  loose  knots,  or  other 
defects  impairing  its  strength  or  durability;  and  equal  in  quality 
to  grade  of  "Prime",  in  Interstate  Rules  of  1905  for  classification 
of  yellow  pine  lumber.  (See  page  52.) 

.      Shop  Work 

Workmanship.  All  workmanship  shall  be  first  class  in  every 
particular  and  all  parts  neatly  finished. 

Straightening.  All  material  shall  be  thoroughly  straightened 
in  the  shop,  before  being  laid  off,  by  methods  that  will  not  injure 
it  and,  if  bent  by  punching,  shall  be  again  straightened  before 
bolting  up. 

Punching.     In  all  punched  work  the  diameter  of  the  die  shall 


68  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

be  not  more  than  one-sixteenth  inch  greater  than  the  diameter  of 
the  punch. 

All  holes  shall  be  perpendicular  to  the  surface  of  the  punched 
piece,  and  be  clean-cut,  without  torn  or  ragged  edges. 

Rivet  holes  shall  be  so  accurately  spaced  and  punched  that, 
when  the  parts  of  a  member  are  assembled,  a  rivet  one-sixteenth 
inch  less  in  diameter  than  the  hole  can  be  entered  hot  into  the 
holes.  Occasional  variations  shall  be  corrected  by  reaming. 

Reaming.  Steel  up  to  and  including  a  thickness  of  five- 
eighths  inch  may  be  punched  without  subsequent  reaming.  Steel 
of  greater  thickness  than  five-eighths  inch  shall  be  drilled  or 
punched  one-eighth  less  than  the  diameter  of  the  rivet  and  reamed 
to  a  diameter  of  one-sixteenth  inch  greater  than  the  diameter  of 
the  rivet.  The  reaming  of  the  rivet  holes  may  be  done  after  the 
various  pieces  have  been  punched  and  assembled,  but  every  hole 
after  reaming  shall  show  that  the  reamer  has  everywhere  touched 
the  metal.  Sheared  edges  and  ends  in  all  metal  over  five-eighths 
inch  in  thickness  shall  be  planed  at  least  one-eighth  inch. 

Riveting.  The  rivet  when  driven  shall  completely  fill  the 
holes,  have  full  round  heads  concentric  with  the  rivet,  of  a  height 
not  less  than  three-fifths  the  diameter  of  the  rivet  (unless  other- 
wise shown  on  the  plans),  and  in  full  contact  with  the  surface,  or 
be  countersunk  when  so  required. 

Rivets  shall  be  machine  driven  wherever  possible,  by  machines 
capable  of  retaining  the  applied*  pressure  after  the  upsetting  is 
completed.  Pneumatic  hammers  shall  be  used  in  preference  to 
hand  driving. 

Tightening  rivets  by  calking  or  re-cupping  will  not  be  allowed. 

Finished  Members.  Built  members,  when  finished,  shall  be 
true  and  free  from  twist,  kinks,  buckles,  or  open  joints  between 
the  component  pieces. 

Eyebars.  Before  boring,  each  eyebar  shall  be  properly  an- 
nealed and  carefully  straightened.  They  shall  be  free  from 
flaws;  of  full  thickness  in  the  neck;  the  thickness  of  the  heads 
shall  riot  be  more  than  one-sixteenth  inch  greater  than  the  thick- 
ness of  the  bar;  and  the  hole  shall  be  in  the  center  of  the  head 
and  on  the  center  line  of  the  bar.  No  forge  work  shall  be  done 
on  bars  after  they  are  bored. 

No  variation  from  the  calculated  length  between  pinholes  of 
more  than  one-sixty-fourth  of  an  inch  for  each  25  feet  will  be 
allowed.  Whenever  bars  are  to  be  packed  more  than  one-eighth 
of  an  inch  to  the  foot  of  their  length  out  of  parallel  with  the  axis 
of  the  structure,  they  shall  be  bent  with  a  gentle  curve  until  the 
head  stands  at  right  angles  to  the  pin  in  their  intended  position 
before  being  bored.  All  bars  belonging  to  the  same  panel  shall  be 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  69 

placed  in  a  pile  and  shall  allow  the  pins  to  pass  through  both  ends 
at  the  same  time  without  forcing. 

Pins  and  Pinholes.  Pins  shall  be  turned  straight  and  smooth, 
and  shall  fit  the  pinholes  within  one-fiftieth  of  an  inch  for  pins  4 
inches  or  less  in  diameter,  and  within  one-thirty-second  of  an 
inch  for  larger  pins. 

Pinholes  shall  be  bored  clean  and  smooth,  to  a  true  parallel 
with  one  another,  within  one-thirty-second  of  an  inch  of  the 
specified  distance  apart,  center  to  center,  and  at  right  angles  to 
the  axis  of  the  member,  unless  otherwise  shown  on  drawings. 

Facings.  Eyes  of  laterals,  stirrups,  sway  rods,  and  counters 
shall  be  bored. 

All  abutting  surfaces  in  compression  members  shall  be  truly 
faced  to  even  bearings. 

The  ends  of  track  stringers  and  floor  beams  shall  be  faced 
true  and  square. 

Reaming.  All  holes  for  field  rivets  except  those  for  lateral 
and  sway  bracing  connections  shall  be  drilled  to  an  iron  template 
or  reamed  while  the  parts  are  temporarily  put  together. 

Shop  Erection.  Adjoining  chord  sections  shall  be  fitted  to- 
gether in  the  shop  and  all  parts  match  marked;  and  when  so 
fitted  their  abutting  ends  must  be  in  full  contact  and  the  two 
sections  in  perfect  alignment. 

Other  parts  of  the  structure  shall  be  erected  in  the  shop  when 
so  required  by  the  Inspector. 

Rivets.    In  riveted  steel  work  all  rivets  shall  be  of  steel. 

General  Annealing.  All  members  or  parts  of  members  which 
have  been  partly  heated  or  worked  at  blue  temperatures  shall 
be  properly  annealed. 

Painting 

Painting  in  Shop.  Before  leaving  the  shop  all  work  shall  be 
thoroughly  cleaned  from  all  loose  scale  and  rust,  and  given  one 
good  coat  of  pure  linseed  oil,  well  worked  into  joints  and  open 
spaces. 

In  rivet  work,  the  surface  to  come  in  contact  shall  be  painted 
before  riveting  together. 

Parts  which  are  not  accessible  for  painting  after  erection 
shall  have,  in  addition  to  the  coat  of  oil,  two  coats  of  paint 
before  erection. 

Painting  After  Erection.  After  erection,  the  entire  structure, 
except  the  wood  floor,  shall  be  thoroughly  and  evenly  painted 
with  two  coats  of  paint,  by  practical  painters.  The  two  coats 
shall  be  different  in  color. 


70  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

When  work  is  delivered  f .  o.  b.,  ready  to  be  dropped  into  place, 
it  shall  be  given  only  the  above  coat  of  oil  before  loading. 

Materials.  The  materials  for  the  field  paint  will  be  furnished 
by  the  railway  company  to  the  Contractors  at  the  freight  station 
nearest  the  bridge  at  the  following  prices :  For  the  paste,  — 
( — )  cents  per  pound;  for  the  Japan,  —  dollar  and  —  cents  ($ — ) 
per  gallon,  and  for  the  linseed  oil,  —  ( — )  cents  per  gallon. 

No  material  shall  be  painted  or  oiled  when  it  is  wet. 

Pins,  pinholes,  screw  threads,  and  other  machine-finished 
bearing  surfaces  shall  be  coated  with  white  lead  and  tallow 
before  leaving  the  shop. 

Inspection 

Inspection  Facilities  Furnished  by  Contractor.  Due  notice 
that  material  is  ready  for  inspection  shall  always  be  given. 

All  facilities  for  inspection  of  material  and  workmanship 
shall  be  furnished  by  the  Contractor,"  and  free  access  to  any 
works  in  which  any  portion  of  the  material  is  made  shall  be 
allowed. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish,  free  of  cost,  the  use  of  an  effi- 
cient testing  .machine  at  all  mills  where  any  of  the  material  may 
be  manufactured. 

Such  specimens  (prepared)  as  may  be  required  for  testing 
shall  be  promptly  furnished,  without  charge,  by  the  Contractor. 

No  shop  work  shall  be  done  on  any  material  until  it  has  been 
inspected  and  accepted. 

Copies  of  all  shipping  invoices  from  mills  or  shops  shall  be 
promptly  furnished  the  Inspector. 

No  material  shall  be  loaded  for  shipment  until  it  has  been 
accepted  by  the  Inspector. 

The  acceptance  by  an  Inspector  of  any  material  or  workman- 
ship shall  not  prevent  the  rejection  of  the  same,  if  it  is  afterwards 
discovered  to  be  defective. 

Erection 

Previous  to  and  during  erection  all  material  shall  be  kept 
clean,  and  shall  be  carefully  handled,  so  as  not  to  injure  any 
of  the  parts. 

Replacing  Bridge.  In  case  of  replacing  a  bridge,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  carefully  take  down  the  old  structure  and  neatly 
pile  the  material  at  some  point  near  the  bridge  convenient  for 
loading  on  cars.  If  the  old  bridge  is  to  be  erected  again,  special 
care  shall  be  taken  not  to  injure  any  of  the  parts,  and  the  differ- 
ent pieces  shall  be  plainly  marked  at  connections  by  the  Con- 
tractor, in  order  to  facilitate  re-erection.  All  material  in  the 
old  structure  shall  remain  the  property  of  the  railway  company. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS          71 

Staging  and  False  Work.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish  all 
staging  and  false  work,  and  provide  for  carrying  traffic  during 
erection,  and  so  prosecute  his  work  as  to  interfere  as  little  as 
possible  with  the  traffic  over  the  bridge,  or  under  the  bridge,  if 
there  should  be  any  such. 

Any  work  affecting  the  safety  of  the  track  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  the  direction  of  the  Division  Superintendent  of  the 

_  Railwav  ConiDanv. 

t/  IT          «7  * 

Main  Work.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish,  erect,  and  adjust 
the  entire  structure,  including  the  wooden  floor,  complete,  ready 
for  the  rails.  He  shall  also  remove  all  false  work  after  the 
erection  is  completed,  and  repair  any  damage  produced  by  his 
operations. 

Watchmen.  The  Contractor  shall  provide  watchmen  and 
other  safeguards  during  erection,  and  shall  be  responsible  for 
any  accident  or  damage  to  person  or  property  arising  from 
his  negligence  or  default;  and  he  shall  comply  with  all  laws, 
ordinances,  and  regulations  of  properly  constituted  authorities, 
should  there  be  any  such  affecting  the  work. 

The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  the  work  until  it  is 
finally  completed  and  accepted  by  the  Chief  Engineer  of  the 
.^...Railway  Company. 

HIGHWAY  BRIDGES 

Loads.  Highway  bridges  shall  be  proportioned  to  carry  the 
following  moving  loads  in  addition  to  their  own  weight: 

On  the  floor  system  for  all 

spans    100  pounds  per  square  foot  of  floors 

Or  a  concentrated  load  of 

8  tons  on  two  pairs  of 

wheels,    8    feet   centers 
On  the  trusses,  for  spans  of 

60  feet  or  less 100  pounds  per  square  foot  of  floors 

On  the  trusses,  for  spans  60 

feet  to  125  feet 80  pounds  per  square  foot  of  floors 

On  the  trusses,   for   spans 

over  125  feet 60  pounds  per  square  foot  of  floors 

Impact.  Allowance  for  impact  shall  be  one-half  as  great  as 
for  railroad  bridges. 

Unit  Stresses.  The  allowed  unit  stresses  shall  be  the  same  as 
for  railroad  bridges. 

On  yellow  pine  floor  joists  the  allowed  fiber  stress  shall  be 
1600  pounds  per  square  inch. 


72  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Requirements.  The  requirements  as  to  quantity  of  material, 
workmanship,  painting,  erection,  etc.,  shall  be  the  same  as 
hereinbefore  specified  for  railroad  bridges. 

PRICE 

Bidders  shall  name  in  their  bids  a  lump  sum  for  furnishing 
and  transporting  all  labor  and  materials  of  every  kind  neces- 
sary to  complete  the  superstructure  in  place,  ready  for  the  rails 
in  railroad  bridges,  or  ready  for  the  traffic  in  highway  bridges, 
in  strict  accordance  with  these  specifications.  Bidders  shall  state 
in  their  tenders,  that  for  the  price  named  they  will  complete  the 
superstructure  at  or  before  a  specified  time ;  and  if  it  is  not  com- 
pleted at  the  specified  time,  the  price  shall  be dollars 

less  than  the  sum  named,  for  every  day  after  the  specified  time 
that  the  structure  remains  unfinished;  provided  that  no  reduc- 
tion in  price  shall  be  made  for  delay  caused  by  the  masonry  not 
being  ready  to  receive  the  superstructure. 

TUNNELS 

Approach  Cuts.  The  approach  cut  shall  be  excavated  to  such 
widths  and  slopes  as  the  said  Chief  Engineer  may  direct,  and 
all  the  materials  from  the  cuts  and  the  ends  of  the  tunnels  shall 
be  placed  in  embankments  on  the  line  of  the  railroad,  on  roads 
adjacent,  or  wasted,  as  the  said  Chief  Engineer  may  direct,  and 
they  shall  be  classified  and  paid  for  according  to  the  excavation 
classification  of  these  specifications. 

Dimensions.  Tunnels  shall  be  of  such  width  and  height  as 
the  said  Chief  Engineer  may  direct,  and  shall  be  excavated  in 
conformity  with  the  cross  section  to  be  furnished  by  him.  If 
the  tunnel  requires  support,  and  timber  is  adopted,  the  area  of 
its  cross  section  shall  be  enlarged  and  measured  3  inches  outside 
the  lagging;  or,  if  masonry  is  adopted,  6  inches  outside  the 
exterior  lines  of  the  side  walls  and  arching. 

Classification  and  Price  of  Excavations.  Materials  from 
tunnel  excavation  shall  be  paid  for  by  the  cubic  yard,  or  by  the 
lineal  foot,  completed,  in  case  such  bid  is  accepted.  The  price 
paid  shall  cover  all  materials  contained  between  the  two  portals, 
and  strictly  in  all  cases  within  the  lines  of  the  normal  or  enlarged 
cross  section  furnished  from  time  to  time  by  the  said  Chief  Engi- 
neer, and  shall  include  the  cost  of  all  temporary  supports,  such  as 
props,  scaffolding,  strutting,  etc.,  that  may  be  necessary  to  secure 
a  safe  prosecution  of  the  work  in  advance  of  the  introduction 
of  permanent  supports  of  timbering  or  masonry,  which  tempo- 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  73 

rary  supports  shall  in  all  cases  be  removed  by  the  said  Contractor 
at  his  own  expense  after  or  concurrently  with  the  completion 
of  the  permanent  supports. 

Bottoms.  The  bottom  shall  be  picked  to  a  uniform  surface, 
and  no  rocky  protuberances  shall  be  allowed  inside  the  general 
line  of  the  sections. 

Drainage  Ditches.  The  drainage  ditch  through  the  center  of 
the  tunnel  shown  on  the  drawing  of  the  normal  cross  section 
shall  be  carefully  excavated  to  its  full  dimensions,  and  in  it 
shall  be  laid  broken  stone  in  such  manner  and  of  such  size  and 
form  as  the  said  Chief  Engineer  may  direct. 

Shafts.  The  said  Chief  Engineer  shall  determine  the  number 
and  location  of  shafts,  the  dimensions  of  which  shall  be  such  as 
he  may  direct.  The  excavation  price  paid  for  them  shall  be  by 
the  cubic  yard,  and  shall  cover  all  materials  contained  between 
the  surface  of  the  ground  and  soffit  of  the  tunnel,  and  within  the 
area  of  the  cross  section  furnished  by  the  said  Chief  Engineer. 
In  case  the  shaft  is  sunk  alongside  the  tunnel,  the  price  paid 
shall  cover  the  cost  of  such  curbing  or  other  supports  as  the 
sides  of  the  shaft  may  require ;  also  whatever  materials  or  labor 
may  be  required  for  ventilation  an^I  keeping  the  tunnel  and 
shafts  free  from  water;  and  shall  also  cover  all  hoisting  and 
pumping  machinery. 

Sumps.  The  excavation  of  all  necessary  wells  or  sumps  shall 
be  paid  for  at  the  same  price  per  cubic  yard  as  shaft  excavation. 

Niches.  Niches  or  openings  shall  be  left  in  the  walls  when 
and  at  such  points  as  the  Chief  Engineer  may  direct. 

Falls.  Drilling  and  blasting  shall  be  conducted  with  all  pos- 
sible care,  so  as  not  to  shatter  the  roof  and  the  sides  outside  the 
section  lines.  Any  falls  that,  in  the  judgment  of  the  said  Chief 
Engineer,  are  attributable  to  the  carelessness  or  want  of  proper 
skill  or  attention  on  the  part  of  said  Contractor,  shall  be  removed 
and  disposed  of  at  his  own  expense ;  but  if  by  unavoidable  acci- 
dent or  natural  causes  not  thus  attributable,  any  outside  rock 
shall  become  loose  or  shattered,  it  shall  be  removed  by  the  said 
Contractor,  and  a  just  and  equitable  allowance  shall  be  made 
by  the  said  Chief  Engineer  to  compensate  and  remunerate  him 
for  such  removal,  provided  a  claim  for  such  removal  be  made 
by  the  said  Contractor  during  the  month  in  which  a  fall  so 
occasioned  shall  occur. 

Permanent  Supports.  Should  it  be  determined  by  the  said 
Chief  Engineer  during  the  progress  of  the  work  that  any  tunnel 
or  any  portion  of  a  tunnel  requires  permanent  supports,  or  that 
the  shafts  require  lining,  timber  or  masonry  of  brick  or  stone 


74  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

may  be  used  for  such,  supports  and  lining,  as  the  said  Chief 
Engineer  may  direct. 

Timber.  If  timber  is  used,  the  said  Chief  Engineer  shall  deter- 
mine its  description  and  quality  and  shall  prescribe  the  general 
plan  of  the  support,  and  it  shall  be  paid  for  by  the  1000  feet, 
board  measure,  framed,  and  placed  in  the  work. 

Iron  Work.  All  wrought-  and  cast-iron  work  ordered  by  the 
said  Chief  Engineer  and  used  in  the  work  shall  be  paid  for  by 
the  pound,  in  place. 

Masonry.  When  lining  or  arching  of  brick  or  stone  masonry 
shall  be  ordered,  it  shall  be  laid  in  the  most  skillful  and  workman- 
like manner,  and  strictly  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  direc- 
tions prescribed  by  the  said  Chief  Engineer  from  time  to  time,  to 
suit  the  necessities  of  each  case  as  it  occurs. 

Should  it  be  determined  to  erect  masonry  fagades  at  the 
portals  of  the  tunnels,  or  to  finish  out  above  the  surface  any  or 
all  of  the  shafts  with  ventilators,  such  work  shall  be  executed 
by  the  said  Contractor  in  accordance  with  such  plans  and  direc- 
tions as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  said  Chief  Engineer  for  the 
same. 

All  masonry  used  in  and  about  tunnels  shall  be  classified  and 
paid  for  under  the  masonry  classification  of  these  specifications. 

Timbering  Must  Follow  Excavation.  The  commencement, 
extent,  and  termination  of  all  permanent  timbering  and  masonry 
shall  be  determined  by  the  said  Chief  Engineer  and,  when  so 
determined,  such  timbering  or  masonry  must  progress  right  along 
with  the  excavation;  and,  if  necessary,  the  excavation  shall  be 
secured  and  protected  by  temporary  supports  before  the  intro- 
duction of  permanent  ones. 

Packing.  The  vacancies  behind  the  permanent  timber,  lag- 
ging, or  masonry  walls,  and  above  the  arching,  shall  be  filled 
with  concrete  and  dry  packing,  as  the  said  Chief  Engineer  may 
from  time  to  time  direct,  which  packing  shall  be  classified  and 
paid  for  under  the  masonry  classification  of  these  specifications. 
Dry  packing  shall  consist  of  hard  durable  stone,  approved  by 
the  said  Chief  Engineer,  broken  to  the  required  size  to  pack  well, 
and  shall  be  well  rammed  in. 

Work  Required  Before  Acceptance.  Before  tunnels  are 
accepted  their  whole  length  shall  be  entirely  cleared  of  debris, 
rubbish,  and  surplus  materials  of  every  kind,  and  the  bottom 
dressed  off  true  to  the  grade  line,  and  the  drains  cleaned  out, 
as  directed  by  the  Chief  Engineer. 

Night  Work  if  Required.  All  work  incident  to  the  construc- 
tion of  tunnels  shall  be  carried  on  by  2  shifts  of  10  hours  each, 
or  3  shifts  of  8  hours  each,  as  the  said  Chief  Engineer  shall  direct. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  75 

BORINGS  FOR  A  SUBAQUEOUS  TUNNEL 

General  Specifications.  The  work  to  be  done  under  this 
contract  is  to  determine  carefully  by  borings  the  character  of 
materials  that  will  be  encountered  during  the  construction  of 

two  tunnels  under  the River  and  under  streets 

of  both  the  Cities  of and : The 

borings  shall  be  made  at  regular  intervals  100  feet  apart  on 
the  lines  as  shown  on  the  plan  attached  hereto. 

The  borings  on  land  will  approximate  3000  lineal  feet,  while 
those  taken  in  the  river,  measured  from  the  bottom  of  same,  will 
aggregate  about  2400  lineal  feet.  The  dotted  line  on  the  pro- 
files indicates  the  depth  to  which  it  is  proposed  to  take  the 
borings.  No  payment  will  be  made  for  borings  made  to  a  greater 
depth  than  that  thus  indicated,  without  a  written  order  from  the 
Engineer. 

Quantities  Approximate.  It  will  of  course  be  understood  that 
the  approximate  quantities  given  above  are  not  to  be '  used  in 
making  payment,  but  that  payments  will  be  made  upon  quan- 
tities determined  by  the  Engineer. 

Boreholes  Cased.  All  holes  bored  shall  be  cased  with.  4-inch 
pipe,  and  the  character  of  all  material  passed  through  from  the 
surface  of  the  ground  or  bottom  of  the  river  must  be  carefully 
determined,  and  the  depth  of  all  changes  in  the  stratification 
from  the  surface  of  the  ground  or  low  water  mark  shall  be  noted. 

Preservation  of  Samples.  Samples  of  the  various  materials 
encountered  shall  be  preserved  and  placed  in  glass  jars,  bottles, 
or  tubes,  as  the  Engineer  may  direct,  the  same  to  be  carefully 
labeled,  giving  the  number  of  boring  and  the  depths  between 
which  the  material  is  found.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  work 
all  samples  shall  be  delivered  at  the  office  of  the  Company. 

Borings  to  Rock.  If  directed  by  the  Engineer,  the  borings 
shall  be  carried  to  rock  formation  and  into  same,  to  hard  rock. 
Should  rock  be  encountered  above  the  dotted  line  shown  in  the 
drawing  (profile  drawing  should  always  be  submitted  with  regtt- 
lar  specifications),  borings  shall  be  carried  down  only  to  hard 
rock. 

Repaying.  Upon  the  completion  of  a  boring,  the  casing  pipe 
shall  be  withdrawn  and,  wherever  street  paving  shall  have  been 
disturbed  by  the  work,  it  shall  be  restored  to  its  original  condi- 
tion upon  the  completion  of  each  boring,  in  a  manner  satisfactory 
to  the  proper  city  officials,  without  cost  to  the  Company. 

Ground  Water.  A  record  shall  be  kept  at  each  borehole  on 
land,  of  the  depth  of  ground  water  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground. 


76  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Price  to  Include.  Payment  will  be  made  for  all  borings  at 
the  price  per  vertical  foot  of  hole  bored,  no  allowance  being 
made  for  the  depth  of  the  water  where  the  boring  is  made; 
said  price  to  include  the  removal  of  all  material  excavated 
within  the  casing  and  all  pipe,  pumping  (with  the  proper  appli- 
ances and  appurtenances),  transportation,  glass  jars  or  tubes 
for  samples,  materials,  floats,  scows,  tools,  and  labor  necessary 
for  the  completion  of  the  above  described  work  in  the  best,  most 
rapid,  and  most  approved  manner. 

Violation  of  Laws.  The  Contractor  shall  assume  all  blame 
or  loss  by  reason  of  neglect  or  violation  of  the  United  States 
Government  or  municipal  laws,  regulations,  or  ordinances.  The 
Contractor  shall  place  sufficient  light  on  or  near  the  work,  keep 
the  light  burning  from  twilight  to  sunrise,  and  observe  such 
rules  relative  to  signals  and  safeguards  as  the  laws,  regulations, 
or  ordinances  require. 

Watchmen  and  River  Signals.  The  Contractor  shall  provide 
at  his  own  expense  the  necessary  watchmen,  signals,  and  lights, 
and  must  observe  the  local  laws  of  the  district  in  protecting  the 
public  against  all  injury  and  damage.  He  shall  conform  to  all 
the  rules  and  laws  relating  to  navigation  in  the  waters  crossed 
by  structures  covered  by  this  contract,  and  shall  notify  the 
proper  authorities  of  the  location  of  or  change  in  position  of 
proposed  structures  and  plant  in  said  waters,  and  shall  estab- 
lish and  maintain  the  necessary  lights,  fog  signals,  etc.,  upon 
structures  in  course  of  construction,  and  upon  his  plant.  In  case  of 
any  damage  resulting  from  neglect  to  keep  and  maintain  suit- 
able lights  and  signals,  or  from  mistake  in  signals,  it  must  be 
promptly  repaired  at  the  expense  of  the  Contractor. 

Inspection.  The  Contractor  shall  execute  the  work  under 
this  contract  in  the  presence  of  an  Inspector  at  all  times;  work 
done  in  absence  of  same  shall  be  subject  to  rejection. 


PILE  TRESTLE  FOR  AN  ELECTRIC  RAILROAD  ACROSS  AN 

OCEAN  INLET 

General  Specifications.  The  trestle  shall  consist  of  a  single 
track  structure  extending  out  from  either  shore  and  across  the 
various  channels,  as  shown  on  the  plans. 

The  piles  which  are  not  exposed  to  salt  water  shall  be  of 
white  oak,  while  the  other  piling  in  the  trestle,  fenders,  guard, 
and  rest  piers,  exposed  to  salt  water,  shall  be  treated  with  creo- 
sote oil  as  herein  specified,  the  timber  in  same  being  of  quality 
as  specified  under  "Piling". 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  77 

The  piles,  both  vertical  and  battered,  shall  be  jetted  and 
driven  to  the  depth  shown  on  the  plan.  They  shall  be  driven 
in  the  bents  of  the  trestle,  in  th?  guard  piers,  and  in  the  founda- 
tion for  piers,  for  the  watchmen  'is  houses,  and  for  the  refuge  bays. 

The  quality  of  lumber  and  the  workmanship  on  all  structures 
shall  be  as  specified  under  "Timber  and  Framing".  Creosoted 
timber  and  galvanized  iron  shall  be  used  where  shown. 

The  trolley  poles  on  the  trestle  shall  be  of  Southern  long- 
leaf  yellow  pine,  35  feet  long,  sawed  to  octagonal  shape,  measur- 
ing not  less  than  8  inches  between  parallel  faces  at  the  top  and 
not  less  than  14  inches  between  faces  at  the  base.  They  shall 
be  attached  to  the  trestle  as  shown,  securely,  and  in  a  workman- 
like manner,  and  shall  be  erected  accurately  to  line  and  grade. 

The  price  bid  for  the  work  shall  include  the  furnishing  and 
erection  of  all  lumber,  piles,  and  hardware  in  place,  complete 
with  all  appurtenances. 

TIMBER  AND  FRAMING 

Quality.  All  timber  must  be  sound,  straight  grained,  and 
free  from  excessive  sap,  loose  or >  rotten  knots,  wind  shakes, 
wormholes,  or  any  other  defects  which  would  impair  its  strength 
or  durability.  It  must  be  sawed  or  hewn  perfectly  straight  to 
exact  dimensions,  with  full  corners  and  square  edges.  All  timber 
shall  be  long-leaf  yellow  pine  or  white  oak.  All  yellow  pine 
shall  be  long-leaf  Southern  yellow  pine,  and  must  satisfy  the 
requirements  under  "Merchantable  Inspection"  in  the  Interstate 
Rules  of  1905  for  the  classification  and  inspection  of  yellow  pine 
lumber. 

Workmanship.  Material  and  workmanship  shall  both  be 
subject  to  inspection,  and  approval  or  rejection,  by  the  Engineer. 
The  fenders,  rest,  and  guard  piers,  pile  trestle,  and  refuge  bays 
shall  be  built  according  to  the  plans  and  directions  given  by 
the  Engineer,  and  of  materials  as  specified  under  timber,  framing, 
and  iron  work. 

Framing.  All  framing  must  be  done  in  a  thorough  and 
workmanlike  manner.  No  open  joints,  blocking,  or  shims  will 
be  allowed;  the  bearing  of  caps  and  stringers  must  all  be  sized, 
and  perfect  bearings  must  be  secured  throughout.  The  side 
with  most  sap  shall  be  placed  downward.  All  timber  shall  be 
squared  off  with  the  saw.  The  holes  for  the  bolts  shall  be  bored 
with  an  auger  of  the  exact  diameter  of  the  bolts.  The  nuts  on 
all  bolts  shall  be  screwed  up  tight  so  that  the  washers  shall 
draw  hard  upon  the  timber  and  bring  all  parts  of  the  structure 
close  together. 


78  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Surfacing  Ties.  All  bridge  ties  will  be  furnished  and  placed 
in  the  bridges  by  the  Contractor,  surfaced  and  brought  to  a  true 
plane  under  the  rails,  so  that  they  will  have  a  full  bearing  on 
the  four  stringers,  and  so  that  the  rails  will  have  an  even  bearing 
on  every  tie. 

Surfacing  Stringers.  All  track  stringers  shall  have  their 
upper  surfaces  brought  to  a  true  plane,  so  that  the  ties  may 
have  an  even  bearing  on  all  the  stringers. 

Elevating  Outer  Rail.  Where  any  framed  or  pile  trestle 
bridge  is  built  on  a  curve,  the  blocking,  or  other  means  for 
elevating  the  outer  rail,  will  be  as  per  detail  plans  furnished 
for  same.  "When  mud  mills  are  used  for  supporting  either  framed 
trestle  bents  or  jack  stringers,  the  soil  shall  be  removed  and  a 
foundation  of  gravel  placed,  all  of  such  a  depth  and  rammed 
in  such  a  manner  as  the  Engineer  shall  direct,  without  cost  to 
the  Company. 

Inspection.  All  rejected  materials  must  be  removed  from 
the  Company's  premises  within  5  days  from  the  date  of  notice 
to  do  so. 

Payment.  The  price  bid  shall  include  the  framing  and  erec- 
tion of  all  the  timber  embodied  in  the  finished  structure  (exclu- 
sive of  the  piling,  which  shall  be  paid  for  as  specified  under 
"Piling").  The  price  shall  include  the  cost  of  hauling  from 
the  railroad  station,  or  wharf,  of  all  the  lumber,  spikes,  bolts, 
washers,  etc.,  furnishing,  framing,  and  erection;  all  to  be  done 
as  shown  on  the  plans  and  described  in  the  specifications. 

PILING 

Quality  and  Dimensions.  All  piles  shall  be  of  young,  straight, 
sound,  and  thrifty  white  oak,  yellow  pine,  or  other  timber  equally 
good  for  the  purposes,  acceptable  to  the  Engineer.  Piling  shall 
be  treated  with  creosoted  oil  where  shown  on  the  plans,  and  shall 
not  be  less  than  14  inches  in  diameter,  2  feet  from  the  butt. 

Piles  having  a  length  of  60  feet  and  over  shall  have  a  diameter 
at  the  point  of  not  less  than  7  inches. 

Piles  having  a  length  of  from  40  to  60  feet  shall  have  a 
diameter  at  the  point  of  not  less  than  7^  inches. 

Piles  having  a  length  of  from  30  to  40  feet  shall  have  a 
diameter  at  the  point  of  not  less  than  10  inches. 

Piles  of  less  length  than  30  feet  shall  have  a  diameter  at 
the  point  of  not  less  than  10  inches,  exclusive  of  the  bark. 
When  sawed  off,  at  no  point  shall  they  be  of  greater  diameter 
than  18  inches.  They  shall  be  so  straight  that  a  line  stretched 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  79 

from  the  center  of  the  pile  at  the  butt  to  the  center  of  the  pile 
at  the  tip  will  not  leave  the  center  of  the  pile  at  any  point  more 
than  2  inches  for  piles  20  feet  long,  4  inches  for  piles  30  feet 
long,  6  inches  for  piles  40  feet  long,  and  8  inches  for  piles  50 
feet  long.  No  short  or  sharp  bends  will  be  allowed.  All  knots 
shall  be  trimmed  close  to  the  body  of  the  pile,  and  the  bark 
peeled  before  placing  the  pile  in  the  leads  of  the  driver. 

Payments.  Piling  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  price  per  linear 
foot,  in  place,  given  in  the  proposal.  No  part  of  the  pile  shall 
be  paid  for  except  that  which  remains  in  the  work. 

Driving  Piles.  All  piles  shall  be  driven  to  a  depth  to  secure 
a  penetration  into  the  underlying  material  satisfactory  to  the 
Engineer.  It  is  probable  that  this  result  can  best  be  obtained 
by  the  use  of  a  water  jet  at  the  bottom  of  the  pile,  the  nozzle  of 
same  being  carried  below  the  point  of  the  pile.  After  piles  shall 
have  been  jetted  to  a  sufficient  depth  to  secure  the  required  stability, 
they  shall  be  driven  until  they  do  not  move  more  than  one-half  inch 
under  the  blow  of  a  hammer  weighing  2000  pounds,  falling  25 
feet  at  the  last  blow.  If  required,  5  additional  blows  from  the 
same  height  shall  then  be  delivered  and  the  pile  shall  then  be  con- 
sidered as  driven,  provided  the  one-kalf-inch  limit  be  not  exceeded 
under  any  of  the  last  5  blows.  They  must  be  driven  vertically, 
excepting  where  batter  piles  are  shown,  and  at  regular  distances 
apart  from  centers,  transversely  and  longitudinally,  as  required 
by  the  plans,  or  directions  of  the  Engineer;  they  must  be  cut 
off  squarely  at  the  butt,  and  be  well  sharpened  to  a  point  or 
cut  squarely  off,  as  the  Engineer  may  direct,  and  the  heads 
shall  be  bound  with  iron  hoops,  of  such  dimensions  as  he  may 
direct,  both  without  additional  cost  to  the  Company.  Where 
batter  piles  are  required,  they  shall  be  driven  at  the  angle  shown 
on  the  plans.  All  piles  when  thus  driven  to  the  required  depth, 
shall  be  cut  off  square  and  horizontal  at  the  proper  height  given 
by  the  Engineer,  and  only  the  actual  number  of  linear  feet  of  the 
pile  left  for  use  in  the  structures,  after  being  driven  and  sawed  off, 
shall  be  paid  for.  No  splits  or  imperfect  piles  will  be  accepted. 
A  follower  of  approved  description  shall  be  used  when  directed 
by  the  Engineer.  Any  open  space  that  may  be  left  around  the 
driven  piles  shall  be  thoroughly  filled  with  beach  sand. 

After  creosoted  piles  have  been  driven  and  cut  off  to  the 
prop»r  height,  the  heads  shall  be  treated  to  an  application  of 
hot.  creosote  oil  of  quality  as  herein  specified,  followed  by  a 
further  application  of  asphalt  thinned  with  oil. 

Price.  The  price  shall  include  the  hauling  of  the  piles  from 
the  point  of  delivery  to  the  point  where  they  are  to  be  driven, 
and  shall  be  per  linear  foot  of  piling  actually  left  in  the  work. 


80 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


Specifications  for  Standard  Piling  * 

Quality  of  Material.  Piling  shall  be  of  white,  post,  or  burr  oak, 
tamarack,  Norway  or  Southern  long-leaf  yellow  pine,  white  or  red  cedar,  red  or 
yellow  Douglas  fir,  or  red  or  swamp  cypress. 

All  piling  shall  be  cut  from  sound  live  trees  of  slow  growth,  firm  grain, 
and  free  from  ring  shakes,  decay,  large  unsound  knots,  or  other  defects 
that  will  impair  their  strength  or  durability.  They  shall  be  butt  cut  above 
the  ground  swell,  and  be  uniformly  tapering  from  the  butt  to  the  point. 
They  shall  be  so  straight  that  a  line  stretched  from  the  center  of  the  pile 
at  the  butt  to  the  center  of  the  pile  at  the  point,  will  not  leave  the  center 
of  the  pile  at  any  point  more  than  2  inches  for  piles  20  feet  long,  4  inches 
for  piles  30  feet  long,  6  inches  for  piles  40  feet  long,  and  8  inches  for  piles 
50  feet  long.  No  short  bends  will  be  allowed.  The  ends  shall  be  cut  square 
and  all  bark,  branches,  and  knots  shall  be  trimmed  off,  finishing  the  pile 
in  a  workmanlike  manner.  The  bark  must  be  peeled  before  placing  the  pile 
in  the  leads  of  the  pile  driver. 

Diameter  of  Piles.  The  diameter  of  piles  after  the  bark  is  peeled  from 
them  shall  be  as  follows  for  the  different  kinds  of  timber: 


H 

fc  fc 

££ 
w^ 

WAY  A 

ARACK 

Bfl 

CEDAK 

REE 
YEL. 
Fi 

OR 

DOUG. 

R. 

M 

*•  PJ 

Il 

13 

§3 

fcH 

|| 

£o 

1 

UNDER 
40' 

OVER 
40' 

Q  ^  S3 
w  £  > 

356 

Maximum  diameter  at  butt 
Minimum  diameter  at  butt 
Min.  diameter  6'  from  butt 
Min.  diameter  at  point  less 
than  30'  long  
Min.     diameter     at     point 
from  31'  to  39'  long  
Min.  diameter  at  point  40' 

12* 
10" 
9* 

n/r 

16* 
14" 

10* 
10* 

18* 
14* 

10* 

9* 

Q" 

14" 

9" 
8* 

oir 

12* 

9* 

8" 

QfT 

18* 
14" 

10" 
10" 

20" 
16" 

16" 
14" 

10" 
9" 

Per  cent  of  heart  

100 

Driving  Piles.  All  piles  shall  be  driven  into  the  hard  bottom  until 
they  do  not  move  more  than  one-half  inch  under  the  blow  of  a  hammer  weighing 
2000  pounds,  falling  25  feet  at  the  last  blow,  or  a  hammer  and  fall  producing 
the  same  mechanical  effect. 

If  required,  five  additional  blows  from  the  same  height  shall  be  delivered, 
and  the  pile  shall  then  be  considered  as  driven,  provided  the  one-half  inch 
limit  be  not  exceeded  under  any  of  the  last  five  blows.  They  must  be 
driven  vertically  except  when  batter  piles  are  shown,  at  regular  distances 
apart  from  centers,  transversely  and  longitudinally,  as  required  by  the  plans 
or  directions  of  the  Engineer. 

They  must  be  cut  off  squarely  at  the  butt,  and  be  well  sharpened  to  a 
point  and,  when  necessary  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  shall  be  shod  with 
approved  wrought-iron  shoes  and  the  heads  bound  with  iron  hoops,  of  such 


*  Summary    of    Specifications    for    Piling    adopted    by    the    American    Railway 
Engineering  and  Maintenance  of  Way  Association. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  81 

dimensions  as  he  may  direct,  both  without  additional  cost  to  the  Company. 
When  batter  piles  are  required  they  shall  be  driven  at  the  angle  required 
on  the  plans,  and  shall  require  but  slight  bending  before  framing.  All 
piles  when  thus  driven  to  the  required  depths,  shall  be  cut  off  truly  square 
and  horizontal  at  the  proper  height,  and  shall  be  so  trimmed  as  to  leave 
no  horizontal  projection  outside  the  cap.  Only  the  actual  number  of  linear  feet 
of  the  pile  left  for  use  in  the  foundation  or  trestle,  after  being  driven  and 
sawed  off,  shall  be  paid  for.  No  split  or  imperfect  piles  will  be  accepted. 

TREATMENT  OF  TIMBER  WITH  CREOSOTE 

Quality,  Size,  etc.,  of  Timber.  Bridge  Timber.  All  bridge  tim- 
ber shall  be  of  Georgia  or  Florida  long-leaf  yellow  pine  and 
must  be  inspected  under  the  Interstate  Rules  of  1905  for  the 
classification  and  inspection  of  yellow  pine  lumber,  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  either  Prime  Inspection  or  Merchantable  Inspec- 
tion, as  may  be  necessary  to  meet  the  conditions  and  which 
will  be  determined  in  advance  when  the  order  is  placed.  All 
bridge  timber  shall  be  treated  with  dead  oil  of  coal  tar,  and 
each  piece  after  treatment  must  contain  not  less  than  12  pounds 
of  oil  per  cubic  foot. 

Piles.  All  piles  shall  be  of  youi|g,  straight,  sound,  and  thrifty 
Carolina  or  short-leaf  yellow  pine,  acceptable  to  the  Engineer, 
and  shall  be  treated  with  creosote  oil  as  herein  specified  as  to 

quality  and  method  of  treatment.  They  shall  be  not  less  than 

inches  in  diameter feet  from  butt,  and  shall  have  a  diameter 

at  the  point  of  not  less  than. inches,  exclusive  of  the  bark. 

Both  the  outside  and  inside  bark  shall  be  thoroughly  and  care- 
fully removed  before  the  piles  are  placed  in  the  cylinder  for 
treatment.  When  sawed  off,  at  no  point  shall  they  be  of  greater 
diameter  than  18  inches;  they  must  be  so  straight  that  the  pile 
at  no  point  deviates  by  more  than  one-half  of  its  diameter  from  a 
straight  line,  and  gradually  tapers  from  end  to  end.  The  ends 
must  be  cut  square  and  all  branches  and  knots  trimmed  off  to 
finish  the  pile  in  a  workmanlike  manner.  All  piles  shall  be  treated 
with  dead  oil  of  coal  tar,  and  each  pile  after  treatment  must 
contain  not  less  than  12  pounds  of  oil  per  cubic  foot. 

Crossties.  All  crossties  shall  be  of  Georgia  or  Florida  long- 
leaf  yellow  pine  of  such  quality  as  shall  satisfy  the  requirements 
of  Standard  Inspection  according  to  the  Interstate  Rules  of  1905. 

They  shall  be long, thick,  and in  width.  Ties  shall 

be  sawed  or  hewn  smooth  on  four  sides,  with  the  faces  true  and 
parallel;  free  from  deep  score  marks,  splinters,  and  other  inju- 
rious inequalities  of  surface;  and  shall  be  sawed  square.  The 
variation  in  thickness  shall  not  be  more  than  one-half  inch,  and  in 
length  not  more  than  1  inch.  Ties  shall  be  treated  with  dead 


82  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

.oil  of  coal  tar  and  each  tie  after  treatment  must  contain  not 
less  than  10  pounds  of  oil  per  cubic  foot. 

Switch  Ties.  All  switch  ties  shall  be  of  Georgia  or  Florida 
long-leaf  yellow  pine  of  such  quality  as  shall  satisfy  the  require- 
ments of  Standard  Inspection  according  to  the  Interstate  Rules 
of  1905.  Switch  ties  shall  be  treated  with  dead  oil  of  coal  tar, 
and  each  piece  after  treatment  must  contain  not  less  than  10 
pounds  of  oil  per  cubic  foot. 

Treatment.  Steaming.  It  is  preferred  that  the  timber  shall 
be  thoroughly  air  seasoned  for  90  days  before  treating ;  that  which 
-is '  not  thoroughly  seasoned  shall  be  steamed.  To  obtain  the 
removal  of  sap  and  water  and  to  open  the  pores  of  the  wood, 
the  timber  shall  be  subjected  to  the  direct  action  of  live  steam 
admitted  to  the  treating  cylinder  under  a  pressure  of  not  less 
.than. 20  pounds  and  not  to  exceed  30  pounds  per  square  inch,  as 
recorded  by  a  steam  gage  attached  to  the  treating  cylinder 
(which  pressure  must  be  sustained  within  the  cylinder  for  from 
.30  to  50  minutes).  The  pressure  and  time  of  steaming  shall  be 
.regulated,  according  to  the  size  and  condition  of  the  stock  used. 
The  time  of  steaming  shall  range  from  2  to  6  hours,  depending 
•on  the  character  and  condition  of  the  timber.  The  cylinder  shall 
be  frequently  drained  by  a  valve  located  at  its  lowest  point. 
The  timer  used  in  any  one  cylinder  charge  shall  all  be  of  the  same 
class,  kind,  and  quality;  that  is  to  say,  any  one  cylinder  charge 
shall  be  exclusively  long-leaf,  short-leaf,  or  loblolly  pine,  and 
in  no  case  shall  these  be  mixed. 

Injection.  When,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  the  timber 
shall  have  undergone  the  steaming  process  for  a  sufficient  length 
of  time,  a  vacuum  shall  be  created  in  the  cylinder,  the  tempera- 
ture being  at  all  times  maintained  above  the  boiling  point.  A 
vacuum  of  from  22  to  26  inches  shall  continue  for  from  1  to  6 
hours,  or  until  the  timber  has  been  thoroughly  seasoned  and 
no  sap  or  moisture  comes  from  or  remains  in  the  cylinder.  During 
this  vacuum  process  the  lumber  in  the  cylinder  shall  be  kept  at 
a  temperature  of  about  175°  F.  by  means  of  steam  coils  in  the 
cylinder.  While  the  above  vacuum  is  maintained,  the  oil,  as 
herein  specified,  shall  be  admitted  to  the  cylinder  under  pressure 
at  a  temperature  of  at  least  175°  F.  and  the  pressure  pump  shall 
be  kept  in  operation  until  the  timber  has  absorbed  the  pre- 
scribed amount  of  oil  per  cubic  foot,  the  same  to  be  determined 
by  such  system  of  measurements  and  tests  as  the  Engineer  shall 
elect.  When  the  cylinder  is  nearly  full,  the  valve  leading  to  the 
vacuum  pump  shall  be  closed  and  the  oil  slowly  forced  into  the 
cylinder  and  the  pressure  maintained  until  the  wood  has  absorbed 
the  required  amount. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTEACTS  83 

If,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Inspector,  a  better  and  more 
satisfactory  treatment  can  be  obtained  by  breaking  the  vacuum 
before  filling  the  cylinder  with  the  creosote  oil,  and  then  forcing 
the  oil  into  the  wood  with  pressure,  the  Inspector  shall  have  the 
power  to  order  such  method  of  injecting  with  creosote  oil.  This 
is  not  intended  to  obviate  or  relieve  the  necessity  of  applying 
the  final  air  pressure  as  hereinafter  provided. 

After  releasing  the  pressure  and  emptying  the  cylinder  of  oil, 
air  pressure  in  excess  of  the  oil  pressure  shall  Ipe  applied,  to 
render  the  penetration  more  perfect  and  make  the  outside  of 
the  timber  cleaner  and  drier.. 

The  entire  charge  of  timber  shall  absorb  the  oil  to  a  depth 
of  not  less  than  2  inches  on  all  exposed  surfaces.  Such 
pieces  as  fail  to  receive  the  required  penetration  shall  be  re- 
turned to  the  chamber  with  a  subsequent  charge  for  further 
treatment. 

Oil.  The  oil  used  in  treatment  shall  be  a  dead  oil  of  coal  tar 
commonly  known  as  creosote  oil,  and  shall  be  the  best  obtainable 
grade  of  coal  tar  creosote.  Its  specific  gravity  shall  not  be  less 
than  1.04  at  35°  C.  It  shall  not  contain  more  than  2J%  of 
water.  Compensation,  by  the  injection  of  a  proportionately  larger 
amount  of  oil  into  the  timber  being  treated,  for  a  greater  amount 
of  water  in  the  oil  will  not  be  allowed.  The  oil  shall  be  com- 
pletely liquid  at  38°  C.  and  must  be  free  from  suspended 
matter.  It  shall  yield  not  more  than  10%  by  weight  when  dis- 
tilled up  to  210°  C.  Between  210°  and  235°  C.,  the  dis- 
tillate by  weight  shall  not  be  less  than  25%  or  more  than  30%, 
and  at  least  30%  weight  shall  not  distill  below  260°  C.  The 
oil  must  be  free  from  acetic  acid  and  acetates,  and  the  residue 
above  355°  C.,  if  it  exceeds  5%  in  quality,  must  be  soft. 
The  sample  of  oil  for  test  shall  be  taken  from  the  side  and  near 
the  middle  of  the  treating  cylinder,  after  the  pump  has  begun 
the  injection  of  oil.  During  the  analysis  of  the  oil,  the  ther- 
mometer bulb  shall  be  kept  about  one-eighth  of  an  inch  above  the 
surface  of  oil  in  the  retort. 

Loading.  The  timber  shall  be  piled  on  the  treating  trucks  in 
such  manner  as  to  give  all  sides  of  the  timber  access  to  the  creo- 
sote oil.  All  pieces  treated  in  any  one  cylinder  load  shall  be  of 
uniform  character  and  sectional  dimensions.  Both  the  outside 
and  inside  bark  shall  be  'carefully  removed  from  all  piling  before 
it  is  placed  in  the  treating  cylinder.  If  any  of  the  timber,  fur- 
nished under  contract,  is  acceptable  to  the  purchaser  and  con- 
tains less  than  the  prescribed  amount  of  dead  oil  of  coal  tar  per 
cubic  foot,  the  Contractor  agrees  to  make  an  allowance  on  each 
piece  of  4imber  equal  to  the  difference  in  the  quantity  of  oil 


84  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTEACTS 

contained  in  each  piece  and  the  prescribed  amount  per  cubic 
foot  at  the  rate  of  ten  (10)  cents  per  gallon. 

Inspection.  The  timber  before  treatment  and  the  method  of 
treatment  shall  be  subject  to  the  inspection  of  such  inspectors 
as  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Purchaser,  and  he  shall  be  afforded, 
free  of  charge,  every  facility  for  performing  such  inspection. 
The  Contractor  shall,  upon  the  request  of  the  Inspector,  furnish 
the  Purchaser  with  samples  of  the  oil  being  used,  and  shall 
allow  the  Inspector  at  any  time  to  take  such  samples  of  oil  for 
testing  as  he  may  require.  The  Contractor  shall  grant  to  the 
Purchaser  or  his  inspectors  access  at  all  reasonable  times  to  all 
of  the  records  of  the  works  pertaining  to  the  treatment  of  timber 
for  the  Purchaser. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide  and  install  such  apparatus  as  is 
necessary  to  enable  the  Inspector  to  determine  the  amount  of 
oil  absorbed  by  the  timber,  this  amount  being  based  upon  gage 
readings  taken  before  the  introduction  of  the  oil  into  the  cylin- 
der and  after  the  forcing  back  of  the  oil  after  treatment;  also 
to  determine  the  various  temperatures  and  pressures  required, 
and  to  examine  the  products  of  the  vacuum. 

The  Inspector  shall*  be  allowed,  if  he  desires,  the  use  of  the 
laboratory  and  the  apparatus  therein  for  making  such  distilla- 
tion tests  as  he  may  require,  and  for  the  inspection  of  such  opera- 
tion in  connection  with  the  work. 

Should  he  desire  to  ascertain  the  depth  of  penetration  of  oil 
in  any  timber,  a  five-eighths-inch  auger  must  be  furnished  to  enable 
him  to  bore  such  timber,  and  he  shall  be  at  liberty,  if  he  so  desires, 
and  without  cost  to  the  Purchaser,  to  saw  in  two  one  tie  from 
each  500  ties  under  treatment,  to  ascertain  the  quality  of  the  work 
being  done. 

Inspection  and  acceptance,  or  lack  of  inspection  and  lack  of 
acceptance  or  rejections,  on  the  part  of  the  Purchaser,  or  his 
inspectors,  shall  not  be  any  bar  to  subsequent  rejection  for  cause. 

Method  of  Distillation.  In  making  the  tests  the  oil  shall  be 
distilled  according  to  the  common  method;  that  is,  using  an 
8-ounce  asbestos-covered  retort  with  standard  thermometer  bulb 
one-half  inch  above  the  surface  of  the  oil ;  the  creosote  calculated  on 
the  basis  of  the  dry  oil  shall  give  the  distillates  as  above  required 
at  the  various  temperatures. 

IRON  WORK  FOR  TIMBER  TRESTLES 

Iron  Work.  All  bolts  and  nuts  shall  be  of  wrought  iron. 
Wrought  iron  shall  be  double  rolled,  of  the  best  quality  of  Amer- 
ican refined  iron,  tough,  fibrous,  ductile,  and  capable  of  standing 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  85 

a  tensile  strain  of  48,000  pounds  per  square  inch  before  rup- 
ture, and  an  elongation  of  22%  in  8  inches,  with  fracture 
wholly  fibrous.  It  shall  bend  cold  with  the  fiber  through  180° 
around  a  diameter  not  greater  than  twice  the  thickness  of  the 
specimen  tested,  without  fracture  on  the  outside  of  the  bent 
portion.  When  nicked  and  bent,  the  fracture  shall  show  at  least 
90%  fibrous. 

Cast  Iron.  All  castings  shall  be  tough,  close-grained  gray 
iron,  sound,  smooth,  clean;  free  from  cold  shuts,  blowholes, 
blisters,  and  all  defects;  and  shall  be  made  accurately  to  the 
dimensions  shown  on  the  plans.  Sample  pieces,  1  inch  square, 
cast  from  the  same  heat  of  metal  in  sand  molds,  shall  be  capable 
of  sustaining,  on  a  clear  span  of  12  inches,  a  central  load  of 
2400  pounds  when  tested  in  the  rough  bar.  A  blow  from  a 
hammer  shall  produce  an  indentation  on  a  rectangular  edge  of 
the  casting  without  flaking  the  metal. 

Cast  Washers.  Cast  washers  shall  be  of  cast  iron.  The  diam- 
eter shall  be  not  less  than  3J  times  the  diameter  of  the  bolt  for 
which  it  is  used,  and  its  thickness  shall  be  equal  to  the  diameter 
of  the  bolt ;  the  diameter  of  the  hole  shall  be  one-eighth  inch  larger 
than  the  diameter  of  the  bolt.  * 

Wrought  Washers.  Wrought  washers  shall  be  of  wrought 
iron  or  steel;  the  diameter  shall  be  not  less  than  3J  times  the 
diameter  of  the  bolt  for  which  it  is  used,  and  not  less  than  one- 
fourth  inch  thick.  The  hole  shall  be  one-eighth  inch  larger  than  the 
diameter  of  the  bolt. 

Bolts.  Bolts  shall  be  made  with  square  heads,  standard  size, 
the  length  of  the  thread  to  be  2-|  times  the  diameter  of  the  bolt. 
The  nuts  shall  be  made  square,  standard  size,  with  threads  fit- 
ting closely  the  thread  of  the  bolt.  All  threads  shall  be  cut 
according  to  the  United  States  standard.  Drift  bolts  shall  have 
square  heads  and  chisel  points. 

Spikes.  Steel  wire  spikes  may  be  used  up  to  a  length  of  6 
inches ;  where  greater  lengths  are  required,  wrought  iron  or  steel 
shall  be  used. 

TRACK  LAYING 
HANDLING  SUPPLIES 

Work  to  Be  Performed,  The  work  to  be  performed  will 
consist  of  furnishing  all  material  (except  rails,  angle  bars,  bolts, 
frogs,  mates,  switches,  spikes,  and  electrical  bonds  and  ties, 
which  will  be  furnished  by  the  railroad  company,  f .  o.  b.  cars  on 

siding  at ),  all  tools,  machinery,  and  apparatus; 

the  doing  of  all  the  work  necessary  for  the  efficient  construction 


86  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

-of  a  railroad  with  passing  sidings,  as  called  for  by  these  speci- 
fications and  the  requirements  of  the  Engineer;  and  in  accord- 
ance with  the  plans  and  drawings,  leaving  the  whole  work  in  a 
finished  and  perfect  condition  in  every  respect,  from  a  point 
near at on  the Rail- 
road, known  as  station ,  to  a  point  in 

,  near  the ,  as  located  over  the 

right  of  way  of  said  railroad  company  for  a  distance  of 
miles. 

Delivery  of  Materials.  The  railroad  company  will  furnish  the 

material  above  specified,  f.  o.  b.  cars  on  siding  at 

Upon  the  arrival  of  the  carloads  of  material,  the  railroad  com- 
pany will  turn  over  to  the  Contractor  the  bills  of  lading  covering 
the  material,  and  the  Contractor  will  then  be  held  responsible 
for  the  inspection  as  to  count  and  accounting  for  the  material. 

Unloading  Cars.  The  Contractor  will  be  required  to  remove 
from  the  cars,  promptly  on  their  arrival,  all  material,  and  will 
be  held  responsible  for  any  demurrage  arising  from  his  failure 
promptly  to  remove  the  material  from  said  cars.  The  materials 
shall  be  piled  in  such  a  manner  and  at  such  points  as  the 
Engineer  shall  prescribe. 

Sub-Delivery.  The  Contractor  will  be  required,  at  his  own 
cost  and  expense,  to  furnish  and  provide  all  labor  and  appliances 
required  for  handling  and  sub-delivery  of  all  materials  furnished 
him  by  the  Company. 

Material  on  Hand.  The  Contractor  must  at  all  times  keep 
such  a  record  of  materials  on  hand,  and  of  their  location,  that 
he  will  know  whether  he  is  supplied  with  sufficient  material  to 
complete  the  work  in  accordance  with  the  specifications,  as  no 
additional  time  will  be  allowed  the  Contractor  to  complete  his 
work  by  reason  of  his  learning  at  too  late  a  time  that  additional 
material  is  required  to  complete  the  work  within  the  time  speci- 
fied. All  materials  delivered  along  the  line  of  the  proposed  rail- 
road before  the  completion  of  the  grading  shall  be  placed  outside 
the  line  of  the  slope  stakes. 

PREPARING  ROADBED 

Grading.  Before  a  tie  is  laid,  and  just  before  the  track  laying 
is  begun,  a  small  gang  of  experienced  graders  shall  go  ahead  of 
the  tie  layers  with  the  engineer  corps,  who  will  give  the  grades 
and  the  superelevation  of  the  curves. 

The  graders,  in  charge  of  a  competent  foreman,  must  be  pro- 
vided with  the  necessary  sight  boards,  and  other  tools  and  imple- 
.ments  required,  and  must  carefully  level  off  the  surface  of  the 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  87 

roadbed  to  the  grade  stakes  set  for  same,   and  no  indifferent 
leveling  of  grading  will  be  allowed. 

No  blocking  up  under  crossties,  with  timber  or  broken  rock, 
will  be  allowed. 

LAYING  THE  TRACK 

Ties.  The  ties  shall  be  spaced  so  as  to  give  16  ties  to  each 
33  feet  of  rail.  At  rail  joints  the  ties  shall  be  spaced  18  inches 
between  centers.  On  tangents  they  shall  be  laid  truly  at  right 
angles  to  the  rails,  while  on  curves  they  shall  be  laid  radially, 
and  the  ends  lined  up  parallel  with  the  rails  on  the  side  of  the 
track  which  the  Engineer  may  direct.  The  ties  must  not  be 
notched  under  any  circumstances,  but  should  they  be  twisted, 
they  must  be  made  true  with  the  adz,  in  order  that  the  rails 
may  have  an  even  hearing  over  the  whole  breadth  of  the  tie. 

Rails.  Bending.  If  the  rails  are  bent  in  handling  they  shall 
be  perfectly  straightened  before  being  laid  in  the  track.  Rails 
used  on  sharp  curves  shall  be  curved  in  a  bending  machine  accu- 
rately and  truly  to  ordinates,  which  will  be  furnished  by  the 
Assistant  Engineer.  In  no  case  will  forcing,  springing,  or  sledging 
the  rails  be  allowed. 

Laying.  To  avoid  bad  joints  an8  short  rails,  the  track  laying 
shall  proceed  from  the  ends  of  the  road  and  it  shall  be  continuous 
for  the  entire  length  of  the  same.  The  rails  shall  be  laid  to  the 
stakes  given  by  the  Engineer,  and  on  curves  they  must  be  bent 
to  the  proper  curvature  before  being  laid  upon  the  ties.  On 
tangents  the  rails  shall  be  level,  and  on  curves  the  proper  eleva- 
tion must  be  given  to  the  outer  rail  and  carried  uniformly  around 
the  curve.  This  elevation  shall  be  commenced  from  50  to  200 
feet  back  of  the  point  of  curvature  as  directed  by  the  Engineer 
and,  depending  on  the  degree  of  the  curve,  shall  be  increased 
uniformly  to  the  latter  point,  where  the  full  elevation  is  attained. 
On  curves  sharper  than  4  degrees,  an  additional  spike  shall  be 
put  on  the  outside  of  the  outer  rail. 

Spiking.  There  must  be  four  spikes  to  each  crosstie — two 
inside  and  two  outside  of  the  rails;  they  must  be  driven  with  a 
proper  amount  of  " stagger",  so  as  to  avoid  splitting  the  cross- 
ties  ;  and  the  two  inside  spikes  must  be  driven  in  the  same  edge 
of  tie,  so  as  to  keep  the  tie  at  right  angles  to  the  track.  In 
driving  spikes  on  the  gage  side,  care  must  be  taken  to  place  the 
gage  at  right  angles  with  the  rail.  The  spikes  must  be  driven 
as  nearly  perpendicularly  as  possible ;  and  not  more  than  4  inches 
from  center  to  center  of  spike  on  a  line  parallel  with  the  rail; 
and  no  blow  must  be  struck  after  the  head  of  the  spike  is  fairly 
down  on  the  rail  flange.  Great  care  must  also  be  taken  not  to 


88  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

strike  the  rail,  and  none  but  experienced  and  expert  spikers  must 
be  employed  on  the  work. 

Joints.  The  joints  of  the  rails  shall  be  exactly  at  the  middle 
of  the  joint  ties,  and  the  joint  on  the  one  line  of  rail  shall  be 
opposite  the  middle  of  the  rail  on  the  other  line  of  rail  of  the 
same  track.  A  distance  must  be  left  between  the  ends  of  the 
rails  to  allow  for  expansion;  in  winter  five-sixteenths  of  an  inch, 
in  summer  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch.  The  use  of  iron  shims  for 
securing  this  spacing  will  be  imperatively  insisted  upon,  and  the 
Contractor  must  provide  himself  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  them, 
of  the  thickness  above  specified.  Joints  on  or  within  4  feet  of 
cattle  guards  or  open  culverts  must  be  avoided  wherever  possible. 
Care  must  be  taken  to  place  the  angle  bars  squarely  in  position. 
The  head  of  the  bolts  must  be  struck  with  a  2-pound  hammer,  while 
pressure  is  applied  with  a  30-inch  wrench  to  tighten  the  bolt..  The 
gage  of  the  track  shall  not  vary  more  than  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch 
from  the  standard  of  this  railroad,  which  is  4  feet  8J  inches.  The 
gage  shall  be  widened  on  curves,  if  directed  by  the  Engineer, 
but  not  otherwise.  Such  elevation  shall  be  given  to  the  outer 
rail  on  curves  as  the  Engineer  shall  direct. 

Bonding.  All  the  joints  of  the  track  rails  shall  be  single 
bonded  with  the  Improved  Open  Double  Electric  Protected  Rail 
Bonds  having  a  capacity  equal  to  No.  0000  B.  &  S.  gage  round 
copper  wire. 

The  rail  drilling  to  receive  the  bonds  must  be  performed  on 
the  ground  and  all  holes  carefully  cleaned  out  and  the  bond 
terminals  thoroughly  polished  so  as  to  form  a  perfect  contact 
of  the  entire  circumference  of  the  terminal  of  the  bond  with 
the  rail.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  disturb  the  bond  after  it  is 
put  in  place. 

Special  Work.  In  laying  switches,  frogs,  mates,  and  other 
special  work,  care  shall  be  taken  to  place  them  accurately  in  the 
position  determined  by  the  Engineer.  The  gage  at  switches,  on 
tangent,  shall  be  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  tight.  If  the  special  work 
does  not  appear  to  fit,  no  attempt  whatever  shall  be  made  to  force 
it,  except  by  direction  of  the  Engineer.  Special  work  shall  be 
laid  on  ties  specially  provided  for  the  purpose,  which  shall  be 
so  laid  as  to  give  a  firm  and  a  continuous  bearing  upon  the 
ballast.  Particular  attention  should  be  given  to  having  them 
well  lined  up  to  avoid  low  joints  at  the  head  blocks  of  switches. 
Guard  rails  shall  be  used  on  curves  sharper  than  9  degrees,  and 
at  turnouts;  they  shall  be  of  proper  length,  and  properly  ad- 
justed and  securely  fastened.  Plans  of  switch  stands,  frogs,  and 
fixtures  will  be  furnished,  showing  minor  details  of  placing  in 
position,  etc.,  or  instructions  of  the  Engineer  shall  be  followed. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  89 

Joints  Tightened.  After  the  surfacing  has  heen  completed 
the  joints  shall  be  carefully  gone  over  and  tightened  up  as 
described  under  "Joints". 

Maintenance  Before  Acceptance.  Before  any  construction 
car  or  engine  is  allowed  to  run  over  the  rails,  the  track  must 
be  lined  and  so  firmly  tamped  to  a  good  level  that  there  shall  be 
no  chance  of  straining  or  bending  the  rails.  Material  for  tamping 
must  not  be  dug  out  of  embankments  or  bermes,  nor  shall  any 
material  be  taken  from  the  side  slopes  of  cuts  in  such  way  as  to 
disfigure  them.  When  track  material  is  being  hauled  by  the 
Contractor's  trains  over  track  already  laid,  such  track  shall  be 
kept  in  good  line  and  surface  by  the  Contractor.  The  Contractor 
shall  maintain  and  keep  the  track  in  good  repair  until  the  same 
is  accepted,  and  no  length  of  track  shall  be  accepted  and  taken 
off  the  hands  of  the  Contractor,  except  at  the  option  of  the 
Engineer,  until  the  whole  shall  have  been  completed. 

Measurement  of  Track  for  Payment.  In  making  payment  for 
track  laying,  all  measurements  shall  be  made  per  linear  foot  of 
single  track,  measured  on  the  center  line;  and  where  turnouts 
occur  the  measurement  shall  be  made  once  on  the  main  track 
and  again  on  the  turnout  from  the  .point  of  switch  of  the  turn- 
out to  be  measured.  At  steam  or  electric  road  crossings,  measure- 
ments shall  be  made  once  on  the  main  track  a*d  again  on  the 
line  of  the  intersecting  road.  The  price  for  track  laying  shall 
include  the  unloading  and  hauling  of  materials;  the  placing  of 
ties,  rails,  angle  bars,  and  special  work;  and  the  bending,  bolting, 
spiking,  lining,  and  ballasting  of  the  same. 

BALLASTING 

Gravel  Ballast.  Gravel  shall  be  clean,  free  from  clay,  earth, 
loam,  and  stones  larger  than  would  pass  through  a  2^-inch  ring 
in  any  direction ;  it  must  not  contain  more  than  one-third  sand,  and 
shall  be  subject  to  the  inspection  and  acceptance  of  the  Engineer. 

Cinder  Ballast.  Cinder  ballast  shall  be  free  from  all  objection- 
able materials  and  of  a  quality  approved  by  the  Engineer. 

Broken  Stone.  Stone  ballast  shall  consist  of  clean  broken 
granite,  trap,  or  other  hard  stone,  to  be  approved  by  the  Engi- 
neer, and  must  be  crushed  so  that  its  greatest  dimension  will 
pass  through  a  2J-inch  ring. 

Lining.  After  the  rails  have  been  spiked  to  the  ties,  the 
entire  track  must  be  raised  to  the  finished  grade  and  carefully 
aligned  to  the  stakes  given  by  the  Engineer.  The  space  under 
the  ties  must  then  be  filled  with  ballast  of  approved  quality, 
satisfactory  to  the  Engineer.  Care  must  be  taken  in  raising  the 


90  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

track  and  tamping  same  not  to  deform  the  rails,  splice  bars,  or 
bonds.  The  space  between  the  ties  shall  be  filled  with  ballast 
to  the  lines  and  slopes  as  shown  on  the  standard  section  of 
roadbed. 

Tamping.  The  ties  shall  be  tamped  from  15  inches  inside  the 
rail  to  the  ends  of  the  ties;  if  possible,  tamp  the  ends  of  the  tie 
outside  the  rail  first  and  allow  the  material  train  to  pass  over 
it  before  tamping  the  inside  of  the  rail,  giving  special  attention 
to  tamping  under  the  rail;  tamp  the  center  of  the  tie  loosely 
with  a  shovel  when  using  gravel  or  cinder  ballast;  where  stone 
ballast  is  used,  do  not  tamp  the  center  of  the  tie.  Ties  must  be 
tamped  solidly  from  the  end,  using  tamping  bar  or  tamping  pick, 
as  the  Engineer  may  direct.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  disturb 
the  roadbed.  When  gravel  ballast  is  used  it  shall  be  firmly 
packed  or  rammed  between  the  ties  to  the  prescribed  slope,  so 
that  it  will  readily  shed  the  water  and  shall  not  be  banked  above 
the  bottom  of  the  ends  of  the  ties ;  a  space  of  not  less  than  1  inch 
shall  be  left  between  the  top  of  the  ballast  and  the  base  of  the 
rail  to  allow  the  water  to  run  off  readily,  care  being  taken  to 
carry  the  ballast  in  the  middle  of  the  track  to  the  full  height 
shown  in  the  standard  drawings. 

SURFACING 

I  .        '  -    -  £       -  ''•-  r-  .-  ?      «.2*      «^   --.  •     -  "  -  ".  ''  *w*        ^  i  ;     .v 

.,.  .-  L'**,fif."'<  *.:•:        £t\.-   --       Wrv  ii  -  ";        •-•  **    -- 

Every  care  shall  be  taken  to  maintain  the  crown  of  the  road- 
bed in  the  center  as  shown  on  the  standard  drawings  and,  when 
the  condition  of  the  roadbed^  on  account  of  washing  or  settle- 
ment, does  not  allow  of  the  exact  depth  of  ballast  beneath  the 
ties,  the  Contractor  shall  make  the  necessary  excavation  or  fill 
without  cost  to  the  Company.  Should  any  material  for  ballast 
be  taken  out  of  the  side  slopes  of  cuts,  it  must  be  done  in  such  a 
way  as  not  to  disfigure  them.  Material  for  ballast  shall  not  be 
taken  from  embankments.  In  surfacing,  the  level  board  shall  be 
used,  at  head,  at  joints,  at  quarters,  and  at  centers.  After  the 
completion  of  surfacing,  all  materials  that  shall  have  been  allowed 
to  accumulate  in  the  ditches  on  either  side  of  the  roadbed,  shall 
be  removed,  and  the  road  properly  ditched  and  cleaned  up.  All 
necessary  cross  drains  shall  be  laid  at  proper  intervals. 

GENERAL   SPECIFICATIONS    FOR   CROSSTIES 

Timber.  Crossties  will  be  accepted  of  the  following  varieties 
of  timber :  Oaks  of  the  various  kinds  known  as  white,  rock,  and 
post  (no  red  oak  will  be  received),  second  growth  white  chestnut, 
cherry,  maple,  butternut,  tamarack,  and  yellow  pine  of  the  long- 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS          91 

leaf,  Southern  hard-pine  variety,  cut  from  untapped  trees  and 
grown  not  north  of  South  Carolina. 

Sizes.  First  Class.  First  class  crossties  shall  be  8J  feet  in 
length,  7  inches  in  thickness,  and  not  less  than  7  inches  in  width 
of  face  on  both  sides  at  the  small  end. 

Second  Class.  Second  class  crossties  shall  be  8  feet  in  length, 
6  inches  in  thickness,  and  not  less  than  6  inches  in  width  of  face 
on  both  sides  at  the  small  end;  and  in  each  class  there  must  be  at 
least  one-fourth  of  the  whole  number  that  are  not  less  than  9 
inches  in  width  of  face. 

Manufacture.  All  ties  must  be  made  from  sound,  thrifty,  live 
or  green  timber ;  free  from  loose  or  rotten  knots,  wormholes,  dry 
rot,  wind-shakes,  splits,  or  any  other  imperfections  affecting  the 
strength  or  durability  of  the  timber. 

Not  more  than  1  inch  of  sapwood  will  be  allowed  on  the  edges 
or  corners,  and  none  at  all  on  either  face  of  the  ties.  They  must 
be  hewed  or  sawed  with  the  faces  perfectly  true  and  parallel, 
of  the  exact  thickness  specified.  The  faces  must  be  "out  of 
wind",  smooth,  and  free  from  any  inequalities  of  surface,  deep 
score  marks,  or  splinters.  The  ties  must  be  cut  or  sawed  square 
on  the  ends  to  the  exact  lengths  given;  they  must  be  generally 
straight  in  all  directions;  and  they  will  not  be  accepted  if  more 
than  3  inches  out  of  straight  in  any  direction ;  and  they  must 
be  peeled  or  stripped  entirely  free  from  the  bark  before  being 
delivered.  No  split  ties  will  be  accepted  under  any  circum- 
stances, and  "culls"  only  at  the  option  of  the  Company  and  at  - 
such  prices  as  may  be  agreed  upon  from  time  to  time. 

Delivery.  All  ties  delivered  along  the  line  of  the  railway 
must  be  stacked  up  in  neat  square  stacks  of  50  ties  in  each,  swith 
alternate  layers  crossing  each  other,  and  on  ground,  wherever 
possible,  as  high  or  higher  than  the  grade  of  the  railroad,  and  in 
such  position  as  to  admit  of  being  counted  and  inspected  with 
ease  and  facility.  Ties  delivered  at  suitable  and  convenient 
places,  acceptable  to  the  Company,  will  be  inspected,  and  bills 
made  for  all  ties  received  and  accepted  up  to  the  last  day  of 
each  month,  and  payment  will  be  made  for  same  on  or  about  the 

.day  of  the  succeeding  month. 


ii 


S  §• 

w  I 


O     -3 


CIVIL   ENGINEERING    SPECIFICA- 
TIONS AND  CONTRACTS 


PAET  II 


TYPICAL  ILLUSTRATIVE  SPECIFICATIONS 

(Continued) 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  OVERHEAD  CONSTRUCTION 
OF  AN  ELECTRIC  RAILWAY 

Materials  Furnished  by  the  Company.  The  Company  will 

furnish  f.  o.b.  cars City,  all  poles  and  trimmings, 

span  wire,  trolley  wire,  and  overhead  construction  materials 
with  the  exception  of  solder,  tape,  and  paint. 

Contractor's  Obligations.  The  Contractor  shall  remove  from 
railroad  stations  all  poles  and  overhead  materials,  and  shall  store 
and  protect  same,  and  be  responsible  for  their  safe  keeping.  The 
Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  demurrage  accruing  from 
neglect  to  remove  the  materials  from  the  cars  promptly.  The 
Contractor  shall  furnish  all  labor,  tools,  and  appliances  for  the 
complete  erection  of  the  overhead  construction. 

Poles.  The  poles  shall  be  of  iron,  28  feet  long,  weighing 
approximately  600  pounds.  They  shall  be  made  of  7-,  6-,  and 
5-inch  section  of  pipe,  telescoped  and  swedged  together. 

Setting.  The  Company  will  furnish  permits  for  the  erection 
of  poles  located  as  shown  on  the  plans.  The  Contractor  shall  set 
poles  6  feet  in  the  ground  in  1-3-6  Portland  cement  concrete, 
in  holes  not  less  than  18  inches  in  diameter.  Poles  shall  be  set 
with  a  rake  of  8  inches,  on  straight  track,  away  from  the  line 
of  strain.  On  curves,  poles  shall  be  set  with  a  rake  of  14  inches. 
In  case  water  is  found  in  pole  holes,  the  lower  portion  of  the 
hole  must  be  protected  by  sinking  a  barrel,  or  by  other  similar 
precaution.  Before  poles  are  placed  in  concrete,  they  shall  be 
given  one  coat  of  approved  asphalt  paint  for  the  lower  7  feet. 
Asphalt  paint  shall  be  furnished  by  the  Contractor. 

All  pavements,  awnings,  water,  gas,  or  sewer  pipes,  or  other 
structures  damaged  during  the  erection  of  the  poles  must  be 

93 


94  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

replaced  in  as  good  condition  as  found,  at  the  Contractor's 
expense. 

On  completion  of  work,  the  poles  shall  be  painted  with  one 
coat  of  lead  and  oil  paint,  of  approved  color.  The  paint  shall 
be  supplied  by  the  Contractor. 

Span  Construction.  The  entire  line  shall  be  of  span  con- 
struction. The  span  wires  shall  consist  of  seven-strand  five-six- 
teenths-inch galvanized  steel  cable ;  and  the  spans  shall  be  secured 
to  the  poles  by  double-bolt  pole  rings.  At  each  end  of  the  span  wire 
there  shall  be  put  in  a  globe  strain  insulator  which  shall  connect 
with  the  outer  bolt  of  the  pole  band.  The  spans  shall  be  drawn  taut 
and  the  ends  shall  be  made  up  to  the  strains.  At  all  curves  the 
pull-off  wires  shall  be  secured  to  an  anchor  pole  with  a  heavy 
band ;  a  turnbuckle  and  a  heavy  insulated  strain  shall  be  put  in 
between  the  pull-off  wires  and  the  pole.  Each  pull-off  wire  shall 
have  in  addition  to  this  insulation  a  giant  strain  insulator  at  the 
pull-off  fitting.  Wherever  pull-off  wires  cross  the  main  trolley 
wire,  they  shall  be  secured  to  the  cross  wire  with  standard 
soldered  ear  and  bell  insulator. 

Trolley  Wire.  Trolley  wire  shall  be  No.  0000  B.  &  S.  gage 
round  copper  wire.  At  terminals  wire  shall  be  secured  to  poles 
through  heavy  double  strain  insulators  and  bridled  to  terminal 
poles.  Trolley  wire  shall  be  strung  tight  and  shall  be  at  least  20  feet 
from  the  track,  except  at  railroad  crossings,  where  it  must  be  22 
feet  from  the  track.  At  each  side  of  all  railroad  crossings  there 
shall  be  installed  a  strain  ear  secured  to  an  extra  span  wire  run 
above  regular  span  wire,  with  globe  strain  insulation  in  the 
bridle.  Trolley  wire  must  be  located  in  the  true  center  of  the 
track  on  a  straight  track,  and  at  all  curves  it  must  be  so  pulled 
over  that  the  trolley  wheel  on  the  car  will  always  stay  on  the  wire. 

The  insulated  hangers  shall  be  the  Keystone  bell  type.  The 
ears  shall  be  deep-grooved  milled  ears,  soldered  to  the  wire. 
Great  care  must  be  used  in  soldering;  flux  used  shall  be  Yeager 
soldering  salt  or  its  equal. 

Frogs  and  Lightning  Arresters.  The  Contractor  shall  install 
all  of  the  necessary  frogs  over  special  work ;  install  the  neces- 
sary insulated  crossings  at.- --Avenue;  and  install  4 

lightning  arresters  attached  to  the  poles  and  the  necessary  single 
No.  0  B.  &  S.  gage  wire  in  connections  from  same  to  the  track. 
These  lightning  arrester  lead  wires  are  to  be  brought  down  inside 
the  pole,  through  a  hole  bored  in  the  pole  below  the  pave- 
ment line,  and  the  wires  shall  be  connected  to  the  cross  bond  in 
the  track  and  securely  soldered  to  the  same. 

Joints.  All  joints  in  the  trolley  wire  shall  be  made  with  long 
soldered-copper  sleeves. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  95 

Strain  Guys.  The  strain  guys  shall  be  erected  on  each  side 

of  the  curves  between Avenue  and 

Avenue,  leading  into Avenue.  Single  strain  guys 

shall  be  placed  on  each  side  of  each  railroad  crossing.  These 
strain  guys  shall  lead  to  the  nearest  poles  and  have  a  globe  strain 
insulator  cut  in,  2  feet  from  the  strain  ear,  and  also  at  turnbuckle. 

It  is  the  general  intention  of  these  specifications  that  the 
Contractor  shall  erect  the  complete  overhead  construction  ready 
for  the  operation  of  cars. 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  A  STONE  ROAD 

Work  to  be  Performed.  The  work  to  be  performed  will  con- 
sist in  furnishing  all  material,  tools,  machinery,  and  labor  neces- 
sary for  the  efficient  and  proper  grading  of  the  roadway,  side 
ditches,  and  side  banks;  for  the  laying,  spreading,  and  rolling 
of  road  metal ;  and  leaving  the  roadway  complete  in  every  manner, 
ready  for  immediate  use. 

Plans  and  Drawings.  The  plan,  profile,  and  cross  sections  on 
file  in  the  office  of  the  State  Commissioner  of  Public  Roads  and 

at  the  office  of County  Engineer, 

,  show  general  location,  profile,  details,  and  dimen- 
sions. The  work  will  be  constructed  in  all  respects  according  to 
the  above-mentioned  plans,  profile,  and  cross  sections,  which  form 
part  of  these  specifications. 

Any  variation  of  location,  profile,  size,  and  dimensions  from 
that  shown  on  the  plans,  as  may  be  required  by  the  exigencies 
of  construction,  will,  in  all  cases,  be  determined  by  the  Engineer ; 
but  the  Contractor  shall  not,  on  any  pretense,  save  that  of  the 
written  order  of  the  contracting  parties,  deviate  from  the  intent 
of  the  plans  or  specifications. 

On  all  drawings,  figured  dimensions  are  to  govern  in  cases  of 
discrepancy  between  scale  and  figures. 

Grading.  Under  this  head  will  be  included  all  the  excava- 
tion and  embankment  required  for  the  formation  of  the  highway ; 
cutting  all  ditches  or  drains  about  or  contiguous  to  the  road; 
removing  all  fences,  walls,  buildings,  trees,  poles,  or  other  encum- 
brances; the  excavation  and  embankment  necessary  for  recon- 
structing cross  or  branch  roads  in  cases  where  they  are  destroyed 
or  interfered  with  in  the  formation  of  the  roadway ;  and  all  other 
excavations  and  embankments  connected  with  or  incidental  to 
the  construction  of  the  said  road. 

Excavation.  The  roadway  to  the  width  of 

feet  as  shown  on  the  plan  must  be  excavated  or  built  to  the  same 


96  CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

curvature  as  that  of  the  surface  of  the  road  when  finished;  the 
grade,  from  center  to  sides,  must  be  as  shown  on  plans. 

The  earth  taken  from  any  cut  or  ditch  shall  be  deposited 
wherever  the  Engineer  may  direct,  either  within  or  without  the 
line  of  the  road ;  but  no  earth  shall  be  removed  from  the  line  of 
the  road  without  the  order  of  the  Engineer. 

The  grading  shall  be  completed  for  the  full  width  of  the  road, 
from  gutter  to  gutter,  before  any  macadamizing  is  commenced. 

Embankment.  Material  taken  from  the  excavations,  except 
when  otherwise  directed  by  the  Engineer,  shall  be  deposited  in 
the  embankments,  either  on  the  roadway  or  sidewalks.  Rejected 
or  excess  material  will  be  used  to  increase  the  width  of  the  em- 
bankments or  deposited  in  spoil  banks  or  waste  piles,  wherever 
and  however  the  Engineer  may  direct. 

When  there  is  not  sufficient  material  in  the  excavations  of 
the  road  to  form  the  embankments,  the  deficiency  must  be  sup- 
plied by  the  Contractor  from  without  the  road;  the  character  of 
said  material  and  place  of  excavation  must  be  approved  by  the 
Engineer ;  and  said  material  is  to  be  paid  for  at  the  same  price 
per  cubic  yard  as  specified  in  the  contract  for  other  excavation. 

The  embankments  will  be  formed  in  layers  of  such  depth, 
generally  1  foot,  and  the  material  deposited  and  distributed  in 
such  a  manner  as  the  Engineer  may  direct,  the  required  allow- 
ance for  settling  being  added. 

Slopes.  Slopes  in  both  embankments  and  excavations  shall 
be  1J  horizontal  to  1  vertical,  unless  otherwise  ordered  by  the 
Engineer. 

Roadbed.  Sub  foundation.  When  the  excavations  and  em- 
bankments have  been  brought  to  a  proper  depth  below  the 
intended  surface  of  the  roadway,  the  cross  section  thereof  con- 
forming in  every  respect  to  the  cross  section  of  the  road  when 
finished,  the  same  shall  be  rolled  with  a  10-ton  steam  roller  until 
approved  by  the  Engineer.  If  any  depressions  form  under  such 
rolling,  owing  to  improper  material  or  vegetable  matter,  the 
same  shall  be  removed  and  good  earth  substituted,  and  the  whole 
shall  be  rerolled  until  thoroughly  solid  and  to  above-mentioned 
grade.  Water  must  be  applied  in  advance  of  the  roller  when, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer,  it  is  necessary. 

Telford  Foundation.  After  the  subfoundation  has  been 
formed  and  rolled,  as  above  specified,  and  has  passed  the  inspec- 
tion of  the  Engineer,  a  bottom  course  of  stone,  of  an  average 
depth  of  10  inches,  is  to  be  set  by  hand  as  a  close  firm  pavement ; 
the  stones  shall  be  placed  on  their  broadest  edges  lengthwise 
across  the  road  in  such  a  manner  as  to  break  joints  as  much  as 
possible,  and  the  breadth  of  the  upper  edge  shall  not  exceed  4 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  97 

inches.  The  interstices  are  then  to  be  filled  with  stone  chips, 
firmly  wedged  by  hand  with  a  hammer,  and  projecting  points  shall 
be  broken  off.  No  stone  of  greater  length  than  10  inches  or  width 
of  4  inches  shall  be  used,  except  each  alternate  stone  on  the  outer 
edge,  which  shall  be  double  the  length  of  the  others  and  well  tied 
into  the  bed  of  the  road;  all  stones  with  a  flat  smooth  surface 
must  be  broken ;  the  whole  surface  of  this  pavement  shall  be  sub- 
jected to  a  thorough  settling  or  ramming  with  heavy  sledge 
hammers,  and  shall,  be  thoroughly  rolled  with  a  10-ton  steam 
roller.  No  stone  larger  than  2J  inches  shall  be  left  loose  on  top 
of  telford. 

Macadam.  First  Course  of  Broken  Stone.  After  the  road 
bed  has  been  formed  and  rolled  as  above  specified,  and  has  passed 
the  inspection  of  the  Engineer,  the  first  layer  of  broken  stone, 
consisting  of  2^-inch  stone,  or  stone  that  will  pass  through  a  ring 
3  inches  in  diameter,  shall  be  deposited  in  a  uniform  layer,  having 
a  depth  of  6  inches,  and  rolled  repeatedly  with  a  10-ton  steam 
roller  until  compacted  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Engineer.  No 
stone  in  this  course  shall  be  less  than  2  inches  in  length.  Water 
must  be  applied  in  advance  of  the  roller,  when,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Engineer,  it  is  necessary. 

The  depth  of  loose  stone  in  this  and  all  other  courses  must 
be  measured  by  blocks  the  required  thickness  of  the  said  loose 
stone.  These  blocks  shall  be  placed  at  frequent  intervals  amid 
the  loose  stone  when  being  spread. 

Binder  Betiveen  First  and  Second  Course.     On  the  first  course 

of  stone  a  quantity  of .binder  shall  be  spread  in  a 

uniform  layer,  and  the  rolling  shall  be  continued  until  the  stones 
cease  to  sink  or  creep  in  front  of  the  roller ;  water  will  be  applied 
in  advance  of  the  roller,  if  ordered  by  the  Engineer.  The  quan- 
tity and  quality  of  this, and  all  other  binding  shall  be  at  all  times 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Engineer. 

Second  Course  of  Broken  Stone.  The  second  course  of  broken 
stone  shall  consist  of  1^-inch  stone ;  that  is,  every  piece  of  stone 
shall  be  broken  so  that  it  can  be  passed  through  a  ring  2  inches 
in  diameter,  and  no  stone  shall  be  more  than  2  inches  nor  less 
than  1  inch  long.  This  course  is  to  be  spread  in  a  uniform  layer 

of inches  in  depth,  and  rolled  until  thoroughly  settled 

into  place  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Engineer.  "Water  will  be 
applied,  if  ordered  by  the  Engineer. 

Binder  on  Second  Course  of  Stone.  Binder  on  this  course  of 
stone  must  be  applied  in  the  manner  already  given  for  binder  on 
first  course  of  stone  as  directed  by  Engineer. 

Surface.  When  the  two  courses  are  rolled  to  the  satisfaction 
of  the  Engineer,  a  coat  of  50  per  cent  of  three-fourths-inch  stone 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

3)0  £er  cent  of  screenings,  properly  mixed,  is  to  be  spread  of 
isiinrcie'nt  thickness  to  make  a  smooth  and  uniform  surface  to  the 
•^<kd;  then  the  road  shall  again  be  rolled  until  it  becomes  thor- 
oughly consolidated,  hard,  and  smooth. 

Rolling  shall  be  done  by  the  Contractor  with  a  10-ton  roller, 
approved  by  the  Engineer. 

Any  depressions  formed  during  the  rolling,  or  from  any  other 
cause,  are  to  be  filled  with  1^-inch  stone  or  three-fourths-inch  stone, 
or  both,  and  screenings  approved  by  the  Engineer,  and  the  road- 
way shall  be  brought  to  the  proper  grade  and  curvature  as  deter- 
mined by  him. 

Water  must  be  applied  in  such  quantities  and  in  such  manner 
as  directed  by  the  Engineer. 

Manner  of  Rolling.  In  the  rolling,  the  operator  must  start 
from  the  side  lines  of  the  stone  bed  and  work  towards  the  center, 
unless  otherwise  directed.  The  rolling  shall  at  all  times  be  under 
the  control  of  the  Engineer,  who  may,  from  time  to  time,  direct 
such  methods  of  procedure  as  in  his  opinion  are  required  by  the 
necessities  of  the  case. 

Quality  of  Material.  All  stone  must  be  as  nearly  cubical  as 
possible ;  broken  with  the  most  approved  modern  stone-crushing 
machinery;  free  from  all  screenings,  earth,  and  other  objection- 
able substances ;  of  uniform  size  and  of  the  same  kind  and  quality, 
or  of  a  kind  and  quality  equally  good  in  every  particular  as  that 
shown  in  the  Engineer's  office.  The  IJ-inch  stone  or  three-fourths- 
inch,  and  the  screenings  for  binder  and  the  final  finish  must  be  of 
the  best  trap  rock,  and  must  be  free  from  loam  or  clay. 

The  Contractor  must  furnish  samples  to  the  Engineer  of  the 
kind  of  stone  to  be  used  in  the  work  before  the  opening  of  the  bids. 

Shouldering.  A  shoulder  of  firm  earth  or  gravel  is  to  be  left 
or  made  on  each  side,  extending  at  the  same  grade  and  curvature 
of  the  road  to  the  side  ditches  or  gutters.  This  shoulder  is  to  be 
rolled  according  to  the  directions  of  the  Engineer. 

Side  Ditches  or  Gutters.  The  side  ditches  or  gutters  are  to 
be  excavated  as  per  stakes  furnished  by  the  Engineer,  in  order 
to  give  an  easy  flow  of  water,  so  that  no  water  shall  be  left  stand- 
ing on  the  road  or  in  the  ditches ;  and  for  this  excavation  no  extra 
payment  will  be  made. 

Underdrains.  Underdrains,  if  found  necessary,  shall  be  con- 
structed by  the  Contractor  (at  prices  named  in  bids)  of  good 
4-inch  tile,  laid  upon  a  board  of  not  less  than  1  inch  in  thickness 
and  6  inches  in  width,  whenever  and  wherever  the  Engineer  and 
Supervisor  shall  decide;  the  top  of  the  tile  shall  be  at  least 
_1 inches  deep,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  Engineer ; 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS          99 

the  joints  of  the  tile  shall  be  covered  with  salt,  hay,  or  material 
equally  good;  and  the  trench  shall  be  filled  with  pervious  earth. 

When  directed  by  the  Engineer  a  stone  drain  may  be  used 
in  place  of  the  tile  drain.  A  trench  1  foot  wide  and  1  foot  6 
inches  in  depth  shall  be  excavated  below  the  subgrade,  said 
excavation  to  be  filled  with  loose  broken  stone  to  a  depth  required 
by  the  Engineer. 

No  Extra  Price.  No  allowance  in  measure  of  depth  of  pave- 
ment will  be  made  on  account  of  any  material  which  may  be 
driven  into  the  roadbed  by  rolling.  The  pavement  when  com- 
pleted must  conform  to  the  grade  and  the  cross  sections,  and  be 
satisfactory  to  the  Engineer,  whose  decision  shall  be  final. 

No  extra  work  will  be  paid  for  unless  the  price  has  been 
agreed  upon  between  the  contracting  parties,  including  the  State 
Commissioner  of  Public  Eoads,  and  endorsed  upon  the  agreement, 
witnessed  by  the  Engineer. 

All  clay  or  gravel  for  shouldering  or  binder,  and  all  extra 
hauling,  is  to  be  done  at  the  Contractor's  expense. 

Broad  Tire  Wagons.  All  wagons  and  carts  used  during  the 
construction  for  hauling  stone,  earth,  or  any  other  material  must 
have  tires  not  less  than  3^  inches  in*  width. 

Liabilities  of  Contractor.  Eoad  Repairs  for  One  Year.  The 
Contractor  shall  keep  the  finished  roadway  and  earthwork  in 
repair  for  the  period  of  1  year  from  the  date  of  its  completion 
and  acceptance,  during  which  time  he  shall  be  liable  for  the  wear 
and  tear  caused  by  ordinary  travel;  and,  in  addition  thereto,  he 
shall  be  liable  for  as  much  longer  as  for  any  period  or  periods 
during  said  year  it  shall  be  out  of  proper  condition.  If,  during 
the  time  of  the  Contractor's  liability,  the  roadway  or  any  part  of 
the  work  shall,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Engineer,  require  repair- 
ing, and  he  shall  duly  notify  the  Contractor  to  make  such  repairs 
as  are  required ;  and  if  the  Contractor  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  do 
so,  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  said  Engineer,  within  5  days  from 
the  date  of  the  service  of  the  notice,  then  the  said  Engineer 
shall  have  the  right  to  have  the  work  done  properly  by  other 
parties  and  pay  the  expense  for  the  same  out  of  the  5  per  cent 
retained. 

Preserving  Stakes  and  Bench  Marks.  The  Contractor  shall  be 
required  to  preserve  all  stakes  and  benchmarks  made  and  estab- 
lished on  the  line  of  work  until  duly  authorized  by  the  Engineer 
to  remove  the  same. 

Title  Stones.  The  Contractor  shall  not  disturb  the  position 
of  title  stones  (the  corners  of  properties  adjacent  to  the  road), 
but  where  they  appear  he  shall  either  lift  or  lower  them,  under 
the  personal  supervision  of  the  Engineer. 


100         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Preserving  Clear  Roadway.  The  Contractor  must  also  pre- 
serve the  roadway  on  which  he  is  working  from  needless  obstruc- 
tion, and  where  necessary  he  must  construct  safe  and  commodi- 
ous crossings,  to  be  maintained  in  good  order.  He  shall  afford 
all  proper  and  reasonable  means  for  the  accommodation  of  the 
public,  and  leave  the  roadway  complete  in  every  manner,  ready 
for  immediate  use. 

Provision  for  Drainage.  If  it  is  necessary  in  the  prosecution 
of  the  work,  to  interrupt  or  obstruct  the  natural  drainage  of  the 
surface  or  the  flow  of  artificial  drains,  the  Contractor  shall  pro- 
vide for  the  same  during  the  progress  of  the  work  in  such  a  way 
that  no  damage  shall  result  to  either  public  or  private  interests. 
He  shall  be  held  liable  for  all  damages  which  may  result  from 
any  neglect  to  provide  for  either  natural  or  artificial  drainage, 
w^hich  he  may  have  interrupted. 

Right  to  Build  Bridges,  Culverts,  etc.,  and  to  Suspend  Work. 
The  right  of  the  county  to  build  bridges,  culverts,  lay  pipes,  or 
other  appurtenances  in  said  road  during  the  progress  of  the  work 
is  expressly  reserved,  as  well  as  the  right  to  suspend  the  work 
or  any  part  thereof  during  the  construction  of  the  same,  for  the 
purposes  above  stated,  without  further  compensation  to  the  Con- 
tractor for  such  suspension  than  an  extension  of  time  for  com- 
pleting the  work  equal  to  the  length  of  time  his  work  may  have 
been  delayed. 

Stopping  Work  on  Account  of  Weather.  The  Engineer  may 
stop  any  portion  of  the  work  if,  in  his  judgment,  the  weather  is 
such  as  to  prevent  the  work  from  being  properly  done.  No 
allowance  of  any  kind  will  be  made  for  such  stoppage,  except  an 
extension  of  the  time  for  the  completion  of  the  work  as  herein 
provided. 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  CONCRETE  MACADAM 

Cement.  The  cement  shall  be  first-class  hydraulic  cement 
which  shall  conform  in  all  respects  to  the  Standard  Specifications 
of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials.  All  cement  shall 
be  approved  in  writing  by  the  State  Highway  Commissioner, 
before  ordering,  and  shall  preferably  be  delivered  on  the  work 
in  barrels.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish  samples  of  the  cement 
to  the  State  Highway  Commissioner,  before  any  of  it  is  used  on 
the  work. 

Water.  Water  shall  be  fresh  and  clean,  free  from  earth, 
refuse,  and  injurious  mineral  matter. 

Broken  Stone.  Broken  stone  shall  be  good  hard  trap  rock 
or  hard  blue  limestone,  clean  and  sound,  broken  into  sizes  ranging 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND'  CO&TRAC'fgJ       101 


from  one-half  inch  to  1^  inches  in  dianieteiV  - 
cleaned  of  refuse  before  using. 

Sand.  All  sand  shall  be  clean,  coarse,  sharp,  and  free  from 
loam  and  vegetable  matter. 

Concrete  Mixing.  This  concrete  shall  consist  of  the  above 
materials  properly  proportioned  for  a  1-3-5  mixture,  and  shall 
be  mixed  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  to  cause  the  free 
mortar  to  rise  to  the  top  of  the  mass  of  concrete  when  tamped 
into  place.  It  shall  be  thoroughly  mixed  by  hand  or  machine 
and  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  State  Highway  Commissioner  or 
Engineer  in  charge. 

Placing.  After  the  roadbed  has  been  prepared  according  to 
these  plans  and  specifications,  a  layer  of  concrete,  proportioned 
as  specified  above,  shall  be  placed  to  a  depth  of  6  inches,  on 
one-half  the  width  of  the  roadway.  The  inside  edges  shall  be  a 
dovetailed  line  as  shown  on  the  accompanying  plans. 

Tamping.  The  concrete  shall  be  thoroughly  tamped  with  a 
25-pound  tamper,  until  free  mortar  appears  on  the  surface  to 
the  depth  of  1  inch.  The  roadway  shall  then  be  covered  with 
three-fourths-inch  screenings,  free  from  dust,  and  the  same  shall 
be  lightly  tamped  into  the  free  mortar  until  they  are  embedded 
for  three-fourths  of  their  depth. 

Expansion  Joints.  If  in  the  judgment  of  the  State  Highway 
Commissioner  or  Engineer  in  charge,  expansion  joints  are  re- 
quired, they  shall  be  formed  at  intervals  of  every  40  feet,  by 
placing  one-half-inch  by  8-inch  boards  in  the  concrete,  at  right 
angles  to  the  center  line  of  the  road.  These  boards  shall  be  properly 
cut  to  fit  the  subsurface  and  the  finished  grade  of  the  concrete, 
and  shall  be  withdrawn  from  the  concrete  one  hour  after  placing 
same,  and  the  space  left  open  thereby  shall  be  filled  with  hot 
pitch  or  some  other  approved  bituminous  filler. 

Protection  of  Work.  After  the  concrete  shall  have  been 
placed  it  shall  be  protected  from  traffic  for  at  least  1  week.  While 
constructing  one-half  of  the  roadway,  traffic  may  be  permitted 
on  the  other  half. 

Connecting  up  Work.  After  one-half  of  the  roadway  has 
been  completed,  the  remaining  half  shall  be  laid  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  first  half,  making  expansion  joints  continuous 
with  the  first  half. 

No  roller  shall  be  permitted  on  the  concrete  roadway  until  2 
weeks  after  the  whole  has  been  completed. 

Other  Materials.  Bids  will  also  be  received  for  other  pro- 
prietary methods  of  making  a  concrete  road.  If  another  proprie- 
tary method  is  used  it  will  bo  placed  and  the  work  done  in 


102       ^CIVIL^SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

gene^ai1  under  *th«  specifications  of  the  manufacturer  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  regular  specifications  of  the  Department. 

..Grading,  drainage,  and  telford  or  macadam  foundations,  and 
all  other  things  to  be  done  in  the  reconstruction  must  be  done 
under  the  general  specifications  of  the  State  Highway  Department 
for  road  reconstruction. 

PAVEMENTS  AND  CURBING 
GENERAL 

Removal  or  Adjustment  of  Fixtures.  The  adjustment  or  re- 
setting of  any  manholes,  fire  hydrants,  lamp  posts,  gas  stops, 
telegraph  or  electric  light  poles,  or  other  fixtures  shall  be  con- 
sidered as  an  appurtenant  to  the  work  of  paving  and  repaying; 
and  shall  be  included  as  such  in  the  work  to  be  done  by  the  Con- 
tractor for  the  prices  bid  for  paving  and  repaving.  Such  adjust- 
ment or  resetting  shall  be  done  by  the  companies  owning  them, 
or,  if  the  property  of  the  City,  by  the  proper  municipal  Depart- 
ment; but,  in  either  case,  it  shall  be  done  at  the  expense  of  the 
Contractor. 

Granite  Blocks  on  Gravel  Base.  For  granite  block  paving 
on  gravel  base  in  driveways  or  gutters,  the  filling  shall  be  thor- 
oughly compacted  to  a  subgrade  10  inches  below  the  finished 
grade,  and  a  layer  of  approved  paving  gravel  spread  on  it  to  a 
least  thickness  of  4  inches.  The  blocks  shall  be  placed  vertically 
on  edge  in  straight  rows  at  right  angles  to  the  curb  line,  in  close 
contact,  breaking  joints;  and  they  shall  be  thoroughly  rammed 
three  times  with  a  rammer  weighing  not  less  than  55  pounds ;  and 
the  finished  surface  shall  conform  exactly  to  the  required  grade. 
While  the  blocks  are  being  rammed,  approved  paving  gravel  or 
sand  shall  be  swept  into  the  joints  until  they  are  completely 
filled.  All  irregular  or  uneven  surfaces  shall  be  taken  up  and 
reset  and  re-rammed  to  the  proper  grade. 

Repaving,  Resetting  Curb,  etc.  In  repaving  and  in  the  reset- 
ting of  curbs  and  crossing  stones,  the  foundations  shall  be  pre- 
pared and  all  the  work  shall  be  done  as  required  for  new  paving 
of  the  same  kind.  Old  materials  that  may  be  suitable  for  replac- 
ing may  be  used  only  after  satisfactory  preparation  by  special 
permission,  and  as  directed. 

Revision  of  Old  Paving.  Any  revision  of  old  paving,  gutter 
ways,  crossings,  or  curbs,  where  the  new  work  joins  the  old  work, 
shall  be  made  as  directed,  and  paid  for  as  provided  in  the  proposal. 

Cleaning.  Upon  the  completion  of  any  pavements  the  Con- 
tractor shall  clean  them  promptly  of  all  refuse  or  surplus 
materials. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         103 

Gutters.  The  finished  grade  for  the  gutters  shall  generally 
be  5  inches  below  the  top  of  the  curb,  except  where  given  differ- 
ently on  the  drawings,  or  where  a  change  is  directed  by  the 
Engineer,  to  insure  proper  surface  drainage. 

Crowning  or  Rise.  The  crowning  or  rise  of  the  finished  pave- 
ments in  the  driveways  shall  be  uniform  from  the  gutters  toward 
the  center  of  the  street ;  and  at  the  rate  of  2-J  per  cent  for  granite 
block  or  vitrified-clay  brick  or  block  pavement,  and  2J  per  cent 
for  asphalt  pavement;  except  at  intersections,  or  where  the  sur- 
face drainage  demands  a  different  crown,  or  as  may  be  directed 
by  the  Engineer.  Gutter  and  crown  stakes  must  be  set  every  50 
feet.  The  rise  of  the  sidewalk  pavement  shall  be  as  directed  by 
the  Engineer. 

DRIVEWAY  PAVEMENTS   OF  VITRIFIED=CLAY   BRICKS   OR 
BLOCKS,  GRANITE  BLOCKS,  AND  ASPHALT 

Bed.  The  bed  for  driveway  paving  shall  be  graded  from 
curb  to  curb,  and  thoroughly  compacted  by  rolling  with  a  heavy 
steam  roller,  weighing  not  less  than  5  gross  tons,  until  the  surface 
shall  be  accurate  to  subgrade  and  parallel  to  it.  The  subgrade 
shall  be  below  the  intended  finished  grade,  as  follows:  for  vitri- 
fied-clay brick  or  block  pavement,  11  inches;  for  granite  block 
pavement,  15  inches;  for  asphalt  pavement,  9  inches.  All  soft 
and  spongy  places  shall  be  excavated  and  refilled  with  gravel 
or  broken  stone  before  rolling.  The  use  of  a  horse  roller  will  be 
allowed  where,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Engineer,  the  use  of  a 
steam  road  roller  may  be  impracticable  on  account  of  steep  grades 
or  other  local  conditions. 

Concrete  Foundation.  Mixing  and  Laying.  Upon  the  bed 
shall  be  laid  a  layer  6  inches  thick  of  Portland  cement  concrete 
in  which  is  used  stone  crushed  to  pass  a  IJ-inch  ring.  The  con- 
crete shall  be  rammed  with  25-pound  rammers  until  free  mortar 
appears  on  the  surface,  which  surface  shall  be  parallel  to  and 
below  the  top  of  the  finished  pavement,  as  follows:  5  inches  for 
vitrified-clay  brick  or  block  pavement;  9  inches  for  granite 
block  pavement;  and  3  inches  for  asphalt  pavement. 

Carting  and  Wheeling.  No  carting  or  wheeling  will  be 
allowed  on  the  concrete  until  covered  by  paving. 

Tests.  The  concrete  foundation  shall  be  capable  of  sustain- 
ing such  test  as  the  Engineer  shall  deem  necessary. 

Kept  Clean  and  in  Advance  of  Paving.  In  paving,  the  Con- 
tractor must  keep  the  concrete  base  to  the  proper  grade  or  slope 
at  least  100  feet  in  advance  of  his  paving,  and  the  latter  must 
be  laid  in  sections  the  full  width  of  the  street.  The  concrete 


104         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

surface  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned  of  gravel,  rubbish,  or  cover- 
ing of  any  description,  before  any  mortar  or  sand  is  placed  in 
which  the  bricks  or  blocks  are  to  be  bedded. 

VITRIFIED=CLAY  BRICK  OR  BLOCK  PAVING 

Samples  for  Testing.  When  paving  with  vitrified-clay  bricks 
or  blocks  is  required,  the  Contractor  shall  submit  sample  bricks 
or  blocks,  and  afford  every  facility  for  inspection  and  testing  at 
least  10  days  before  desiring  to  use  them.  The  failure  of  any 
shipment  on  any  work  to  meet  the  requirements  may  prohibit  the 
further  use  of  the  same  manufacture  on  that  work. 

Size  and  Quality.  The  bricks  or  blocks  must  be  vitrified  fire- 
clay, re-pressed,  and  especially  burned  for  street  paving,  not  less 
than  9  inches  long,  4  inches  wide,  and  3  inches  thick.  They  shall 
be  tough,  homogeneous,  compact  in  structure,  and  burned  to  a 
uniform  consistency.  They  shall  be  free  from  laminations  or 
"fire  cracks"  or  "checks"  of  more  than  superficial  extent;  shall 
be  free  from  nodules  of  lime  or  magnesia  or  other  soluble  matter ; 
and  shall  show  no  signs  of  cracking  after  48  hours'  immersion 
in  water  maintained  at  normal  temperature  (60-70°  F.). 

Variations  in  Size.  All  bricks  or  blocks  will  be  allowed  a 
proper  shrinkage,  but  they  must  not  vary  more  than  3  per  cent 
from  the  accepted  samples.  All  bricks  or  blocks  so  distorted  in 
burning  as  to  lie  unevenly  in  the  pavement  will  be  rejected. 

Shape.  The  bricks  or  blocks  must  have  two  or  more  ribs  or 
projections  upon  one  of  the  vertical  sides,  extending  from  top  to 
bottom;  on  the  opposite  vertical  side  of  the  brick  or  block,  a 
groove  or  channel  extending  longitudinally  from  the  end  of  the 
brick  or  block,  and  connecting  with  a  like  transverse  groove  ex- 
tending across  each  end;  thus  serving  by  contact  with  the  flat 
side  of  an  adjoining  brick  or  block,  to  secure  a  separation,  in 
order  that  cementing  material,  flowing  into  the  grooves,  may 
effect  a  practical  encircling  of  each  brick  or  block,  thus  keying 
or  locking  together  the  entire  pavement. 

Testing.  Samples  of  bricks  or  blocks  for  testing  will  be  se- 
lected at  random  from  actual  shipments  delivered  on  the  work, 
and  must  yield  the  following  results: 

Five  of  the  bricks  or  blocks  so  sampled  will  be  tested  transversely  and  shall 
develop  an  average  strength  sufficient  to  sustain  a  load  of  3000  pounds  per 
inch  of  width.  The  bricks  or  blocks  in  this  test  shall  be  supported  edgewise, 
on  rounded  knife  edges  placed  6  inches  apart;  the  breaking  load  being  applied 
centrally.  Five  bricks  or  blocks  shall  be  placed  in  a  standard  polygonal  rum- 
bier  (20  inches  wide,  30  inches  in  diameter),  together  with  10  cast-iron  bricks 
(weighing  6  pounds  each),  having  rounded  edges.  This  nimbler  will  be  revolved 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         105 

2000  times  at  the  rate  of  35  revolutions  per  minute,  and  the  brick  must  not 
show  an  average  loss  of  more  than  18  per  cent.  The  bricks  or  blocks  coming 
from  the  rumbler  shall  be  dried  for  24  hours  at  a  temperature  of  not  less  than 
212°  F.;  and  after  48  hours'  immersion  in  water,  maintained  at  a  normal 
temperature,  shall  not  show  an  absorption  of  more  than  4  per  cent. 

Laying.  The  bricks  or  blocks  must  be  set  vertically  on  edge 
in  close  contact  with  each  other,  in  straight  rows  across  the  street, 
excepting  at  intersections,  which  shall  be  paved  at  an  angle  of 
45  degrees  to  the  lines  of  the  intersecting  roadways,  and  those 
in  adjoining,  rows  so  set  as  to  break  joints  regularly.  No  bats 
or  broken  bricks  or  blocks  shall  be  used  except  at  curbs,  or 
adjoining  passenger  railway  rails,  where  half  bricks  or  blocks 
must  be  used  to  break  joints.  The  bricks  or  blocks  shall  be 
bedded  in  a  layer  of  Portland  cement  mortar  1  inch  in  thickness, 
freshly  mixed,  and  laid  upon  the  concrete  foundation  as  the 
placing  of  the  bricks  or  blocks  progresses.  They  shall  be  true  to 
the  required  finished  surface  when  completed,  and  shall  be  settled 
in  place,  after  depositing,  by  placing  a  plank  upon  their  tops 
and  ramming  the  plank  as  required,  with  wooden  rammers,  before 
the  mortar  bedding  has  time  to  set  and  as  the  work  progresses. 

Grouting.  After  the  bricks  or  blocks  are  laid,  they  shall  be 
grouted  with  Portland  cement  grouting,  consisting  of  one  part 
cement  to  one  part  clean  bar  sand,  mixed  with,  water  to  such 
consistency  that  it  will  readily  permeate  the  joints,  filling  all 
joints  flush  with  the  surface. 

Car  Tracks.  When  car  tracks  cross  the  deck  of  a  bridge,  a 
line  of  fitted  granite  blocks  or  slag  blocks  shall  be  laid  on  each 
side  of  each  rail,  placed  longitudinally  or  as  stretchers.  The 
blocks  so  used  shall  be  made  especially  for  street  paving,  shall 
have  beveled  edges  on  top,  and  be  of  size  and  quality  to  be  ap- 
proved by  the  Engineer  upon  the  submission  of  samples  properly 
labeled,  the  accepted  sample  to  be  the  standard.  All  voids  under 
the  heads  and  side  bearing  flanges,  between  the  webs  of  the  rails 
and  the  paving  blocks,  shall  be  filled  with  special  molded  bricks, 
thoroughly  grouted  with  Portland  cement  grout  to  fill  all  crevices. 

GRANITE  BLOCK  PAVING  ON  CONCRETE  BASE 

Granite  Blocks.  Granite  blocks  shall  be  fitted  blocks  of  ap- 
proved Eastern  granite,  with  square  heads  and  bottoms,  and  in 
sizes  from  6  to  6J  inches  in  depth,  3^  inches  in  width,  8  to  12 
inches  in  length ;  4  inches  in  width,  8  to  12  inches  in  length ;  and 
4J  inches  in  width,  8  to  12  inches  in  length;  to  be  sorted  at  the 
quarries  at  the  above  sizes,  kept  separate,  and  delivered  and  set 


106         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

separately;  all  the  faces  of  the  blocks  shall  be  non-warped  and 
parallel ;  free  from  bunches,  depressions,  and  inequalities  exceed- 
ing one-fourth  inch;  and  no  stones  shall  measure  less  than  the 
above-named  lowest  figures. 

Laying.  Upon  the  concrete  foundation  for  granite  block 
paving  shall  be  placed  a  layer  3  inches  thick  of  sharp,  approved, 
coarse  New  Jersey  paving  sand,  upon  which  the  blocks  shall  be 
bedded.  Granite  blocks  shall  be  properly  assorted  or  gaged,  those 
of  the  same  width  and  depth  to  be  placed  in  consecutive  rows ;  blocks 
differing  in  width  more  than  one-fourth  inch  will  not  be  allowed 
in  the  same  row.  They  shall  be  placed  vertically  on  edge  in  close 
contact  with  each  other  across  the  street;  in  straight  rows  and 
at  right  angles  to  the  curbing,  except  at  intersections,  where 
they  shall  be  placed  at  an  angle  of  45  degrees  to  the  lines  of  the 
intersecting  roadways.  Blocks  in  adjoining  rows  shall  be  set  to 
break  joints  by  a  space  not  less  than  4  inches,  and  when  thor- 
oughly rammed  they  shall  be  brought  to  the  exact  grade.  Joints 
shall  not  be  more  than  one-half  inch  in  thickness.  At  all  times  dur- 
ing the  progress  of  the  work  100  lineal  feet  of  the  paving  must  be 
laid  continually  in  advance  of  filling  and  ramming,  to  permit  the 
proper  inspection  of  the  blocks  and  the  work.  The  pavement 
must  be  laid  so  that  the  blocks  shall  be  uniform  in  width  in  sec- 
tions across  the  full  width  of  the  street. 

Ramming — Filling  Joints.  The  pavements  shall  be  rammed 
three  times  with  55-pound  rammers,  until  no  further  settling 
occurs  under  the  ramming.  While  being  rammed  the  joints  shall 
be  kept  well  filled  with  dry  pebbles.  Any  blocks  that  do  not 
conform  to  the  exact  grade  shall  be  reset  and  re-rammed.  The 
pebbles  for  filling  joints  shall  be  quartz,  hard,  clean,  well  washed, 
and  not  easily  crushed,  one-eighth  to  one-fourth  inch  in  diameter, 
entirely  free  from  dust,  dirt,  or  foreign  material,  and  thoroughly 
dry  when  delivered.  Immediately  after  the  final  ramming  the  peb- 
bles shall  be  swept  out  to  a  depth  of  1  inch  from  the  top  of  the 
pavement,  and  the  joints  filled  with  hot  paving  pitch,  applied  in 
liquid  form.  The  pitch  must  be  prepared  for  paving  purposes,  so 
that  it  can  be  easily  applied  in  the  liquid  state  when  artificially 
heated,  and  used  to  fill  the  joints  thoroughly  and  not  spread  over 
the  face  of  the  paving.  While  the  paving  pitch  is  still  hot,  dry  sand 
shall  be  spread  very  thinly  over  the  entire  surface  of  the  pavement. 

Dry  Material.  If  the  weather  be  damp  while  the  paving  is 
being  done,  or  if  the  pebbles  become  wet,  they  shall  be  artificially 
heated  and  kept  hot  until  they  are  flooded  with  the  paving  pitch. 

Tracks.  When  passenger  railway  tracks  are  to  be  laid,  one 
line  of  granite  blocks  shall  be  laid  longitudinally,  or  as  stretchers, 
along  each  side  of  each  rail.  All  voids  under  the  heads  and 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS          107 

treads  of  the  rails  shall  be  filled  with  specially  molded  bricks,  and 
then  thoroughly  grouted  to  fill  all  voids. 

TELFORD  PAVING 

Roadbed.  The  bed  shall  be  thoroughly  compacted  by  rolling 
with  a  steam  roller  weighing  not  less  than  5  gross  tons,  to  be 
parallel  to  and  12  inches  below  the  finished  surface,  as  given  by 
the  District  Surveyor. 

Sub-Stone  Pavement.  Upon  the  bed  shall  be  placed  a  sub- 
stone  pavement  not  less  than  8  inches  deep,  consisting  of  hard 
approved  stones,  not  less  than  12  inches  in  their  longest  diameter, 
placed  vertically  on  edge,  in  rows  square  across  the  driveway, 
so  as  to  break  joints.  Projecting  points  in  the  subpavement 
shall  be  broken  off  with  knapping  hammers,  after  which  more 
stone  shall  be  broken  by  hand  on  top  and  wedged  between  the 
pavement  stones  until  all  cavities  are  filled. 

Surface  Layers.  A  layer  of  clean  loam,  not  less  than  1  inch 
thick,  shall  be  deposited  on  top  of  the  sub-stone  pavement.  Suffi- 
cient crushed  stone,  crushed  to  pass  a  IJ-inch  ring,  of  hard  trap 
rock,  free  from  dirt,  shall  be  deposited  on  the  surface,  and  rolled 
with  the  steam  roller  previously  specified,  so  that  there  shall  not 
be  less  than  4  inches  of  the  crushed  stone  on  top  of  the  founda- 
tion stone.  After  rolling  the  crushed  stone,  a  covering  of  fine 
stone,  breaker  scale,  or  screenings  of  trap  rock  shall  be  evenly 
spread,  kept  wet,  and  rolled  continuously,  until  the  whole  shall 
be  a  compact  mass,  2  inches  above  the  finished  surface  as  fixed 
by  the  Engineer. 

CURBING 

Materials.  Curbing  shall  be  furnished  where  required  by  the 
drawings,  and  shall  be  either  of  steel  protected  granolithic  or  of 
first  quality  granite.  Granite  shall  be  neither  laminated  nor 
stratified,  shall  be  hammer-dressed  on  the  face  at  least  12  inches 
deep  over  all  of  the  top  surface,  and  3  inches  deep  on  the  back  to 
receive  the  sidewalk  pavement. 

All  joints  shall  be  close  joints,  the  full  depth  and  width  of 
the  stones. 

Dimensions.  Curbing  shall  be  either  6  or  8  inches  wide  on 
top,  as  specified;  8-inch  curbing  shall  be  24  inches  in  depth  and 
10  inches  in  width  at  the  base ;  6-inch  curbing  shall  be  22  inches 
in  depth  and  8  inches  in  width  at  the  base. 

Straight  curbing  shall  not  be  less  than  6  feet  in  length,  and 
curved  curbing  shall  not  be  less  than  5  feet  in  length,  and  no 
closure  shall  be  less  than  4  feet  in  length.  Where  curved  curbs 


108         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

are  required  in  excess  of  8  feet  in  length  the  stone  may  be  in 
two  pieces,  either  of  which  may  be  less  than  5  feet  in  length,  but 
the  joint  must  be  in  the  center. ' 

Foundations.  Curbs  shall  be  set  upon  a  solid  foundation  pre 
pared  for  them,  of  coarse  gravel  or  spalls,  backed  with  gravel, 
all  solidly  rammed. 

The  foundation  of  the  sidewalk  paving  back  of  the  curbs  shall 
be  thoroughly  compacted  by  ramming,  before  the  sidewalk  paving 
is  laid. 

Curbstones  set  adjacent  to  inlets  shall  be  square  on  their  ends 
the  full  depth  of  the  stones,  and  the  castings  for  inlet  covers, 
stop  boxes,  or  other  municipal  or  other  castings,  shall  be  cut  into 
the  curbing,  flush  with  the  top  of  the  curb. 

Curved  Curbs.  When  curved  curbs  are  placed,  the  Contractor 
shall  extend  the  crossing  stones  to  conform  to  the  radius  curbs. 
All  curved  curbing  shall  be  cut  exactly  true  to  the  radius  ordered, 
and  set  to  the  lines  and  grades  to  be  obtained  from  the  Engineer. 

Joints.  All  joints  of  curbing  shall  be  thoroughly  back  filled, 
and  made  water-tight  from  the  base  to  the  top  of  the  curbing  with 
Portland  cement  mortar,  made  of  one  part  Portland  cement  and 
two  parts  clean  sand,  thoroughly  mixed  into  a  stiff  mortar. 

All  curbs  moved  or  displaced,  or  any  sidewalks  injured  or 
destroyed  by  the  Contractor,  or  those  employed  by  him,  either 
while  grading  for  the  paving  or  in  the  handling,  placing,  or 
removal  of  materials,  supplies,  etc.,  must  be  reset,  replaced,  or 
repaved  in  proper  manner  by  the  Contractor  at  his  expense. 

GRANITE  BLOCK  PAVING  ON  SAND  BASE 

Preparation  of  Foundation.  The  spaces  to  be  paved  between 
the  lines  shown  on  the  plans  shall  be  graded  and  thoroughly 
compacted  by  rolling  with  a  heavy  steam  roller,  weighing  not 
less  than  12  gross  tons,  until  the  surface  shall  be  brought  accu- 
rately to  subgrade  and  parallel  with  and  10  inches  below  the 
finished  surface.  All  soft  places  shall  be  dug  out  and  filled  with 
paving  sand.  The  subgrade  must  be  compacted  to  a  solid  foun- 
dation, and  must  be  approved  before  the  block  paving  is  laid. 
Sharp,  approved,  coarse  paving  sand  shall  be  spread  upon  the 
foundation,  to  a  depth  of  at  least  4  inches,  upon  which  the  blocks 
shall  be  bedded. 

Granite  Blocks.  Granite  blocks  shall  be  fitted  blocks  of  ap- 
proved granite  3J  to  4  inches  wide,  6  to  6|  inches  deep,  8  to  12 
inches  long,  with  square  heads,  smooth  faces,  and  rectangular 
edges.  They  shall  be  subject  to  inspection  and  shall  be  gaged 
and  sorted  by  men  furnished  by  the  Contractor;  any  blocks  re- 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         109 

jected  shall  be  immediately  removed  from  the  vicinity  of  the 
work.  Those  of  the  same  width  and  depth  shall  be  placed  in  con- 
secutive rows,  and  blocks  differing  in  width  more  than  one-fourth 
inch  shall  not  be  allowed  in  the  same  row.  They  shall  be  placed  ver- 
tically on  edge  in  close  contact  with  each  other  across  the  space 
to  be  paved ;  in  straight  rows  and  at  right  angles  to  the  curbing, 
except  at  intersections,  where  they  shall  be  placed  at  an  angle 
of  45  degrees  to  the  lines  of  the  intersecting  roadways.  Blocks 
in  the  adjoining  rows  shall  be  set  to  break  joints  by  a  space  of 
not  less  than  4  inches,  and  when  thoroughly  rammed  they  shall 
be  brought  to  the  exact  grade.  Joints  shall  not  be  more  than  .one- 
half  inch  in  thickness.  At  all  times  during  the  progress  of  the  work, 
about  100  lineal  feet  of  the  paving  shall  be  laid  continuously  in 
advance  of  filling  and  ramming,  to  permit  the  proper  inspection 
of  the  work.  The  pavement  shall  be  laid  so  that  the  blocks  shall 
be  uniform  in  width  in  sections  across  the  full  width  of  the  space 
being  paved. 

Filling  Joints.  The  joints  between  the  blocks  shall  then  at 
once  be  filled  with  paving  sand  and  shall  be  rammed  three  times 
with  55-pound  rammers  until  no  further  settling  occurs  under 
the  ramming.  While  being  rammed  the  joints  should  be  kept 
well  filled  with  paving  sand.  Any  blocks  that  do  not  conform 
to  the  exact  grade  shall  be  reset  and  rammed. 

Payment.  Payment  will  be  made  for  this  paving  at  the  price 
per  square  yard  given  in  the  proposal,  which  price  shall  include 
everything  except  such  excavation  as  may  be  necessary  for  pre- 
paring the  subgrade. 

ASPHALT  PAVING 

v 

Samples  to  be  Submitted.  If  asphalt  pavement  is  to  be  laid, 
the  Contractor  shall  submit  to  the  Commissioner  of  Highways 
samples  of  the  materials  he  intends  to  use,  together  with  certifi- 
cates and  statements  as  follows: 

(1)  Specimens  of  asphalt  and  asphaltum,  with  a  certificate 
stating  where  the  specimens  were  mined. 

(2)  A  specimen  of  the  asphaltic  cement,  with  a  statement  of 
the  elements  of  the  bituminous  cements  used  in  the  composition 
of  the  paving  surface. 

(3)  Specimens  of  sand  intended  to  be  used. 

(4)  Specimens  of  pulverized  carbonate  of  lime,  granite,  or 
quartz  intended  to  be  used. 

(5)  A  certificate,  if  the  material  proposed  to  be  used  has  not 

heretofore  been  used  in  the  City  of. ,  showing  some 

other  locality  where  pavement  of  such  material  has  been  laid, 
its  area,  date  of  acceptance,  which  must  have  been  at  least  2 


110         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

years  previous  to  the  issuance  of  the  certificate,  and  showing 
that  said  pavement  has  worn  well  and  satisfactorily;  all  to  be 
signed  and  acknowledged  by  the  chief  municipal  officer  having 
charge  of  said  work  in  the  city  or  cities  where  such  pavement 
has  been  laid. 

Such  specimens,  certificates,  and  statements  must  be,  in  the 
judgment  of  the  Engineer,  equal  in  all  respects  to  similar  con- 
ditions exacted  by  the  Department  of  Highways  for  other  asphalt 
pavement  in  the  City  of 

Subgrade  for  Asphalt.  The  backfilling  on  the  top  of  the 
trench  shall  be  of  clean  gravel  or  sand,  or  other  wholesome  earth, 
free  from  all  spongy  or  vegetable  material ;  and  thoroughly  rolled 
with  a  roller  weighing  not  less  than  10  tons,  so  that  the  top  of 
the  filling  is  parallel  to  the  crown  of  the  street  and  9  inches 
below  it;  except  beneath  the  stone  block  pavement  adjoining 
rails,  manhole  heads,  and  stopcock  boxes,  where  the  depth  below 
the  finished  grade  shall  be  13J  inches.  When  the  roller  cannot 
reach  every  portion  of  the  roadbed,  the  bottom  shall  be  rolled 
by  a  small  roller,  or  tamped,  as  directed  by  the  Engineer,  and 
water  shall  be  sprinkled  on  such  bottom  when  required.  Upon 
the  foundation  thus  prepared,  there  shall  be  laid  a  bed  of  hy- 
draulic cement  concrete  6  inches  in  thickness,  and  made  as 
follows: 

Cement.  All  cement  must  be  of  the  best  quality,  of  fresh- 
ground  best  American  Portland  cement,  and  shall  be  tested  and 
approved  by  the  Engineer  before  being  used. 

Portland  Cement  Concrete.  Concrete  shall  be  composed  of  1 
part  of  cement,  3  parts  of  clean  sharp  sand,  and  7  parts  of 
broken  stone;  or  1  part  of  cement,  3  parts  of  clean  sharp  sand, 
4  parts  of  broken  stone,  and  3  parts  of  pebbles  by  measure. 

Mixing.  The  cement  and  sand  shall  be  mixed  dry ;  the  broken 
stone  having  been  first  wetted  shall  then  be  added  and  the  mass 
turned  over,  with  the  addition  of  the  necessary  water,  and  worked 
until  the  broken  stone  is  completely  incorporated. 

Pebbles.  The  pebbles  shall  be  hard,  clean,  free  from  sand, 
screened  and  washed,  and  of  a  size  that  has  passed  a  sieve  of 
IJ-inch  mesh  and  rejected  by  a  three-f ourths-inch .  mesh. 

Broken  Stone.  The  broken  stone  shall  be  solid  trap,  limestone, 
or  granite,  free  from  dust  or  dirt,  and  of  a  graded  size  not  larger 
in  any  dimension  than  will  pass  through  a  2-inch  ring;  and  it 
shall  be  crushed  and  screened  before  being  brought  upon  the 
work ;  and  no  crushing  shall  be  done  on  the  work. 

Concrete  to  ~be  Rammed.  The  concrete  shall  be  placed  in 
proper  position  and  there  rammed  with  wooden  rammers  until 
thoroughly  compacted;  the  surface  shall  be  3  inches  below 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         111 

the  grade  of  the  top  of  the  finished  pavement  and  exactly  parallel 
thereto. 

The  concrete  foundation  shall  be  capable  of  sustaining  such 
test  as  the  Engineer  shall  deem  necessary. 

No  carting  or  wheeling  shall  be  allowed  on  the  concrete  until 
it  is  sufficiently  set,  and  then  only  on  planks  laid  down  for  the 
purpose. 

Mixing  Concrete.  The  whole  operation  of  mixing  and  laying 
each  batch,  which  shall  not  contain  more  than  1  barrel  of  cement, 
must  be  performed  as  expeditiously  as  possible  by  the  employ- 
ment of  a  sufficient  number  of  skilled  men  and,  if  necessary,  must 
be  protected  from  the  action  of  the  sun  and  wind  until  set.  No 
concrete  will  be  allowed  to  be  used  which  has  been  mixed  more 
than  30  minutes. 

Bituminous  Binder.  Composition.  Upon  this  concrete  foun- 
dation must  be  laid  a  fine  bituminous  concrete  or  binder,  to  be 
composed  of  clean  broken  stone  not  exceeding  1J  inches  in  their 
largest  dimensions,  thoroughly  screened,  and  either  coal-tar  re- 
siduum, commonly  known  as  No.  4  paving  composition,  or  the 
same  bitumen  used  in  the  body  of  the  pavement. 

Stone  to  be  Heated.  The  stone  must  be  heated  by  being  passed 
through  revolving  heaters  and  must  be  thoroughly  mixed  by 
machinery,  with  the  paving  composition  in  the  proportion  of  1 
gallon  of  paving  composition  to  1  cubic  foot  of  stone. 

Laying  of  Binder.  This  binder  must  be  hauled  to  the  work 
and  spread  with  hot  iron  rakes  in  all  holes  or  inequalities  and 
depressions  below  the  true  grade  of  the  pavements,  to  such  thick- 
ness that,  after  being  thoroughly  compacted  by  tamping  and 
hand  rolling,  the  surface  shall  have  a  uniform  grade  and  cross 
section,  and  the  thickness  of  the  binder  at  any  point  shall  be  not 
less  than  three-fourths  inch.  No  binder  shall  be  laid  during  a  rain, 
nor  shall  any  binder  be  laid  that  is  too  cold  to  be  manipulated 
easily ;  overheated  binder  shall  be  removed  entirely  from  the  work. 

The  upper  surface  shall  be  exactly  parallel  with  the  surface 
of  the  pavement  to  be  laid. 

Wearing  Surface.  Upon  this  foundation  must  be  laid  the 
wearing  surface,  or  paving  proper,  the  basis  of  which  must  be 
pure  asphaltum,  unmixed  with  any  of  the  products  of  coal  tar. 

The  wearing  surface  will  be  composed  of : 

(1)  Refined  asphaltum;  (2)  heavy  petroleum  oil;  (3)  fine 
sand,  containing  not  more  than  1  per  cent  of  hydrosilicate  of 
alumina;  (4)  fine  powder  of  carbonate  of  lime,  granite,  or  quartz. 

Heavy  Petroleum  Oil.  The  heavy  petroleum  oil  must  be  freed 
from  all  impurities  and  brought  to  a  specific  gravity  of  from 
18°  to  22°  Baume,  and  a  fire  test  of  250°  F.,  or,  if  the  formula 


112          CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

of  the  Contractor  requires  it,  the  powdered  carbonate  of  lime 
may  be  omitted,  and  the  heavy  petroleum  oil  may  be  replaced 
by  sufficiently  fluid  natural  bitumen. 

Asphaltum.  The  asphaltum  used  must  be  equal  in  quality  to 
that  mined  from  the  Pitch  Lake  on  the  Island  of  Trinidad,  or 
from  the  Alcatraz  mine,  Santa  Barbara  County,  California,  and 
must  be  specially  refined  and  brought  to  a  uniform  standard  of 
purity  and  gravity,  of  a  quality  to  be  approved  by  the  Engineer. 

Asphaltic  Cement.  Prom  these  two  hydrocarbons  shall  be 
manufactured  an  asphaltic  cement  which  shall  have  a  fire  test 
of  250°  F.,  and,  at  a  temperature  of  60°  F.,  shall  have  a  specific 
gravity  of  1.19,  said  cement  to  be  composed  of  100  parts  of  pure 
asphalt,  and  from  15  to  20  parts  of  heavy  petroleum  oil. 

Pavement  Mixture.  The  asphaltic  cement  being  made  in  the 
manner  above  described,  the  pavement  mixture  must  be  formed 
of  the  following  materials,  and  in  the  proportions  stated : 

Asphaltic  cement  From  12  to  15 

Sand    From  83  to  70 

Pulverized  carbonate  of  lime,  gran- 
ite,  or   quartz From     5  to  15 

Sand.  The  sand  shall  be  of  such  size  that  none  of  it  shall 
pass  a  No.  80  screen,  and  that  the  whole  of  it  shall  pass  a  No.  10 
screen. 

Powdered  Stone.  The  powdered  carbonate  of  lime,  granite,  ot 
quartz  shall  be  of  such  a  degree  of  fineness  that  from  5  to  15  per 
cent  by  weight  of  the  entire  mixture  for  the  pavement  shall 
be  an  impalpable  powder  of  limestone,  and  the  whole  of  it  shall 
pass  a  No.  26  screen. 

How  Mixed.  The  sand  and  asphaltic  cement  are  to  be  heated 
separately  to  about  300°  F.  The  pulverized  carbonate  of  lime, 
granite,  or  quartz,  while  cold,  shall  be  mixed  with  the  hot  sand 
in  the  required  proportions,  and  then  mixed  in  a  suitable  apparatus 
with  the  asphaltic  cement  at  the  required  temperature,  and  in  the 
proportions  which  will  effect  a  perfect  mixture. 

Laying  of  Pavement  Mixture.  The  pavement  mixture  prepared 
in  the  manner  thus  indicated  must  be  brought  to  the  ground  in 
carts,  at  a  temperature  of  about  250°  F.  and,  if  the  temperature 
of  the  air  is  less  than  50°  F.,  iron  carts,  with  heating  appara- 
tus, shall  be  used  in  order  to  maintain  the  proper  temperature 
of  the  mixture;  it  shall  then  be  carefully  spread  by  means  of 
hot  iron  rakes  in  such  manner  as  to  give  a  uniform  and  regular 
grade.  The  surface  shall  be  compressed  by  hand  rollers,  after 
which  a  small  amount  of  hydraulic  cement  shall  be  swept  over  it, 
and  it  shall  then  be  thoroughly  compressed  by  a  steam  roller 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         113 

weighing  not  less  than  250  pounds  to  the  inch  run,  the  rolling  to 
be  continued  for  not  less  than  5  hours  for  every  1000  square 
yards  of  surface.  After  having  received  its  ultimate  compres- 
sion, the  pavement  must  have  a  thickness  of  not  less  than  2  inches. 

Gutters.  The  gutters  for  a  width  of  12  inches  next  the  curb 
must  be  coated  with  hot,  pure  asphalt,  and  smoothed  with  hot 
smoothing  irons  in  order  to  saturate  the  pavement,  to  a  depth  to 
be  directed  by  the  Engineer,  with  an  excess  of  asphalt. 

Rock  Asphalt.  If  rock  asphalt  be  used,  the  material  shall  be 
an  amorphous  limestone,  which  is  naturally,  thoroughly,  and  uni- 
formly impregnated  with  bitumen:  (1)  From  the  Sicilian  mines 
at  Ragusa  and  Yerwohle,  equal  in  quality  and  composition  to 
that  mined  by  the  United  Limmer  and  Verwohle  Rock  Asphalte 
Company,  Limited.  (2)  From  the  Swiss  mines  at  Val  de  Travers, 
equal  in  quality  and  composition  to  that  mined  by  The  Neuchatel 
Asphalte  Company,  Limited.  Or  (3)  from  the  French  mines  at 
Seyssel  and  Mons,  and  the  Sicilian  mines  at  Ragusa,  equal  in 
quality  and  composition  to  that  mined  by  the  Compagnie  Generale 
des  Asphaltes  de  France,  Limited,  and  it  shall  be  prepared  and  laid 
as  follows: 

Preparation.  The  rock  shall  be^finely  crushed  and  pulverized; 
the  powder  shall  then  be  passed  through  a  fine  sieve.  Nothing 
whatever  shall  be  added  to  or  taken  from  the  powder  obtained 
by  grinding  the  bituminous  rock.  The  powder  shall  contain  9 
to  12  per  cent  natural  bitumen ;  88  to  91  per  cent  pure  carbonate 
of  lime ;  and  must  be  free  from  quartz,  sulphates,  iron  pyrites,  or 
aluminum. 

Powder  to  ~be  Heated.  This  powder  shall  be  heated  in  a  suit- 
able apparatus  to  200°-250°  F.,  and  must  be  brought  to  the  ground 
at  such  temperature,  in  carts  made  for  the  purpose;  then  care- 
fully spread  on  the  binder  foundation  previously  prepared  to  such 
depth  that,  after  having  received  its  ultimate  compression,  it  will 
have  a  thickness  of  not  less  than  2  inches. 

Surface  to  be  Rolled.  The  surface  shall  be  rendered  perfectly 
even  by  rammers  and  smoothers,  and  shall  be  rolled  with  a  steam 
roller  weighing  not  less  than  250  pounds  to  the  inch  run,  the 
rolling  to  continue  for  not  less  than,  5  hours  for  each  1000  square 
yards  of  surface  in  the  case  of  Trinidad  asphalt;  in  the  case  of 
rock  asphalt  pavement  the  ultimate  compression  may  be  by 
heated  pilons. 

Special  Permission  to  Lay  Rock  Asphalt.  Rock  asphalt  shall 
not  be  used  in  any  case  without  written  permission  from  the 
Commissioner  of  Highways. 

Space  Next  to  Rails,  Manholes,  etc.  On  each  side  of  the  rails 
of  the  car  tracks,  around  all  manholes  and  stopcock  boxes,  the 


114         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Contractor,  when  required,  shall  lay  a  line  of  granite  or  syenite 
paving  blocks,  as  headers;  long  and  short  stones  alternating  and 
toothing  into  the  pavement,  laid  on  a  foundation  of  6  inches  of 
concrete,  which  must  extend  to  the  depth  of  the  crossties  and 
beneath  and  around  the  girders  and  stringers;  on  which  shall 
be  laid  a  bed  of  fresh  cement  mortar,  2  inches  in  thickness;  and 
on  the  mortar  so  laid  shall  be  laid  the  stone  blocks,  the  top  sur- 
face of  which  shall  conform  to  the  grade  of  the  pavement.  The 
joints  of  the  blocks  shall  be  filled  with  paving  cement,  as  here- 
inafter described. 

Space  within  Car  Tracks.  Whenever  the  space  within  car 
tracks  has  been  laid  with  granite  or  syenite  blocks,  the  said  space 
shall  be  repaved  with  said  blocks  or  said  asphalt,  according  to 
determination  of  the  Engineer. 


REFINED  ASPHALT 
Solid  Bitumen  Base 

Materials  and  Tests.  The  refined  asphalt  to  be  used  for  paving 
mixtures  herein  required  shall  be  derived  in  the  following 
manner  : 

1.  By  heating  crude,  natural,  solid  asphalt,  requiring  refine- 
ment, to  a  temperature  of  not  over  450°  F.,  until  all  the  water 
has  been  driven  off.    Crude,  natural,  solid  asphalt  shall  be  con- 
strued to  mean  any  natural  mineral  bitumen,   either  pure   or 
mixed  with  foreign  matter,  from  which,  through  natural  causes 
in  the  process  of  time,  the  light  oils  have  been  driven  off  until  it 
Jias  a  consistency  harder  than  100  penetration  at  77°  F.    At  least 
98|  per  cent  of  the  contained  bitumen  in  the  refined  asphalt,  which 
is  soluble  in  cold  carbon  disulphide,  shall  be  soluble  in  cold  carbon 
tetrachloride.    In  no  case  shall  such  asphalt  be  prepared  at  the 
refinery  with  any  product  not  hereinafter  provided  for. 

2.  By  the  careful  distillation  of  asphaltic  petroleum  with 
continuous  agitation  until  the  resulting  bitumen  has  a  consistency 
not  harder  than  30  penetration  at  77°  F. 

(a)  All  shipments  of  material  shall  be  marked  with  a  lot 
number  and  penetration;  and  ten  samples,  taken  at  random 
from  each  lot,  shall  not  vary  more  than  15  per  cent  from  the 
average  penetration,  provided  no  part  of  any  shipment  shall 
be  below  30  penetration  at  77°  F. 

(b)  The   solid  bitumen  so   obtained   shall  be   soluble   in 
carbon  tetrachloride  to  the  extent  of  98J  per  cent. 

(c)  When  20  grams  of  the  material  are  heated  for  5  hours 
at  a  temperature  of  325°  F.  in  a  tin  box  2J  inches  in  diameter, 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         115 

after  the  manner  officially  prescribed,  the  material  shall  not 
lose  over  5  per  cent  by  weight  nor  shall  the  penetration  at 
77°  F.  after  such  heating  be  less  than  one-half  of  the  original 
penetration. 

(d)  The  solid  bitumen  at  a  penetration  of  50  shall  have 
a  ductility  of  not  less  than  20  centimeters  at  77°  F.  If  the 
penetration  varies  from  50,  an  increase  of  at  least  2  centi- 
meters in  ductility  will  be  required  for  each  five  points  in  pene- 
tration above  50 ;  and  a  corresponding  allowance  will  be  made 
below  50  penetration.  This  test  shall  be  made  with  a  briquette 
of  cross  section  of  one  square  centimeter,  the  material  being 
elongated  at  the  rate  of  5  centimeters  per  minute.  (Dow 
molds). 

NOTE. — Combinations  of  asphaltic  bitumens  having  the  ductility  and  other 
characteristics  above  mentioned  are  admitted  under  Section  2. 

3.  Refined  asphalt  produced  by  combining  crude  natural 
asphalt  with  either  of  the  following : 

(a)  Residuums  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  petroleum 
oils  as  specified  under  fluxes. 

(b)  Asphalts  obtained  by  the% distillation  of  petroleum  oils 
as  specified. 

Use  of  Bitumen  Mixtures.  Fluxes.  In  the  use  of  these  mix- 
tures of  refined  asphalts  for  asphaltic  cements,  only  asphaltic 
or  semi-asphaltic  fluxes  shall  be  used,  except  in  those  cases  where 
the  solid  natural  asphalt  is  of  such  character  that  when  mixed 
with  paraffin  flux,  without  the  addition  of  any  other  material,  it 
will  produce  an  asphaltic  cement  complying  with  the  require- 
ments set  forth  under  that  head.  In  such  cases  any  of  the  fluxes 
elsewhere  specified  may  be  used. 

Inspection.  The  preparation  and  refining  of  all  asphalt  ad- 
mitted under  these  specifications  shall  be  subject  to  such  inspec- 
tion at  the  paving  plants  and  refineries  as  the  Engineer  may 
direct. 

Flux 

Material.  The  fluxing  material  may  be  a  paraffin,  a  semi- 
asphaltic,  or  an  asphaltic  residue  which  shall  be  tested  with  and 
found  suitable  to  the  asphalts  to  be  used. 

Tests.  Penetration.  The  residuums  must  have  a  penetration 
greater  than  350,  with  a  No.  2  needle  at  77°  F.  under  50  grams 
weight  for  1  second. 

Solubility.  All  residuums  shall  be  soluble  in  cold  carbon  tetra- 
chloride  to  the  extent  of  99  per  cent,  and  must  remain  soft  after 
heating  for  5  hours  at  400°  F. 


116         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Miscellaneous.  .  (a)  The  paraffin  residuum  shall  have  a  specific 
gravity  of  from  0.92  to  0.94  at  77°  F.  It  shall  not  flash  below  350° 
F.  when  tested  in  the  New  York  State  Closed  Oil  Tester,  and  shall 
not  volatilize  more  than  5  per  cent  of  material  when  heated  5 
hours  at  325°  F.  in  a  tin  box  2J  inches  in  diameter,  as  officially 
prescribed.  The  residue  after  heating  shall  flow  at  77°  F.  and 
shall  be  homogeneous  and  shall  show  no  coarse  crystals. 

(b)  Semi-asphaltic  residuum  shall  have  the  same  general  char- 
acteristics as  paraffin  residuum  except  that  it  shall  have  a  spe- 
cific gravity  of  0.94  to  0.98  at  77°  F. 

Asphaltic  Cement 

Proportions  of  Asphalt  and  Flux.  The  asphaltic  cement  pre- 
pared from  materials  above  designated  shall  be  made  up  from 
the  refined  asphalt  or  asphalts,  and  the  flux,  where  flux  must  be 
used,  in  such  proportions  as  to  produce  an  asphaltic  cement  of  a 
suitable  degree  of  penetration.  The  proportion  of  the  refined 
asphalt,  comprising  the  cement,  shall  in  no  case  be  less  than  40 
per  cent  by  weight. 

When  the  weight  of  flux  in  the  asphaltic  cement  prepared 
from  solid  natural  asphalt  exceeds  25  per  cent  thereof,  asphaltic 
or  semi-asphaltic  flux  shall  be  used. 

Refined  asphalts  and  flux  comprising  the  asphaltic  cement 
shall,  when  required,  be  weighed  separately  in  the  presence  of 
the  authorized  inspectors  or  agents  of  the  Engineer. 

Method  of  Mixing.  Refined  asphalts  and  flux  used  in  prepar- 
ing the  cement  shall  be  melted  together  in  a  kettle  at  a  tempera- 
ture ranging  from  250°  to  not  over  375°  F. ;  and  shall  be 
thoroughly  agitated  when  heated  by  air,  steam,  or  mechanical 
appliances,  until  the  resulting  cement  has  become  thoroughly 
mixed  into  a  homogeneous  mass.  The  agitation  must  be  continued 
during  the  entire  period  of  preparing  the  mixtures.  Cement  shall 
always  be  of  uniform  consistency  and,  if  any  portion  should 
settle  in  the  kettle,  between  intervals  of  using  the  same,  it  must 
be  thoroughly  agitated  before  being  drawn  for  use. 

Tests,  (a)  The  asphaltic  cement  shall  have  a  penetration  of 
from  40  to  75,  which  shall  be  varied  within  these  limits  to  adapt 
it  to  the  particular  asphalt  used  in  the  paving  mixture  and  to  the 
traffic  and  other  conditions.  The  exact  amount  of  penetration 
shall  be  fixed  by  the  Engineer. 

(b)  When  20  grams  of  the  asphaltic  cement  of  the  penetration 
to  be  used  in  the  paving  mixture  shall  be  heated  for  5  hours  at  a 
temperature  of  325°  F.,  in  an  oven  as  officially  specified,  there 
must  not  be  volatilized  more  than  5  per  cent  of  the  bitumen  pres- 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         117 

ent,  nor  shall  the  penetration  at  77°  F.  after  such  heating  be  less 
than  one-half  of  the  original  penetration. 

(c)  A  briquette  of  the  asphaltic  cement,  having  a  cross  sec- 
tion of  one  square  centimeter,  when  at  a  penetration  of  50,  shall 
elongate  to  the  extent  of  not  less  than  20  centimeters  at  77°  F. 
If  the  asphaltic  cement  as  used  in  the  paving  mixture  varies  from 
50  penetration,  an  increase  of  at  least  2  centimeters  in  ductility 
will  be  required  for  each  5  points  in  penetration  above  50,  and 
a  corresponding  allowance  will  be  made  below  50  penetration. 
(Dow  method.) 

Specifications  for  Sand  and  Binder  Stone 

Sand.  The  sand  shall  be  hard  grained  and  moderately  sharp. 
It  shall  be  so  graded  as  to  produce,  in  the  finished  surface  mix- 
ture, the  mesh  requirements  elsewhere  herein  specified.  It  shall 
contain  not  to  exceed  6  per  cent  of  sand  that  will  pass  a  No.  200 
mesh  sieve. 

Binder  Stone.  Stone  to  be  used  for  asphaltic  concrete  binder 
shall  be  hard  and  durable,  free  from  all  foreign  substances,  and 
of  uniformly  varying  sizes,  from  1  inch  down. 

Laying  the  Pavement 

Asphaltic  Concrete  Binder.  Preparation.  Asphaltic  concrete 
binder  shall  be  made  as  follows :  The  binder  stone  and  sand  as 
above  specified  shall  be  heated  to  200°-325°  F.  in  suitable  appli- 
ances. Stone  and  sand  shall  be  measured  off  separately;  and 
then  be  mixed  with  sufficient  asphaltic  cement  prepared  as  here- 
tofore specified,  in  such  proportions  that  the  resulting  aggregate 
will  contain  by  weight  material  passing  a  No.  10  mesh  screen, 
between  25  and  35  per  cent  and  bitumen  in  quantity  from  5  to  8 
per  cent  of  the  entire  mixture. 

Binder  thus  prepared  shall  be  a  compact  mass  containing  a 
minimum  of  voids. 

Laying.  The  asphaltic  concrete  binder  shall  be  brought  to 
the  work  in  wagons  covered  with  canvas  or  other  suitable  mate- 
rial, and  upon  reaching  the  street  shall  have  a  temperature  of 
200°-325°  F.  It  shall  be  placed  upon  the  concrete  foundation 
and  raked  to  a  uniform  surface  to  such  depth  that,  after  being 
rolled  and  thoroughly  compacted,  it  shall  have  an  average  thick- 
ness of  1  inch  and  shall  be  2  inches  below,  and  parallel  to,  the 
surface  of  the  finished  pavement.  The  surface,  after  compres- 
sion, shall  show  at  no  place  an  excess  of  asphaltic  cement,  and 
any  spot  covering  an  area  of  1  square  foot  or  more,  showing  an 
excess  of  asphaltic  cement,  shall  be  cut  out  and  replaced  with 


118         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

other  material.  Smaller  spots  may  be  dried  by  the  use  of  stone 
dust  and  smoothers.  Any  asphaltic  concrete  binder  broken  up 
during  the  process  of  laying  must  be  removed  and  replaced  with 
new  material.  No  more  binder  shall  be  laid  at  any  one  time  than 
can  be  covered  by  a  2  days'  run  of  the  paving  plant  on  surface 
mixture. 

Asphaltic  Surface  Mixture  or  Wearing  Course.  Specifications. 
The  surface  mixture  shall  consist  of  asphaltic  cement,  Portland 
cement  or  stone  dust,  and  sand  proportioned  by  weight,  so  that 
the  resulting  mixture  will  contain  average  proportions  of  the 
whole  mixture  as  follows: 

Bitumen  soluble  in  cold  carbon  disul- 

phide 9.5  to  13.5% 

Portland  cement  or  stone  dust  pass- 
ing a  No.  200  sieve 10.0  to  15.0% 

Sand  passing  a  No.  80  sieve 18.0  to  36.0% 

Sand  passing  a  No.  40  sieve 20.0  to  50.0% 

Sand  passing  a  No.  10  sieve 8.0  to  25.0% 

Sand  passing  a  No.    4  sieve Up  to  10.0% 

NOTE. — Sieves  to  be  used  in  the  order  named. 

The  item  designated  as  "  Portland  cement  or  stone  dust  pass- 
ing a  No.  200  sieve",  within  the  limits  named  herein,  includes, 
in  addition  to  the  Portland  cement  or  stone  dust,  fine  sand  passing 
a  No.  200  sieve  not  exceeding  4J  per  cent  of  the  total  mixture, 
and  such  200-mesh  mineral  dust  naturally  self-contained  in  the 
refined  asphalt. 

Mixing.  Sand  and  asphaltic  cement  shall  be  heated  separately 
to  about  300°  F. ;  the  maximum  temperature  of  the  sand  at  the 
mixers  shall  in  no  case  be  in  excess  of  375°  F.  and  the  maximum 
temperature  of  the  asphaltic  cement  shall  not  exceed  325°  F.  at 
the  discharge  pipe.  The  Portland  cement  or  stone  dust  shall  be 
mixed  with  the  hot  sand  and  in  the  required  proportions;  and 
then  these  shall  be  mixed  for  at  least  1  minute,  with  the  asphaltic 
cement  at  the  required  temperature  and  in  the  proper  propor- 
tions, in  a  suitable  apparatus  so  as  to  effect  a  thoroughly  homo- 
geneous mixture. 

The  proportion  of  asphalt  cement  shall  at  all  times  be  deter- 
mined by  actual  weighing  with  scales  attached  to  the  asphaltic 
cement  bucket.  The  weight  of  the  bucket  shall  be  checked  up  at 
least  twice  every  day. 

The  Portland  cement  or  stone  dust  and  sand  must  also  be 
weighed  unless  a  method  of  gaging  approved  by  the  Engineer 
shall  be  used. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         119 

For  the  determination  of  the  temperatures  required  by  the 
specifications  throughout  the  process  of  manufacture,  the  con- 
tractor shall  provide  and  maintain  at  the  plants  suitable  regis- 
tering thermometric  instruments  to  be  approved  by  the  Engineer. 
Proper  weighing  devices  must  also  be  installed  and  maintained 
for  the  determination  of  the  quantities  of  materials  used. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  every  facility  for  the  verification 
of  all  scales  or  measures. 

The  sand  gradings  and  bitumen  may  be  varied  within  the 
limits  designated  at  the  discretion  of  the  Engineer. 

Laying  the  Wearing  Surface.  The  asphalt  wearing  surface 
shall  be  hauled  to  the  work  in  wagons  provided  with  a  canvas 
or  other  suitable  cover.  As  placed  in  the  street  it  shall  have  a 
minimum  temperature  of  250°-280°  F.  as  suitable  for  the  asphalt 
used.  It  shall  be  dumped  at  such  distance  from  the  work  that 
all  of  the  mixture  can  be  turned  and  distributed  to  the  place 
where  it  is  to  be  raked;  and  shall  be  spread,  while  hot,  to  such 
depth  upon  the  asphaltic  concrete  binder — which  must  be  thor- 
oughly dry,  free  from  leaves,  or  other  foreign  matter — that  after 
receiving  its  ultimate  compression  by  rolling,  it  shall  have  an 
average  thickness  of  two  inches.  The  initial  compression  shall 
be  effected  by  means  of  a  small  roller,  after  which  a  small  amount 
of  Portland  cement  or  mineral  dust  shall  be  swept  over  the  sur- 
face. Final  compression  shall  be  effected  by  a  roller  of  not  less 
than  200  pounds  per  inch  tread.  The  rolling  shall  be  carried  on 
continuously  at  the  rate  of  not  more  than  200  square  yards  per 
hour. 

All  tests  herein  provided  must  be  conducted  according  to  offi- 
cial methods  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  Chief  Engineer.  All  pene- 
trations indicated  herein,  unless  otherwise  specified,  refer  to  the 
depth  of  penetration  in  hundredths  of  a  centimeter  of  a  No.  2 
cambric  needle  weighted  to  100  grams  at  77°  F.  acting  for  5 
seconds. 

No  asphalt  shall  be  laid  when,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Engineer, 
the  weather  conditions  are  unsuitable  for  its  proper  laying;  and 
no  asphalt  shall  be  laid  unless  the  surface  on  which  it  is  to  be  laid 
is  dry. 

After  the  surface  shall  have  been  finished,  no  horse  or  vehicle 
traffic  of  any  kind  shall  be  permitted  on  the  pavement  until  it 
shall  have  hardened  sufficiently. 

Should  an  asphalt  pavement  have  to  be  laid  adjacent  to  the 
tracks  of  a  street  railroad,  granite  paving  blocks  will  be  laid  next 
to  the  track,  for  which  the  Contractor  will  be  paid  the  price 
named  in  the  proposal  for  new  granite  block  paving  upon  cement 
concrete  foundation. 


120         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

The  granite  blocks  shall  be  laid  upon  a  cement  concrete  foun- 
dation, mixed  in  accordance  with  these  specifications,  which  shall 
extend  to  the  depth  of  the  bottom  of  the  crossties. 

The  top  of  the  blocks  shall  be  even  with  the  surface  of  the  tread 
of  the  rail,  which  must  conform  with  the  grade  of  the  street.  The 
blocks  shall  be  laid  before  the  wearing  surface  is  laid  upon  the 
driveway,  thoroughly  backed  with  cement  concrete,  carefully 
rammed  to  a  firm  bed.  All  joints  must  be  thoroughly  filled  with 
cement  grouting  composed  of  one  part  fresh  ground  Portland 
cement  and  one  part  clean  approved  sand. 

Asphalt-filled  manhole  covers  and  frames,  when  ordered  by 
the  Engineer,  shall  be  placed  on  all  manholes  where  such  frames 
and  covers  have  not  already  been  placed.  Payment  for  all  such 
frames  and  covers  will  be  made  at  the  prices  named  in  the 
proposal. 

WOOD-BLOCK   PAVEMENT 

Material  Specifications.  The  wood-block  pavement  layer  shall 

be inches  thick,  as  required  by  the  traffic  and  conditions 

of  the  street ;  and  constructed  of  the  materials  and  in  the  manner 
hereinafter  specified. 

Long-Leaf  Yellow  Pine.  The  wood  from  which  the  blocks  are 
made  must  be  regular,  sound,  commercial,  merchantable,  long-leaf 
yellow  pine,  which  shall  be  well  manufactured,  saw-butted,  free 
from  large  coarse  knots  or  very  coarse  grain,  and  free  from  the 
following  defects :  unsound,  loose,  and  hollow  knots,  worm  holes, 
knot  holes ;  through,  round;  or  other  objectionable  shakes ;  wane, 
checks,  bark ;  incipient  or  other  decay.  • 

Other  Woods.  Other  woods,  as  Oregon  or  Washington  Doug- 
las fir,  scientifically  and  practically  equal  or  superior  to  the  above 
mentioned  long-leaf  pine,  which  can  be  equally  well  creosoted 
and  which  are  satisfactory  to  the  City  Engineer,  can  be  used,  pro- 
vided that  only  one  kind  and  quality  of  wood  is  used  on  the  same 
street  or  contract  and  further  provided  that  only  one  kind  of 
wood  is  treated  and  creosoted  at  one  time. 

Wood  Blocks.  The  paving  blocks,  cut  from  the  lumber  or 
wood  above  specified,  shall  be  well  manufactured,  truly  rectangu- 
lar, and  uniform.  They  shall  be  dressed  on  all  sides ;  except  the 
top  and  bottom,  both  of  which  shall  be  evenly  and  smoothly 
sawed.  No  block  shall  vary  in  width  and  depth  more  than  one-six- 
teenth of  an  inch  from  others  used  on  the  same  street  or  contract. 

The  depth  shall  be inches  as  already  specified.  The 

length  shall  be  not  less  than  6  nor  more  than  10  inches.  The  width 
shall  be  not  less  than  3  nor  more  than  4  inches,  provided  that  all 
blocks  used  in  one  street  or  contract  shall  be  of  the  same  width. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         121 

Creosote  Oil.  Amount  per  Cubic  Foot.  The  blocks  shall  be 
treated,  preserved,  or  creosoted  as  hereinafter  specified  and  each 
block  shall  contain  at  least  18  pounds  of  creosote  oil  per  cubic 
foot  of  wood;  or  when  a  block  contains  much  natural  pitch  it 
shall  receive  as  much  creosote  as  can  be  forced  into  it  by  the 
same  process  and  pressure  as  is  used  in  the  treatment  of  blocks 
of  the  same  kind  of  wood  which  will  receive  18  pounds  of  creosote 
oil  per  cubic  foot;  provided,  however,  that  the  combined  creo- 
sote and  natural  pitch  in  all  blocks  be  at  least  19  pounds  per  cubic 
foot. 

Quality  Tests.  The  creosote  oil  shall  be  a  dead  oil  of  coal  tar 
or  a  coal-tar  product.  It  shall  not  contain  more  than  3  per  cent 
of  water;  and  if  it  does  contain  this  amount  of  water,  a  corre- 
sponding correction  must  be  made  so  that  an  equivalent  addi- 
tional amount  of  creosote  is  forced  into  the  blocks.  It  shall 
contain  only  traces  of  acetic  acid  and  acetates.  Its  specific  gravity 
at  100°  F.  (38°  C.)  shall  be  at  least  1.03  and  not  more  than  1.10, 
so  as  to  assure  its  thoroughly  penetrating  the  wood  blocks.  It 
must  not  leave  more  than  a  trace  on  a  filter  paper  when  filtered 
between  60°  F.  and  77°  F.  Fractional  distillation  of  100  grams 
of  the  creosote  oil  shall  produce  percentages  of  dry  oil  by  weight 
within  the  following  limits: 

Up  to       150°  C.  (302°  F.)  no  distillate 

Between  150°  C.  (302°  F.)  and  170°  C.  (338°  F.)  not  to  exceed  1.5  per  cent 

Between  170°  C.  (338°  P.)   and  235°  C.   (445°  F.)  not  to  exceed  33.0  per  cent 

Between  235°  C.  (455°  F.)  and  300°  C.   (572°  F.)  not  to  exceed  35.0  per  cent 

The  residue  shall  be  soft  and  adhesive.  The  creosote  oil  shall 
contain  about  25  per  cent  of  crystallizable  naphthalene  and  at 
least  15  per  cent  anthracene  oils.  At  least  95  per  cent  of  the 
creosote  oil  shall  be  equally  soluble  in  carbon  bisulphide  and  in 
absolute  alcohol. 

Treating  the  Blocks.  Sterilizing.  The  wood  blocks,  after  being 
cut  and  ready  for  treatment,  shall  be  placed  in  a  suitable  iron 
receptacle  or  cylinder  and  there  sterilized  with  dry  steam  under  a 
pressure  of  at  least  30  pounds,  and  not  to  exceed  50  pounds  per 
square  inch  during  at  least  3  hours  and  as  much  longer,  not  to 
exceed  7  hours,  as  the  condition  of  the  wood  and  the  season  of 
the  year  requires.  The  temperature  within  the  cylinder  during 
the  process  of  steaming  shall  be  between  250°  F.  and  280°  F.  At 
intervals  during  this  process  the  condensed  steam,  sap,  and  other 
liquid  matter  shall  be  drawn  from  the  receptacle  by  means  of 
valves.  At  the  completion  of  the  steaming  process,  all  condensed 
steam  and  other  fluid  matter  shall  be  blown  from  the  cylinder 


122         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

through  an  opening  in  its  bottom,  and  the  steam  shall  be  caused 
to  pass  out  through  an  opening  in  its  top. 

Vacuum  Treatment.  The  draining  and  exhaust  valves  of  the 
cylinder  shall  then  be  closed  and  a  vacuum  pump  shall  imme- 
diately produce,  as  quickly  as  possible,  a  vacuum  of  at  least 
24  inches,  and  as  much  more  as  may  be  necessary;  this  vacuum 
shall  be  maintained  in  the  cylinder  until  moisture  and  gases  cease 
to  come  from  the  cylinder.  During  this  process  the  wood  blocks 
within  the  cylinder  shall  be  kept  hot  by  means  of  steam  coils 
within  it. 

Forcing  Creosote  Oil  into  the  Blocks.  Immediately  after  the 
vacuum  treatment  and  while  the  vacuum  exists,  the  creosote  oil 
at  a  temperature  between  180°  F.  and  200°  F.  shall  be  run  into 
the  cylinder  and  forced  and  maintained  under  such  pressure  that 
the  wood  blocks  shall  absorb  and  be  impregnated  with  creosote 
oil  to  the  amount  as  required  above.  The  excess  of  creosote  oil 
in  the  cylinder  shall  then  be  withdrawn;  the  blocks  drained  and 
prepared  for  shipment. 

Water  Absorption.  The  blocks  when  ready  for  use  shall  not 
absorb  more  water  than  an  average  of  4J  per  cent  of  their  dry 
weight,  after  being  heated  at  100°  F.  during  12  hours  and  then 
placed  under  water  12  hours. 

Indentation  Pressure  Test.  The  blocks  ready  for  use  must 
meet  the  indentation  pressure  test  made  as  follows:  The  blocks 
to  be  tested  are  first  dried  at  100°  F.  during  12  hours.  Then  a 
polished  steel  die  of  1  square  inch  on  its  lower  face,  with  square 
edges  and  corners,  and  perpendicular  sides,  is  placed  on  a  dried 
block,  firmly  supported  in  a  compression  testing  machine.  A  pres- 
sure of  8000  pounds  is  applied  quickly  and  maintained  exactly  1 
minute.  The  die  must  not  descend  and  indent  the  block  more 
than  one-eighth  of  an  inch.  The  measurements  are  to  be  taken 
from  the  time  when  the  die  is  lightly  pressed  against  the  block  to 
the  instant  the  8000-pound  pressure  has  been  applied  1  minute. 
The  die  is  placed  anywhere  within  one-half  inch  of  the  edges  of 
the  block  and  so  as  to  compress  lengthwise  the  wood  fibers. 

Inspection  of  Blocks.  The  wood  blocks  shall  be  inspected  by 
the  City  Engineer  at  the  place  of  manufacture,  or  on  arrival  in 
the  city  where  they  are  to  be  used,  or  when  piled  adjacent  to  the 
street  to  be  paved.  All  blocks  not  in  conformity  with  the  require- 
ments of  these  specifications  will  be  rejected  and  must  be  removed 
from  the  locality  of  the  pavement  to  be  laid. 

Laying  Blocks.  The  wood  blocks  are  to  be  laid  upon  the 
mortar  bed  immediately  after  the  said  bed  is  ready  to  receive 
them.  Except  when  otherwise  directed  by  the  City  Engineer, 
the  blocks  are  to  be  laid  with  close  joints  and  at  right  angles 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         123 

to  the  curbs;  in  uniform  courses;  and  so  that  all  longitudinal 
joints  shall  be  covered  by  a  lap  of  at  least  3  inches.  No  closure  or 
end  blocks  less  than  3  inches  long  shall  be  used. 

Tight  Joints  and  Rolling.  The  blocks  shall  be  driven  or  forced 
together  as  closely  as  possible  during  laying,  and  shall  be  properly 
rolled  or  rammed  to  a  firm  bearing  and  uniform  surface. 

Defective  Blocks.  No  rolling  or  ramming  shall  be  done  within 
10  feet  of  the  surface  where  blocks  are  being  laid.  All  blocks 
which  are  broken,  split,  or  otherwise  damaged,  defective,  or  dis- 
placed shall  be  removed  immediately  after  rolling  or  ramming 
and  replaced  with  sound  blocks. 

Filling  Joints.  After  the  blocks  have  been  laid  and  properly 
rammed,  their  joints  shall  be  filled  or  grouted  with  either  a  suit- 
able bituminous  paving  joint  cement  approved  by  the  Engineer, 
or  by  a  cement  grout.  The  bituminous  cement  must  be  such  as 
not  to  be  too  soft  in  warm  weather,  and  not  too  brittle  in  cold 
weather  to  be  a  durable  and  adhesive  filler.  It  must  be  heated 
until  it  is  so  liquid  that  it  will  run  freely  into  and  fill  the  joints. 
The  cement  grout  shall  be  composed  of  two  parts  of  clean  sand 
and  one  part  of  an  approved  brand  of  Portland  cement,- mixed 
to  a  perfectly  liquid  form;  and  the  surface  of  the  block  shall  be 
slushed  with  the  same,  and  the  joints  shall  be  swept  until  they 
are  completely  filled. 

Surface  Sand.  Immediately  after  the  grout  or  bituminous 
cement  has  filled  the  joints,  there  shall  be  spread  over  the  entire 
pavement  a  one-half-inch  layer  of  clean,  very  coarse,  dry  sand;  or  a 
layer  of  clean,  hard,  dry,  crushed  stone  screenings  with  particles 
not  exceeding  one-fourth  inch  and  not  smaller  than  one-thirty- 
second  of  an  inch  in  size.  This  layer  of  either  coarse  sand  or 
crushed  stone  screenings  is  to  remain  on  the  pavement  while  it  is 
subjected  to  traffic  for  a  period  of  at  least  a  month,  or  until  any 
excess  is  removed  as  far  as  possible  or  necessary  by  the  City. 

Expansion  Joints.  Expansion  joints  shall  be  constructed 
between  the  curbs  and  wood  paving  blocks  to  provide  for  the 
possible  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  blocks  by  heat  or  cold 
or  other  conditions.  These  expansion  joints  shall  be  constructed 
from  three-fourths  inch  to  1  inch  wide,  according  to  the  width  of 
the  street,  as  directed  by  the  Engineer ;  and  shall  extend  the  whole 
depth  of  the  blocks ;  and  shall  be  filled  with  a  suitable  bituminous 
paving  joint  cement  acceptable  to  the  Engineer.  Expansion  joints 
of  any  required  width  shall  be  constructed  at  such  other  locations 
as  the  Engineer  may  direct.  Expansion  joints  must  be  completely 
filled  with  suitable  strips  of  wood  previous  to  filling  the  joints  with 
the  paving  joint  cement. 

Any  bituminous  cement  adhering  to  curbs  or  sidewalks  must 


124         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

be  removed  by  the  contractor.  The  pavement  and  sidewalk  shall 
be  free  from  all  surplus  materials  as  soon  as  the  Contractor  has 
finished  paving  the  street. 

GRANOLITHIC  SIDEWALK  PAVEMENTS 

Bed.  The  sidewalk  shall  be  excavated  and  graded  from  the 
curb  to  the  house  line,  or  to  the  width  required,  to  a  subgrade 
18J  inches  below  and  parallel  to  the  top  of  the  finished  pavement. 
The  bed  shall  be  thoroughly  compacted  by  ramming  to  the  pre- 
scribed lines. 

Cinder  Foundation.  On  the  subgrade  so  prepared  a  founda- 
tion of  clean,  hard  coal  cinders,  not  less  than  14  inches  thick,  shall 
be  placed  in  two  7-inch  layers,  which  shall  be  well  consolidated 
by  ramming  with  a  rammer  weighing  at  least  75  pounds,  and 
having  a  face  at  least  8  inches  square. 

The  cinders  shall  be  well  watered  during  ramming,  and  the 
top  surfaces  shall  be  brought  to  a  height  exactly  4J  inches  below 
and  parallel  to  the  finished  surface. 

Concrete  Base.  On  this  cinder  foundation  shall  be  placed  3 
inches  of  Portland  cement  concrete.  This  base  shall  be  cut  by 
joints  into  blocks  not  larger  than  6  feet  square,  the  joints  to 
extend  clear  through  the  concrete. 

Wearing  Course.  On  this  concrete  base,  and  before  the  con- 
crete has  attained  its  initial  set,  shall  be  placed  the  finished  or 
wearing  course.  This  course  shall  consist  of  a  stiff  mortar  com- 
posed of  equal  parts  of  Portland  cement  and  the  sharp  screenings 
of  crushed  granite  or  stone  of  equal  quality,  to  be  approved  by 
the  Engineer,  the  largest  particles  of  which  shall  pass  through  a 
three-eighths-inch  ring;  and  it  shall  be  free  from  dust,  loam,  or 
earthy  substances;  and  shall  be  laid  to  a  full  depth  of  1J  inches, 
carefully  floated  and  troweled  to  a  smooth,  even  surface.  A  drier 
mixed  in  the  proportion  of  1  part  sand  to  2  parts  Portland  cement 
shall  be  sprinkled  in  a  dry  state  over  the  surface,  and  then  floated 
and  troweled.  This  treatment  shall  be  repeated  3  times;  after 
which  the  joints  shall  be  cut  through  the  wearing  surface  directly 
over  the  joints  in  the  concrete  base,  troweled  with  a  small  jointer, 
and  the  entire  surface  indented  in  a  manner  to  be  approved  by 
the  Engineer. 

Tinting.  When  directed,  the  drier  mixture  shall  receive  the 
blue,  black,  or  other  tinting  matter  to  produce  the  shade  approved 
by  the  Engineer. 

Sprinkling.  When  the  pavement  is  completed,  it  shall  be  kept 
covered  for  3  days,  during  which  time  it  shall  be  kept  moist  by 
sprinkling. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         125 
BRICK  PAVEMENT 

For  brick  sidewalk  paving  the  sidewalk  shall  be  excavated  or 
filled  and  graded  from  curb  to  house  line  or  to  the  width  required ; 
and  firmly  and  uniformly  compacted,  by  ramming  or  rolling,  to  a 
subgrade  of  not  less  than  6  inches  below  the  intended  finished 
grade  of  pavement,  and  parallel  to  it.  All  soft  and  spongy  places 
shall  be  dug  out  and  properly  refilled.  Upon  the  bottom  so 
formed  shall  be  placed  a  layer  of  sharp  clean  bar  sand,  upon 
which  the  paving  brick  shall  be  laid.  The  bricks  shall  be  straight, 
hard,  first  quality  paving  bricks  laid  in  the  best  workmanlike 
manner.  Samples  of  bricks  must  be  submitted  for  approval  at 
least  10  days  before  they  are  desired  for  use. 

SODDING 

Quality  of  Sod.  The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  place  grass 
sod  on  the  slope  of  the  embankment  and  at  other  places  as 
directed  by  the  Chief  Engineer.  The  sod  shall  be  of  good  quality 
of  earth  covered  with  heavy  grass ;  sound  and  healthy ;  free  from 
weeds ;  at  least  1  foot  square  and  2  inches  thick ;  cut  with  a  bevel 
on  the  sides  so  that  when  laid  they  will  lap  at  the  edges.  No  poor, 
lean,  or  broken  sod  will  be  allowed  in  the  work. 

Laying.  The  sod  shall  be  carefully  set  so  as  to  have  a  full 
bearing  on  their  lower  surfaces,  and  shall  be  properly  rammed 
and  well  rolled,  and  wherever  required  by  the  Chief  Engineer  they 
shall  be  pinned  down  with  wooden  pins  not  less  than  12  inches 
long.  The  surface  of  the  top  soil  shall  be  dampened  immediately 
before  laying  the  sod.  Care  shall  be  taken  to  have  all  surfaces 
conform  to  the  proper  lines  and  grades,  and  any  sliding  or  settling 
which  may  occur,  before  the  final  acceptance  of  the  work,  shall 
be  repaired  by  the  Contractor. 

Grass  sodding,  in  place,  shall  be  paid  for  at  the  price  given  in 
the  proposal. 

GENERAL  SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  THE  DESIGN  OF 
ELEVATED  TANKS  AND  STANDPIPES 

LOADS 

Definitions.  (1)  The  dead  load  shall  consist  of  the  weight  of 
structural  and  ornamental  steelwork,  platforms,  roof  construc- 
tion, piping,  etc. 

(2)  The  live  load  considered  shall  be  the  contents  of  tanks, 
the  movable  load  on  platforms  and  roofs,  and  the  wind  pressure. 

(3)  The  weight  of  water  shall  be  assumed  to  be  63  pounds 


126         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

per  cubic  foot;  and  that  of  crude  oil  56  pounds  per  cubic  foot, 
1  cubic  foot  of  fluid  being  equal  to  7.48  gallons. 

(4)  The  live  loads  on  platforms  and  roofs  shall  be  taken  at 
30  pounds  per  square  foot  or  a  200-pound  concentrated  load 
applied  at  any  point. 

(5)  The  wind  pressure  shall  be  assumed  at  30  pounds  pei 
square  foot,  acting  in  any  direction.    The  surfaces  of  cylindrical 
tanks  exposed  to  the  wind  shall  be  calculated  at  two-thirds  of  the 
diameter  multiplied  by  the  height. 

(6)  The  movable  live  load  on  platforms  and  roofs  shall  not 
be  considered  as  acting  together  with  the  wind  pressure. 

UNIT  STRAINS 

Sums  of  Dead  and  Live  Loads.  All  parts  of  the  structure 
shall  be  proportioned  so  that  the  sum  of  the  dead  and  live  loads 
shall  not  cause  the  strains  to  exceed  those  given  in  Table  I. 

TABLE  I 

Maximum    Tension,    Compression,    and    Shearing    Stresses    for 
Tanks  and  Standpipes 


STRAINS  IN  VARIOUS  MEMBERS 


POUNDS  PER 
SQUARE  INCH 


Tension  in  tank  plates  (net  area) 

Tension  in  other  parts  of  structure  (net  area) 

Compression  (reduced) 

Shear  on  rivets  and  pins 

Shear  on  bolts  and  field  rivets 

Shear  in  plates  (gross  section) 

Bearing  pressure  on  rivets  and  pins 

Bearing  pressure  on  field  rivets 

Fiber  strain  in  pins 


12,000 
16,000 
16,000 
12,000 
9,000 
10,000 
20,000 
18,000 
24,000 


Compression  Factor.     For  compression  members,  the  permis- 
sible unit  strain  of  16,000  pounds  shall  be  reduced  by  the  formula 

p  =  16,000  —  70^ 

where  p  =  permissible  working  strain  in  compression,  in  pounds 

per  square  inch 

1  =  length  of  member,   from  center  to  center  of  connec- 
tions, in  inches 
r= least  radius  of  gyration  of  section  in  inches 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTEACTS         127 


I 
The  ratio — shall  never  exceed  120  for  main  members  and  150  for 

struts. 

Wind  Stresses.  Stresses  due  to  wind  may  be  neglected  if  they 
are  less  than  25  per  cent  of  the  combined  dead  and  live  loads. 

Unit  strains  in  bracing  and  other  members  taking  the  wind 
stresses  may  be  increased  to  20,000  pounds  per  square  inch,  except 
as  shown  above. 

The  pressures  given  in  Table  II  will  be  permissible  on  founda- 
tion and  bearing  plates. 

TABLE  II 
Maximum   Allowable   Pressures   on   Foundation  and  Bearing   Plates 


FOUNDATION  MATERIAL 

TONS  PER  SQ.  FT. 

Soft  clay 
Ordinary  clay 
Dry  sand  and  dry  clay 
Hard  clay 
Gravel  and  coarse  sand 

1 

2 
3 
4 
6 

BEARING  PLATES 

LBS.  PER  SQ.  IN. 

Brickwork  with  cement  mortar 
Portland  cement  concrete 
First-class  sandstone 
First-class  limestone 
First-class  granite 

200 
350 
400 
500 
600 

DETAILS  OF  CONSTRUCTION 

Calking.  The  plates  forming  the  sides  of  cylindrical  tanks 
shall  be  of  different  diameters,  and  shall  be  calked  from  the 
inside.  No  foreign  material  shall  be  allowed  when  calking. 

In  oil-tank  work,  both  the  inside  and  the  outside  of  the  tank 
shall  be  beveled  for  calking. 

Joints.  Joints  for  horizontal  seams  and  for  radial  seams  in 
the  spherical  bottoms  of  tanks  shall  preferably  be  lap  joints. 

For  vertical  seams  lap  joints  shall  be  used  for  one-fourth-,  five- 
sixteenths-,  and  three-eighths-inch  plates ;  for  all  other  thicknesses, 
butt  joints  with  double  and  triple  rows  of  rivets  on  both  sides  of 
joint  shall  be  used. 

Rivets.  Rivets  five-eighths  inch  in  diameter  shall  be  used  for 
one-fourth-  and  five-sixteenths-inch  plates ;  rivets  three-fourths  inch 


128         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

in  diameter  for  three-eighths-  to  five-eighths-inch  plates,  inclusive ; 
and  rivets  seven-eighths  inch  in  diameter  for  eleven-sixteenths-  to 
1-inch  plates,  inclusive. 

Plates.  Plates  more  than  five-eighths  inch  thick  shall  be  sub- 
punched  and  reamed. 

The  minimum  thickness  of  the  plates  for  the  cylindrical  part 
shall  be  one-fourth  inch.  The  thickness  of  the  plates  in  spherical 
bottoms  shall  never  be  less  than  that  of  the  lower  ring  in  the  cylin- 
drical part  of  the  tank. 

The  facilities  at  the  plant  where  the  material  is  to  be  fabri- 
cated will  be  investigated  before  the  material  is  ordered. 

All  plates  shall  be  punched  before  being  bevel  sheared  for 
calking. 

Spherical  Bottoms.  Radial  sections  of  spherical  bottoms  shall 
be  made  in  duplicates  of  the  number  of  columns  supporting  the 
tank,  and  shall  be  reinforced  at  the  lower  parts,  where  holes  are 
made  for  piping. 

When  the  center  of  the  spherical  bottom  is  above  the  point  of 
connection  with  the  cylindrical  part  of  the  tank,  there  shall  be 
provided  a  girder  at  said  point  of  connection  to  take  the  hori- 
zontal thrust.  The  horizontal  girder  may  be  made  in  connection 
with  the  balcony.  This  also  applies  where  the  tank  is  supported 
by  inclined  columns. 

The  balcony  around  the  tanks  shall  be  3  feet  wide  with  a  one- 
fourth-inch  floor  plate,  and  shall  have  a  suitable  railing  3  feet  6 
inches  high. 

The  upper  parts  of  spherical  bottom  plates  shall  always  be 
connected  on  the  inside  of  the  cylindrical  section  of  the  tank. 

Connections  between  Tower  Columns  and  Tank.  In  order  to 
avoid  eccentric  loading  on  the  tower  columns  and  local  stresses  in 
spherical  bottoms,  the  connections  between  the  columns  and  the 
sides  of  the  tank  shall  be  made  in  such  a  manner  that  the  center 
of  gravity  of  the  column  section  intersects  the  center  of  connec- 
tion between  the  spherical  bottom  and  the  sides  of  the  tank. 
Enough  rivets  shall  be  provided  above  this  intersection  to 
transmit  the  total  column  load. 

If  the  tanks  are  supported  on  columns,  riveted  directly  to  the 
sides,  additional  material  must  be  provided  in  the  tank  plates 
riveted  directly  to  the  columns  to  take  the  shear.  The  shear  may 
be  taken  by  providing  thicker  tank  plates  or  by  reinforcement 
plates  at  the  column  connections.  Connections  to  columns  shall 
be  made  in  such  a  manner  that  the  efficiency  of  the  tank  plates  is 
not  less  than  that  of  the  vertical  seams. 

High  Towers.  For  high  towers,  columns  shall  have  a  batter 
of  1  to  12.  The  height  of  the  tower  is  understood  to  be  the  dis- 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         129 

tance  from  the  top  of  the  masonry  to  the  connection  of  the 
spherical  bottom,  or  the  flat  bottom,  with  the  cylindrical  part  of 
the  tank. 

Standpipes.  The  bottom  plates  of  standpipes  shall  be  not 
less  than  five-sixteenths  inch  thick,  and  shall  be  provided  with 
tapped  holes,  1J  inches  in  diameter,  with  screw  plugs  spaced  at 
4-foot  centers  to  allow  a  filling  of  cement  on  top  of  the  masonry, 
while  the  bottom  is  being  erected,  in  order  to  secure  the  proper 
bearing. 

Near  the  bottom  of  the  standpipe  there  shall  be  provided  one 
12-  by  18-inch  manhole  of  elliptical  shape. 

Near  the  top  of  each  tank  and  standpipe  there  shall  be  pro- 
vided one  Z-bar  acting  as  a  support  for  the  painters'  trolley  and 
for  the  stiffening  of  the  tank.  The  section  modulus  of  the  same 

D2 

shall  be  not  less  than  where  D  is  equal  to  the  diameter  of  the 

ZuO 

tank,  in  feet.  If  the  upper  part  of  the  tank  is  held  by  the  roof 
construction,  this  may  be  reduced. 

Stiffening  Angles  on  Large  Tanks.  On  large  tanks,  circular 
stiffening  angles  shall  be  provided  in  order  to  prevent  the  tank 
plates  from  buckling  during  windstorms.  The  distance  between 
the  angles  shall  be  located  by  the  following  formula: 

d==. 


where  d  =  approximate  distance  between  angles,  in  feet 
t  =  thickness  of  tank  plates,  in  inches 
D==  diameter  of  tank,  in  feet 

Roof  Plates.  The  top  of  the  tank  will  generally  be  covered 
with  a  conical  roof  of  thin  plates,  and  the  pitch  shall  be  1  to  6. 
For  tanks  up  to  22  feet  in  diameter,  the  roof  plates  will  be 
assumed  to  be  self-supporting.  If  the  diameter  of  the  tank 
exceeds  22  feet,  angle  rafters  shall  be  used  to  support  the  roof 
plates. 

Plates  of  the  following  thicknesses  will  be  assumed  as  self- 
supporting  for  various  diameters:  three-thirty-seconds-inch  plate, 
up  to  a  diameter  of  18  feet ;  one-eighth-inch  plate,  up  to  a  diam- 
eter of  20  feet;  three-sixteenths-inch  plate,  up  to  a  diameter  of 
22  feet. 

Rivets  in  the  roof  plates  shall  be  from  one-fourth  to  five-six- 
teenths inch  in,  diameter  and  shall  be  driven  cold.  These  rivets 
need  not  be  headed  with  a  button  set. 

A  trapdoor,  2  feet  square,  shall  be  provided  in  the  roof  plate. 


130         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Near  the  top  of  the  higher  tanks  a  platform  with  a  railing  shall 
be  provided,  for  the  safety  of  the  men  operating  the  trap- 
door. 

An  ornamental  finial  shall  be  provided  at  the  top  of  the 
roof. 

Ladder.  A  ladder  1  foot  3  inches  wide  shall  be  provided  from 
a  point  about  8  feet  above  the  foundation  to  the  top  of  the  tank, 
and  also  one  shall  be  provided  on  the  inside  of  the  tank.  Each 
ladder  shall  be  made  of  two  2-|-  by  f -inch  bars  with  three-fourths- 
inch  rungs.  On  large  high  tanks,  30  feet  or  more  in  diameter,  a 
walk  shall  be  provided  from  the  column  nearest  the  ladder  to  the 
expansion  joint  on  the  inlet  pipe. 

Overrun.  In  designing  tanks,  6  inches  additional  height  shall 
be  allowed  for  overrun. 

Bracing.  The  bracing  in  the  towers  shall  not  be  adjust- 
able. 

Anchor  Bolts.  The  size  of  the  anchor  bolts  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  the  uplift  when  the  tank  or  standpipe  is  empty.  The 
unit  strains  in  the  anchor  bolts  shall  not  exceed  15,000  pounds 
per  square  inch,  and  the  minimum  section  shall  be  limited  to  a 
diameter  of  1|  inches. 

Miscellaneous.  The  concrete  shall  be  assumed  to  have  a 
weight  of  140  pounds  per  cubic  foot  and  shall  be  sufficient  in 
quantity  to  take  the  uplift. 

Any  parts  of  the  tank,  standpipe,  or  tower,  in  which  difficulties 
may  arise  in  field  riveting,  shall  be  assembled  in  the  shop,  and 
marked  properly  before  shipment. 

The  structural  material  shall  conform  to  the  "  General  Speci- 
fications for  Steel  Railroad  Bridges"  as  adopted  by  the  American 
Railway  Engineering  and  Maintenance  of  Way  Association. 

The  workmanship  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  Manu- 
facturers' Standard  Specifications  of  Feb.  6,  1903. 

Before  leaving  the  shop  all  work  shall  be  painted  with  one 
coat  of  approved  paint,  excepting  the  laps  in  contact  on  the  tank 
work.  All  parts  which  will  be  inaccessible  after  erection  shall  be 
well  painted.  After  erection,  the  structure  shall  be  covered  with 
one  coat  of  the  same  paint. 

Three-ply  frost-proof  casing  shall  be  provided,  if  necessary, 
around  the  inlet  pipe".  This  casing  shall  be  composed  of  two 
layers  of  1-  by  2J-inch  lumber,  and  each  layer  shall  be  covered  with 
tar  paper,  and  one  outside  layer  of  f-  by  2^-inch  dressed  and 
matched  flooring.  The  lumber  shall  be  in  lengths  of  about  12  feet. 
A  1-inch  air  space  shall  be  provided  between  the  layers  of  lumber, 
and  wood  rings  or  separators  shall  be  nailed  to  them  every  3  feet. 
The  frost  casing  may  be  made  square  or  cylindrical. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS        131 
CONTRACT,  OR  ARTICLES  OF  AGREEMENT 

Nature  and  Purpose.  A  contract  is  an  agreement  between 
two  or  more  parties  to  do  a  certain  thing,  such  as  delivering 
material,  performing  work,  etc.,  and  is  based  upon  a  mutual 
understanding  between  the  parties  to  the  agreement  as  to  the 
nature  of  the  work  to  be  done,  the  kind  of  materials  to  be  sup- 
plied, etc.,  and  the  amount  of  the  consideration  to  be  paid. 

Everything  that  will  prevent  misunderstanding  as  to  the 
intention  of  the  parties  to  the  contract  should  be  embodied  in 
and  form  a  part  of  the  contract.  Hence,  as  already  stated,  the 
advertisement,  the  proposal,  the  drawings,  the  specifications,  and 
the  written  articles  of  agreement  should  all  form  essential  parts 
of  the  contract.  There  should  be  as  many  copies  of  the  con- 
tract executed  as  there  are  parties  to  it,  each  party  retaining  a 
copy. 

Number  of  Parties  to  a  Contract.  It  is  claimed  by  some 
authorities  that  there  can  be  but  two  parties  to  a  contract.  How- 
ever, we  have  many  examples  of  agreements  between  corpora- 
tions, where  there  are  as  many  parties  to  the  contracts  as  there 
are  interests.  There  are  also  contracts  between  financiers,  pro- 
moters, engineers,  and  contractors  often  involving  many  parties. 

ESSENTIAL  ELEMENTS 

The  four  essential  elements  of  all  contracts,  without  which  no 
contract  is  valid,  are  as  follows : 

(1)  Appropriate  parties;  or  parties  with  capacity  to  con- 
tract. 

(2)  Mutual    consent   to   the   terms   of  the   agreement — a 
mutual  understanding. 

(3)  A   definite  subject — matter  to  be  acted  on. 

(4)  A  valid  or  lawful  consideration,  actual  or  presumed — 
a  something  in  exchange  for  its  legal  equivalent. 

The  Parties.  To  every  contract  there  must  be  at  least  two 
parties,  but  there  may  be  more  than  two.  The  parties  may  be 
either  individuals,  firms,  or  corporations  and  are  designated  in 
the  agreement  as  the  party  of  the  first  part  and  the  party  of  the 


132         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

second  part ;  when  there  are  other  parties,  which  is  unusual,  they 
are  designated  as  the  party  of  the  third  part  and  the  party  of  the 
fourth  part.  The  party  who  has  something  to  be  done,  or  who  is 
to  pay  the  money,  is  generally  designated  as  the  party  of  the  first 
part.  The  person  or  corporation  who  proposes  to  do  the  work 
for  a  consideration,  or  to  sell  something,  is  generally  designated 
as  the  party  of  the  second  part,  although  there  is  no  fixed  rule  in 
this  matter. 

Appropriate  Parties.  Any  person,  firm,  or  corporation  may  be 
a  competent  party.  There  are  exceptions  to  every  rule.  Generally 
corporations  may  contract  only  within  the  scope  of  their  charter 
and  by-laws  by  which  they  are  usually  limited. 

Generally  speaking,  any  person  of  sound  mind  and  legal  age 
may  make  a  contract.  There  are,  however,  exceptions  differing 
in  different  localities.  As  an  instance,  married  women  are  limited 
in  their  right  to  make  contracts  in  certain  States.  But  as  their 
powers  are  being  extended,  a  local  attorney  at  law  should  be  con- 
sulted in  making  contracts  with  them. 

A  contract  with  a  person  of  unsound  mind  is  not  binding  upon 
the  weaker  person. 

"Unsoundness  of  mind  may  be  either  temporary  —  as,  from 
intoxication — or  constitutional.  When,  therefore,  there  is  the 
slightest  evidence  of  mental  unfitness,  no  contract  should  be  made, 
as  litigation  is  thereby  courted.  It  is  needless  to  say  that  a  con- 
tract should  never  be  executed  under  threat. 

Corporations.  In  a  contract,  a  corporation  is  considered  as  a 
single  individual,  regardless  of  the  number  of  its  members.  It 
is  of  the  greatest  importance  that  it  be  known  which  officers  of  a 
company  are  authorized  by  its  charter  or  by-laws  to  execute  con- 
tracts. The  president  and  the  vice-president  of  a  corporation  are 
generally  authorized  to  execute  contracts  for  their  company.  The 
execution  is  usually  witnessed  by  the  officers'  signatures  and  the 
seal  of  the  company,  attested  by  the  __  secretary,  the  signatures 
generally  being  acknowledged  before  a  notary  public  or  a  com- 
missioner of  deeds.  Important  contracts  shall  also  have  the 
approval  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  company.  It  is  impor- 
tant that  the  limitation  of  the  powers  of  the  company's  charter 
be  known  before  the  contract  is  drawn. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         133 

Full  Description  of  Parties.  The  parties  to  a  contract  must  be 
so  fully  described  that  there  can  be  no  mistake  made  as  to  their 
identity.  A  firm 's  full  name  and  place  of  business,  together  with 
the  names  of  the  individuals  comprising  it,  should  be  given.  An 
individual  should  be  identified  by  his  residence  and  occupation 
and  a  corporation  by  its  full  title,  and  the  name  of  the  State  or 
Country  wherein  it  was  incorporated. 

Signatures  to  Agreement.  It  is  necessary  that  the  names  of  the 
parties  used  in  the  body  of  the  agreement  be  exactly  in  accord 
with  the  signatures  at  the  end  thereof ;  discrepancies  in  the  names 
might  invalidate  the  contract. 

United  States  Government  a  Party.  The  United  States  Gov- 
ernment cannot  be  sued  for  noncompliance  with  a  contract, 
although  it  may  bring  suit  against  the  other  party  to  the  con- 
tract— so  a  State  may  not  be  sued  by  an  individual.  A  public 
official  cannot  be  held  personally  liable  for  obligations  made  by 
him  in  his  official  capacity. 

Mutual  Consent.  A  contract  is  not  legal  unless  both  parties 
thereto  have  agreed  to  the  same  thing. 

Hence  an  offer  must  be  accepted  before  it  becomes  binding 
and  until  accepted  may  be  withdrawn.  It  has  been  said  that  an 
offer  by  letter  should  be  accepted  by  return  mail;  an  offer  by 
telegram,  by  return  telegram,  etc.  All  offers  should  be  in  writing 
to  eliminate  controversies;  therefore  they  should  be  accepted  or 
rejected  promptly. 

If  the  party  accepting  impose  any  new  conditions,  they,  in 
turn,  must  be  agreed  to  by  the  other  party,  before  a  contract  can 
be  entered  into. 

Subject  Matter.  The  subject  matter  of  a  contract  may  be 
anything  that  is  not  immoral  or  illegal,  and  it  must  concern  some 
act  to  be  carried  out.  The  subject  matter  must  be  described  so 
fully  and  clearly  that  both  parties  will  understand  all  conditions 
of  the  agreement,  as  a  contract  that  is  obscure  or  ambiguous 
leads  to  controversy  and  perhaps  litigation.  In  case  of  dispute 
as  to  the  meaning  of  the  subject  matter,  custom  and  usage  have 
great  weight  in  the  courts. 

Consideration.  The  consideration,  or  the  price  or  reason  of 
the  promise,  should  be  clearly  and  fully  set  forth  in  the  agree- 


134         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

ment.     The  consideration  makes  the  contract  legal  and  must  be 
real  and  substantial. 

ANALYSIS  OF  CONDITIONS 

Provide  for  all  Conditions.  It  is  of  great  importance  that  all 
probable  and  possible  events  in  connection  with  the  contract  be 
foreseen  and  provided  for  in  drawing  the  agreement.  It  requires 
great  experience  and  ability  to  be  able  to  foresee  and  provide  for 
all  conditions  that  may  arise  in  the  course  of  the  work.  It  is, 
therefore,  best  for  the  Engineer  to  follow  the  standard  form  of 
some  acknowledged  authority  until  he  becomes  experienced  in 
contract  drawing,  making  such  changes  as  are  necessary  to  suit 
his  conditions. 

Duties  of  Parties.  Each  contract  must  stand  on  its  own  basis ; 
that  is  to  say,  where  the  work  to  be  done  is  legal;  methods  of 
doing  it  legal;  the  parties  making  it  competent  to  act;  and  the 
agreement  set  forth  in  writing.  The  agreement  so  made  becomes 
law>  between  the  parties.  In  case  of  disputes  the  courts  can 
only  construe  contracts,  so  as  to  determine  what  the  intentions 
of  the  parties  were ; .  hence  the  necessity  of  the  contract  specifi- 
cally setting  forth  the  duties  and  obligations  of  the  respective 
parties  thereto.  It  must  be  remembered  that  though  the  Engineer 
draws  the  contract,  the  courts  may  be  called  upon  to  construe  it. 

Guaranty.  A  guaranty  in  the  form  of  a  bond  or  certified 
check  is  generally  required  of  bidders  on  public  works.  This  is 
to  reimburse  the  owner  for  the  cost  of  re-advertisement  and  delay 
in  case  the  successful  bidder  fails  to  execute  the  contract,  and  to 
compensate  for  loss  or  damages  incident  to  delay  in  completion 
of  the  work,  caused  by  the  failure  of  the  bidder. 

Bond.  A  surety  bond,  to  enter  into  contract,  should  be  re- 
quired of  the  Contractor  on  all  contracts  for  public  works,  and 
on  all  other  important  contracts  (the  amount  of  such  bond  being 
set  forth  in  the  notice  to  bidders),  for  the  faithful  performance 
of  the  contract  and  prompt  payment  for  labor  and  material,  and 
as  a  protection  to  the  Company  against  all  damage  to  persons  or 
property  caused  by  negligence  of  the  Contractor  or  his  employes. 

In  some  contracts  for  public  works,  one  bond  is  required  to 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         135 

cover  the  performance  of  the  contract;  another  one  to  protect 
the  material,  men,  and  labor;  and  still  others,  covering  other 
requirements  due  to  local  laws.  There  is  no  rule  for  the  amount 
of  the  bond  to  be  given  by  the  Contractor.  Bonds  must  generally 
be  sued  upon  in  order  to  recover,  throwing  the  burden  of  proof 
upon  the  Company. 

Payment  Clauses.  In  the  payment  clauses  in  the  contract, 
under  various  conditions,  the  Engineer  is  authorized  to  withhold 
payment  until  the  objectionable  conditions  are  removed  by  the 
Contractor.  It  is,  therefore,  sometimes  considered  that  a  "  with- 
held payment"  is  one  of  the  best  means  of  securing  the  desired 
end — the  old  story  of  "touching  a  man's  pocketbook"  to  gain 
results.  The  withheld  payment  throws  the  burden  of  proof  on 
the  Contractor,  in  case  of  dispute ;  is  simple  and  direct,  and,  there- 
fore, easy  of  application.  It  has  been  said  with  truth  that  "the 
guaranty  of  good  work  is  intelligent  and  faithful  inspection,  with- 
held payments,  and  the  Contractor's  bond." 

Arbitrators.  The  employment  of  the  arbitration  clause  is  not 
to  be  recommended,  as  in  case  of  controversies  it  is  rare  that  the 
parties  to  the  contract  will  abide  by  the  conditions  of  the  arbitra- 
tion clause,  generally  preferring  to  throw  the  dispute  into  the 
courts,  rather  than  trust  their  interests  to  the  unknown  qualifica- 
tions of  arbitrators. 

They  may  decline  even  to  appoint  arbitrators.  If,  however, 
each  party  appoints  an  arbitrator  to  act  in  the  matters  of  con- 
troversy and  executes  an  instrument  agreeing  to  abide  by  the 
decision  of  the  arbitrators  chosen,  according  to  the  terms  of  the 
contract,  they  are  irrevocably  bound  by  the  findings  of  the  board. 
The  following  clause  has  been  used  by  the  writer  in  a  few  cases : 

Arbitration.  In  the  case  of  any  difference  or  dispute  arising 
between  the  Company  and  the  Contractor,  during  the  execution 
of  the  work,  other  than  the  meaning  of  the  specifications  and 
drawings,  which  shall  be  interpreted  by  the  Engineer,  the  same 
shall  be  referred  to  3  disinterested  arbitrators,  one  to  be  appointed 
by  each  of  the  parties  to  this  contract  and  the  third  by  the  two  thus 
chosen,  the  decision  of  any  2  of  whom  shall  be  final  and  binding 
on  the  parties  thereto;  and  cost  and  expenses  of  said  arbitration, 
including  reasonable  witness  fees,  shall  be  imposed  upon  either 
of  the  parties  hereto,  or  divided  between  said  parties  in  an  equi- 


136         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

table  manner  by  the  arbitrators,  and  shall  be  paid  by  said  party 
or  parties  in  accordance  with  the  arbitrators'  decisions. 

Manufactured  Products.  In  contracts  involving  the  supply  of 
manufactured  materials  such  as  structural  steel  or  building 
materials,  when  the  party  supplying  same  is  subject  to  strikes, 
floods,  etc.,  a  clause  such  as  the  following  is  often  inserted  in  the 
contract  to  limit  the  liability  of  the  Contractor,  and  is  considered 
equitable. 

Strikes,  Floods,  etc.  The  times  herein  mentioned  for  comple- 
tion of  the  work  are  subject  to  delays  due  to  transportation, 
strikes,  fires,  floods,  storms,  or  other  causes  beyond  the  Con- 
tractor's control.  Should  the  work  be  delayed  by  any  of  the 
foregoing  causes,  the  Contractor  shall  have  additional  time,  not 
less  than  the  extent  and  sum  of  said  delays,  in  which  to  complete 
his  work  under  this  contract.  This  extension  of  time  shall  be 
commensurate  with  the  specified  excusing  cause  or  causes. 

NOTE. — Local  Laws.  The  local  lien  and  labor  laws  should  be  most  care- 
fully looked  into  before  the  drawing  of  a  contract.  They  are  different  In  dif- 
ferent States.  Some  prescribe  the  hours  of  labor  and  amount  of  pay  for 
workmen;  others  provide  that  the  person  furnishing  the  materials  of  construc- 
tion and  the  laborers  shall  have  a  preferred  claim  to  that  of  the  Contractor; 
still  others  require  that  the  contract  be  filed  with  some  official,  to  prevent  seri- 
ous and  expensive  legal  disputes  among  the  owner,  contractor,  material  men, 
sub-contractors,  laborers,  etc.  Too  much  importance  cannot  be  given  to  the 
drawing  and  filing  of  contracts  where  the  local  lien  and  labor  laws  are  in 
force.  Local  customs  and  usages,  in  the  matter  of  measuring  plaster,  brick 
work,  masonry  of  different  kinds,  etc.,  must  be  provided  against  in  the 
contract. 


FORMS  OF  AGREEMENT 

In  preparing  a  form  of  agreement,  it  is  well  to  have  a  list  of 
the  various  essentials  to  a  well-drawn  civil  engineering  contract 
before  the  writer,  in  order  to  avoid  the  omission  of  important 
clauses.  The  following  provisions  should  be  included  in  the 
agreement : 

Opening  Clause.  A  correct  form  for  the  opening  clause. 
There  are  many  forms  that  are  correct  and  it  is  not  material 
which  is  used.  To  make  the  form  more  readily  understood,  names 
and  dates  in  the  examples  given  below  have  been  filled  in. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         137 


THIS  AGREEMENT,  Made  and  Entered  Into  this 
day  of  .............  July.  ............  ,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  191...*  ......  ,  by 

and  between  SEfiHLMSHS^^  a_  ?orPoration 

.9?®?*^  by.  an?  existing  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
New  Jersey,  and  having  its  principal  office  at  509  South 
Broad  Street,  in  the  City  of  Newark, 

in  said  State,  hereinafter  called  "Company",  party  of  the  first 
part;  and  ?mi'??1?  Jones,  and  Company,  of  the  City  of 
Chicago,  State  of  Illinois,  a  firm  composed  of  John  G. 
Smith,  James  S.  Jones,  and  William  F.  Brown,  having  its 
principal  place  of  business  at  14  South  Front  Street,  in 
the  City  of  Chicago,  and  State  of  Illinois, 

party  of  the  second  part,  hereinafter  called  the  "Contractor", 
Witnesseth  :  — 

or 

ARTICLES   OF  AGREEMENT,   Made   and   Concluded   this 

.............  te?it  ...........  day  of  .............  ^2.  .............  ,  A.  D.  191.J.  ......  ,  by  and 

between  ?rookivn  T?rmina-!-  ?omPan_Y.»   a  corporation  created 
by  and  existing  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York, 
and  having  its  principal  office  at  18  South  Water  Street, 
in  the  Borough  of  Brooklyn,   City  of  New  York,   in  the  said 
State,   hereinafter   called  "Company", 

party  of  the  first  part;  and.....J.a*es.....-P?^ 

residing  at  710  Burns  Avenue,    in  the  City  of  Boston,   State 

of  Massachusetts, 

party  of  the  second  part,  hereinafter  called  the  "Contractor", 
Witnesseth  :  — 

Parties.  It  is  advisable  to  designate  the  parties  to  the  con- 
tract for  the  sake  of  brevity  by  one  word  as  :  Company,  Engineer, 
Contractor,  Agent,  Trustee,  Owner,  Purchaser,  Incorporator,  Board, 
City,  etc..  as  the  case  may  be. 

Arrangement  of  Clauses.  Following  the  opening  clauses 
should  come  the  specific  covenants  and  agreements  of  the  respec- 
tive parties  to  the  contract,  which  should  be  set  forth  as  clearly 
and  unequivocally  as  possible. 

Plans  and  Specifications.     Where  the  plans  and  specifications 


138         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

are  properly  drawn  they  should,  of  course,  show  the  quantity 
and  quality,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  the  amount  of  work  to  be 
done,  material  to  be  furnished,  and  the  time  and  method  of  mak- 
ing payments;  also  the  time  of  beginning  and  of  completing  the 
work,  and  other  details  of  the  operation;  hence  the  articles  of 
agreement  must  specifically  state  that  the  work  and  labor  to  be 
done,  and  materials  to  be  furnished  and  delivered,  must  be  in 
strict  and  exact  accordance  with  the  proposal,  plans,  and  speci- 
fications attached  to  the  Articles  of  Agreement  which  are  made 
a  part  of  the  contract. 

Materials,  Workmanship,  and  Damages.  Usually  the  Articles 
of  Agreement  should  also  state  that  the  materials  and  workman- 
ship are  to  be  the  best  of  their  kinds,  and  should  provide  for 
the  proper  inspection  thereof;  for  their  approval  or  rejection ;  for 
the  replacing  of  defective  material  or  workmanship;  for  a  time 
within  which  the  work  should  be  performed;  and  for  a  specific 
stipulation  that  upon  failure  of  the  Contractor  to  complete  the 
work  within  the  time  specified,  a  fixed  sum  shall  be  deducted  from 
the  contract  price  for  each  and  every  day  that  the  work  remains 
incomplete,  as  ascertained  and  liquidated  damages  and  not  as  a 
penalty. 

In  fixing  the  amount  of  liquidated  damages  for  each  day's 
delay,  due  consideration  should  be  given  to  the  actual  loss  to  the 
Company  for  such  delay,  as  courts  are  inclined  to  look  with  dis- 
favor upon  anything  in  the  nature  of  a  penalty. 

Prosecution  of  Work.  The  Articles  of  Agreement  should  also 
contain  a  covenant  for  due  prosecution  of  the  work,  and  should 
provide  means  and  methods  by  which  the  Company  may  proceed 
to  furnish  the  materials  or  complete  the  work  upon  the  failure  or 
neglect  of  the  Contractor  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  the 
contract. 

Surety.  It  should  also  provide  for  the  entry  of  security  for  the 
proper  performance  of  the  contract  by  bond  or  otherwise.  Per- 
sonal bonds  should  be  avoided  whenever  possible,  and  good  surety 
company  security  accepted  instead.  The  bond  is  a  very  important 
factor  in  the  contract  and  the  clause  should  be  very  carefully 
drawn  and  in  such  a  manner  (if  it  is  possible)  that  the  necessary 
changes  in  plans  and  specifications  may  be  made  without  vitiating 
the  bond.  It  is  of  the  greatest  importance  that  before  any 
changes  or  alterations  are  made,  the  person  or  surety  company 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         139 

on  the  Contractor's  bond  be  notified  of  the  Engineer's  intention, 
and  their  consent  obtained  before  proceeding  with  the  work. 

Protective  Clause.  It  should  further  provide  for  proper  pro- 
tection of  the  work  and  precautions  against  accidents  and  an 
assumption  of  liability  by  the  Contractor  of  all  damages  to  per- 
sons or  property  resulting  from  the  prosecution  of  the  work. 
Provision  should  be  made  against  assigning,  transferring,  or 
subletting  the  contract;  and  should  specify  that  it  is  subject  to 
all  local  laws  regulating  the  employment  of  workmen  and  the 
protection  of  material  men  and  sub-contractors ;  and  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  Company  the  contract  should  contain  an  appropriate 
clause  drawn  in  accord  with  the  local  laws  waiving  the  right  of 
the  Contractor,  material  men,  laborers,  or  sub-contractors  to  file 
liens.  This  last  covenant  should  be  drawn  by  a  local  attorney ;  in 
most  instances  the  contract  should  be  filed  in  accordance  with 
the  law  of  the  place  where  the  work  is  to  be  done.  . 

Contract  Price.  The  Agreement  should  also  contain  the 
amount  to  be  paid  and  method  of  payment. 

Special  Clauses.  The  Articles  of  Agreement  may  properly 
contain  special  clauses  providing  for  the  handling  of  different 
contingencies  that  may  arise  in  the  performance  of  the. work; 
and  it  is  the  duty  of  the  Engineer  to  foresee  all  possible  complica- 
tions that  may  arise,  and  to  provide  means  of  protecting  the 
parties  in  case  of  such  complications. 

The  specifications  usually  provide  for  extra  work,  alterations 
in  plans  and  specifications,  and  settling  of  disputes ;  in  which  case, 
special  reference  to  the  plans  and  specifications,  etc.,  renders  it 
unnecessary  to  refer  again  to  them  in  the  Agreement;  but  if  the 
specifications  do  not  so  provide,  special  clauses  should  be  inserted 
in  the  agreement. 

Date.  The  contract  may  be  dated  in  either  the  beginning,  or 
the  closing  clauses,  or  both.  It  is  not  well  to  write  out  the  date 
in  full  in- both  clauses. 

Seals.  As  already  stated,  when  corporations  are  parties  to 
contracts  the  corporate  seal  should  be  attached.  "When  indi- 
viduals are  parties  to  contracts  a  scroll  around  the  word  "seal" 
written  with  ink  is  generally  considered  sufficient.  The  initials  of 
the  signer  should  be  written  across  the  "seal". 


140         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Witness.  A  notary  public  is  the  best  witness  to  a  contract, 
as  it  is  easy  to  locate  him  and  prove  his  authority  in  case  of  doubt 
as  to  the  authenticity  of  the  signature.  • 

Conclusion.  The  usual  wording  for  the  conclusion  of  the 
agreement  is: 

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  herein  named  have  here- 
unto set  their  hands  and  seals,  the  day  and  year  herein  first 
above  named. 


(ftrty  of  the  first  part) 

President 
Attest :    [SEAL] 


.        .. 

Secretary 


Witnesses : 

)  /3  .    J 

.-..._  FSEAL! 

L  J 

[SEAL] 


..  [SEAL] 

of  the  second  part) 
Contractor 

TYPICAL  AGREEMENTS 

The  following  forms  of  agreement  will  be  of  service  to  the 
student.  The  order  in  which  the  clauses  are  arranged  is  not  vital, 
and  none  of  the  forms  contain  all  of  the  suggested  clauses,  so  the 
Engineer  in  drawing  the  agreement  must  be  governed  by  the  con- 
ditions surrounding  the  work  and  the  parties. 

General  Form 

THIS   AGREEMENT,   Made    this  ...........  *^??*y.:.8?.9.95l?  ............  day 

of  ..........  ?.?.Pi*5!?®!:  ..........  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  nine 

hundred   and  .............  *.??.  .........  (191..  .9  .......  ),   between   the  ........  PM.9.  ............ 

Railroad  Company,  a  corporation  of  the  State  of  Ohio, 

hereinafter  called  the  party  of  the  first  part,  and 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         141 

0* Conner,  Contractor,  residing  at  128  Washington  Avenue, 
City  of  Wilmington,  State  of  Delaware, 

hereinafter  called  the  part..? of  the  second  part, 

WITNESSETH,  That  the  said  part....? of  the  second  part,  for  and 

in  consideration  of  the  payments  hereinafter  specified  and  agreed 

to  be  made  to **U525i£§£i2?: by  the  said  party  of  the 

first   part,   hereby   covenant...?.»......contract....?.'. and   agree...?.? to 

furnish  and  deliver  all  the  materials,  and  to  do  and  perform  all 
the  work  and  labor  required  to  be  furnished  and  delivered,  done 

and  performed  in-J^5y^5S-§?£y^L^^   ???  ?.?  *!?®  .?m*on 
Extension  of  the  Ohio  Railroad  from  Greenburg  to  Graytown, 

all  in  the  State  of  Ohio,    including  grading;,   masonry,   build- 
ings,   track,    and   signals,    complete   and   ready   for   opera- 
tion,   all 

in  strict  and  exact  accordance  with  the  proposal  and  specifica- 
tions hereto  attached,  which  said  proposal  and  specifications  are 
hereby  made  a  part  of  this  agreement  as  fully  to  all  intents  and 
purposes  as  though  herein  set  out  at  length. 

The  said  part...?. of  the  second  part  further  contract...? 

and  agree...?. that  all  of  the  materials  used  in  the  said  work 

shall  be  of  the  best  of  their  several  kinds  and  qualities,  and  that 
all  of  the  said  materials  and  work  shall  be  subject  to  the  inspec- 
tion and  approval  of  the .^Lln^  

.„.?.?.?.?:?.? and  in  case  any  of  the  said  materials 

or  work  shall  be  rejected  by  the  said Chlefjtogine_er 

as  defective  or  unsuitable,  then  the  said  materials  shall  be  re- 
placed with  other  materials,  and  the  said  work  shall  be  done 
anew  immediately,  to  the  satisfaction  and  approval  of  the  said 

PM?.?...^gf.??®®r. at  the  cost  and  expense  of  the  said 

part...?. of  the  second  part. 

It  is  further  distinctly  understood  and  agreed  that  the  said 

work  shall  be  completed  on  or  before  the F.i?_st_day_  of 

January,  nineteen  hundred  and  twelve  (1912)  an(j  jf  the  said 
work  be  not  completed  within  the  time  specified,  it  is  understood 

and  agreed  that  the  sum  of. 5*«  JMF.?* Dollars 

($. 1.9.9. .)  per  day  shall  be  deducted  from  the  amount 

due  the  said  part...?.......of  the  second  part  for  each  and  every  day 

the  said  work  shall  remain  incomplete  or  unfinished  after  the 
said  time,  not  as  a  penalty,  but  as  ascertained  and  liquidated 


142         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

damages;  which  sum  so  deducted  shall  remain  the  property  of 
the  said  party  of  the  first  part.  Or  shall  the  said  part-JL..of  the 

second  part  in  the  opinion  of  the  said ^i?JL^ii5??E 

be  prosecuting  the  said  work  with  an  insufficient  stock  of  mate- 
rials for  the  prompt  completion  thereof  within  the  specified  time, 

or  be  improperly  performing  the  said  work,  or  shall 5?.? 

.?.??.^r.?'.9.5.?£ neglect  or  abandon  it  before  com- 
pletion or  unreasonably  delay  the  same,  so  that  the  conditions 
of  the  contract  are  being  wilfully  violated  or  carelessly  executed, 

or  in  bad  faith,  or  shall *he .Contractor neglect  or  refuse 

to  renew  or  again  perform  such  work  as  may  be  rejected  by  the 

said £Jiief___^gineer as  defective  or  unsuitable,  or  shall 

JS*J5S55iS5j5^. in  any  other  manner  in  the  opinion  of 

the  said PM?L.^sA?.®!!r. make  default  in  the  perform- 
ance of  this  contract,  then  and  in  any  such  case  the  said JS**3J 

EM*?.?®.?! shall  promptly  notify  the  said  part..?- 

of  the  second  part  in  writing  of  such  neglect  or  default.  If 
such  notification  be  without  effect  within  twenty-four  hours  after 

the  delivery  thereof,  then  and  in  that  case  the  said .5??A?.? 

?k_Sij}.e.e.L..v .......may  notify  the   said  part...?. of  the 

second  part  to  discontinue  all  work  under  this  contract ;  and  the 

said 35}£L^fe5?5£ shall  thereupon  have  full  authority 

and  power  immediately  to  purchase  such  materials,  tools,  and 

machinery,  and  to  employ  such  workmen  as  in r13-? 

opinion  shall  be  required  for  the  proper  completion  of  the  said 

work  at  the  cost  and  expense  of  the  said  part...y. of  the  second 

part  or M?. surety,  or  both;  or  the  said Chief 

Engineer may,  without  notice,  declare  this  con- 
tract null  and  void,  and  the  security  bond  and  the  retained  per- 
centage and  the  material  delivered  and  used  in,  on,  or  about 
the  said  work  shall  then  become  the  property  of  the  said 
Rai Iroad  Company . 

The  said  part...?. of  the  second  part  further  contract...?. and 

agree...? to  properly  enclose  the  said  work,  and  to  place  signal 

lights  thereon  all  night,  when  and  where  necessary,  and  to  be 
responsible  for  and  pay  all  loss  or  damage  to  either  person  or 
property  which  may,  in  any  manner,  arise  by  reason  of  the  prose- 
cution of  the  said  work,  during  the  progress  of  the  same,  and  in 
case  of  the  happening  of  such  loss  or  damage  the  amount  thereof 
may  be  retained  by  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  out  of  any 
payments  due  or  to  grow  due  hereunder. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         14a 

The  said  part...? of  the  second  part  agree...? not  to  assign, 

transfer,  nor  sublet  this  contract. 

It  is  further  understood  and  agreed  that  this  contract  is  en- 
tered into  under  and  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  various  local 
laws  in  regard  to  Sub-Contractors,  Security,  and  Workmen. 

In  consideration  of  the  premises,  the  said  party  of  the  first 

part  agrees  to  pay  to  the  said  part....? of  the  second  part 

Two  hundred  and  fifty  ^^^^.^^^^^.^^t^j^j^, 

It  is  further  distinctly  understood  and  agreed  that  the  total 
amount  to  be  expended  for  the  materials  to  be  furnished  and 
work  to  be  done  under  this  contract  shall  in  no  event  exceed  the 
sum  of  Two  hun<*red  and  seventy- five  thousand  ($275,000.) 

dollars. 


PARTIES  HEREIN  NAMED  HAVE  HEREUNTO  SET  THEIR 
HANDS  AND  SEALS,  THE  DAY  AND  TEAR  HEREIN  FIRST 
ABOVE  NAMED  , 


Attest  •  OHIO  RAILROAD  COMPANY  , 

~ 

[CORPORATE  SEAL] 


OHIO  RAILROAD  COMPANY  , 

A    o      JT       ~fp 

jaA^^  ........... 

^  President 


Secretary  .............  [SEAL] 

Witnessed  by     ^  ^  ..............  ......  ;  ..............................................  [SEAL] 

[SEAL] 

Contractor 
Railway  Form 

As  already  stated,  there  is  a  great  difference  of  opinion  as 
to  whether  certain  clauses  be  placed  in  the  agreement  or  the 
specification. 

There  are  many  conditions  affecting  contracts  that  an  engi- 
neer generally  does  not  appreciate.  It  is  advisable,  therefore,  to 
submit  the  contract  and  bond  before  execution  to  an  attorney, 
for  advice  as  to  whether  all  the  requirements  of  the  law  have 
been  complied  with. 

The  following  form  of  agreement  is  that  used  by  one  of  the 


144         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

great  trunk  lines  of  the  country,  for  their  contracts  for  Grading, 
Masonry,  Trestlework,  Tunnels,  etc. 

ARTICLES    OF   AGREEMENT,    Made    and   concluded   this 
.  ............  ^??*y.:.?lr?*  .................  day  of  .............  !?.™.?.  .............  A.  D.  191...!'.  ........... 

by  and  between     Fast  Line.  ?f*i?-r0?^?.  PomP.any?   a.  corporation 


??.  I:!??. 

of  the  first  part,  and  ............  MJjSS^^^  ............ 

corporation 

of  the  ??a*e  °?  New  ^er?.ey.» 

second  part. 

WITNESSETH,  that  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  covenants 
and  payments  hereinafter  mentioned  to  be  made  and  performed 
by  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  the  said  ............  PHi?.  ............  of  the 

second  part  hereby   covenant...?  .......  and   agree...?.  ......  subject  to   the 

approval  and  to  the  satisfaction  and  acceptance   of  the   Chief 

Engineer  of  the  said  rail  ........  .r°aA.....  Company  .......  .t.?...^.imh.e  ___________ 

.substructure  of  ^^  do  and  to  finigh  in 

a  substantial  and  workmanlike  manner,  and  in  strict  conformity 
with  the  annexed  specifications,  hereby  adopted,  accepted,  and 
declared  by  the  parties  hereunto  to  be  an  essential  part  of  this 
agreement,  the  entire  work  of  .......  Building  cofferdams,   exca-  ...... 

vat  ing  same  to  hard  rock  bottom,   and  building  all  the  piers 
and  abutments  of  the  Green  River  Bridge 

And  it  is  mutually  agreed  between  the  said  parties  of  the  first 
and  second  parts,  that 

1.  Right  of  Way.     The  right  of  way  and  use  of  such  lands  as 
may  be  necessary  to  enable  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  to 
conform  to  the  requirements  of  the  specifications  here  attached 
shall  be  furnished  for  the  construction  of  the  said  railway  by  the 
said  party  of  the  first  part,  so  that  the  work  herein  contracted 
for  can  be  promptly  commenced  and  prosecuted  to  completion. 

2.  Work  Executed  under  Direction  of  Chief  Engineer.     The 
work  shall  be  executed  under  the  supervision  and  direction  of 
the  Chief  Engineer  of  the  party  of  the  first  part   (hereinafter 
called  the  Chief  Engineer,  being  either  the  regular  incumbent  of 
the  office  of  Chief  Engineer,  or  the  person  who,  from  time  to 
time,   may  be  designated  by  the  party  of  the  first  part  to  be 
Acting  Chief  Engineer)  .    Such  Chief  Engineer  shall  possess  and 
exercise  all  the  power  hereinafter  prescribed,  and  shall  designate 
the  portions  of  the  line  upon  which  work  shall  be  begun  and  per- 
formed, and  shall,  at  all  proper  times,  furnish  plans,  measure- 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         145 

ments,  stakes,  and  directions  for  doing  the  work,  it  being  dis- 
tinctly understood  that  any  action  herein  contemplated  as  to  be 
taken  by  the  Chief  Engineer  may  be  taken  and  performed,  sub- 
ject to  his  ultimate  approval  and  adoption,  by  his  subordinates, 
and  when  so  taken  and  performed  shall,  upon  such  approval  and 
adoption  (but  not  otherwise),  be  in  all  respects  taken,  treated, 
and  considered  as  the  sole  and  original  action  of  the  Chief  Engi- 
neer. Oral  instructions  in  regard  to  any  work  to  be  performed 
under  this  agreement,  if  accepted  by  the  said  party  of  the  second 
part,  shall  be  accepted  at  his  own  risk,  and  no  instructions  so 
given  shall  relieve  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  from  liability 
to  damages  or  expenses  arising  from  the  performance  of  the  work 
in  accordance  with  such  instructions,  or  in  any  other  way  than 
in  accordance  with  this  agreement,  and  the  said  party  of  the 
first  part  hereby  reserves  to  itself  the  right  to  accept  or  reject 
any  or  all  work  done  in  accordance  with  such  instructions. 

3.  Tools,  Materials,  Mechanics,  Laborers  at  Contractor's  Ex- 
pense.   The  said  party  of  the  second  part  shall,  at  his  own  expense, 
cost,  and  charge,  find  and  provide  a  full  and  ample  supply  of  the 
best  and  most  suitable  tools  and  appliances  required  to  be  used 
in  the  performance  of  said  work,  and  provide  the  best  of  mate- 
rial of  every  kind  that  may  be  needed  for  the  thorough  and  expe- 
ditious execution  of  said  work,  and  shall  furnish  and  provide  in 
sufficient  numbers  all  mechanics,  laborers,  and  other  workmen, 
and  also  all  things  that  may  be  necessary  and  requisite  for  con- 
structing and  completing,  within  the  time  herein  stipulated,  the 
whole  of  the  work  herein  agreed  to  be  done. 

4.  Time  of  Commencement  and  Completion.     The  work  herein 

contracted   for   shall  be   commenced   within ^hir^y days 

after  the  date  of  this  agreement,  and  shall  be  completed  on  or 

before .^Y...il* 191...? This  stipulation  being 

made  with  the  full  knowledge,  understanding,  and  agreement  by 
the  party  of  the  second  part  that  the  time  of  commencement,  dis- 
continuance, suspension,  resumption,  and  rate  of  progress  of  any 
and  all  work  contemplated  in  or  by  this  contract,  shall  be  subject 
and  according  to  such  directions  as  may,  from  time  to  time,  be 
given  by  the  Chief  Engineer,  and  that,  unless  expressly  so  de- 
clared in  writing  by  the  Chief  Engineer,  the  date  of  final  com- 
pletion shall  not  be  postponed  by  reason  of  any  such  direction,  or 
any  compliance  therewith;  and  no  right  of  the  party  of  the  first 
part  under  any  clause  of  this  contract,  nor  any  obligation  or 
liability  of  any  contractor,  surety,  or  bondsman  shall  be  waived, 
lost,  or  impaired  by  any  extension  of  the  time  for  performance 
beyond  the  date  above  fixed  for  completion,  but  every  clause  of 


146 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


the  contract  or  bond  shall  apply  in  respect  of  the  time  as  extended 
by  the  written  declaration  of  the  Chief  Engineer. 

5.  Prices.  For  and  in  consideration  of  the  true  and  faithful 
performance  of  the  work  by  the  said  party  of  the  second  part, 
according  to  the  agreements  and  conditions  contained  in  this 
agreement,  and  the  specifications  hereto  attached,  the  said  party 
of  the  first  part  hereby  promises  and  agrees  to  pay,  in  the 
manner,  at  the  times,  and  under  the  conditions  hereinafter  pro- 
vided, to  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  his  executors  or  admin- 
istrators, for  the  work  done  and  materials  furnished  as  aforesaid, 
at  the  following  rates  and  prices,  to  wit : 


For  clearing,  per  acre 50 

For  grubbing,  per  acre 250 

GENERAL  EXCAVATION  AND  EMBANKMENT 

For  solid  rock,  per  cubic  yard 0 

For  loose  rock,  per  cubic  yard 0 

For  earth,  per  cubic  yard 0 

For  borrowed  embankment,  pe«r  cubic  yard 0 

For  excavation   without   classification,    per    cubic 

yard 0 

For  removing  old  masonry,  per  cubic  yard 1 

EXCAVATION  IN  WATER 

For  solid  rock,  per  cubic  yard 2 

For  loose  rock,  per  cubic  yard 2 

For  earth,  per  cubic  yard 1 

For  excavation  without  classification,  per  cubic 

yard 2 

TUNNEL  EXCAVATION 

For  single  track  tunnels,  per  cubic  yard 4 

For  double  track  tunnels,  per  cubic  yard 3 

For  shafts,  per  cubic  yard 6 

BALLAST 

For  broken  stone,  per  cubic  yard,  in  place  under 

track  well  surfaced 1 

For  gravel,  per  cubic  yard,  in  place  under  track 

well  surfaced 1 

For  slag,  per  cubic  yard,  in  place  under  track 

well  surfaced. .  1 


DOLLARS 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


147 


MASONEY 

For  1st  class,  per  cubic  yard 

For  2d  class,  per  cubic  yard 

For  3d  class,  or  rubble,  and  box  culverts,  in 
cement,  per  cubic  yard 

For  3d  class,  or  rubble,  and  box  culverts,  dry,  per 
cubic  yard 

For  arch  masonry,  1st  class,  per  cubic  yard 

For  arch  masonry,  2d  class,  in  cement,  per  cubic 
yard  . . . 

For  arch  masonry,  2d  class,  dry,  per  cubic  yard. . 

For  slope  walls,  per  cubic  yard 

For  stone  paving,  in  cement,  per  cubic  yard 

For  stone  paving,  dry,  per  cubic  yard 

For  concrete  No.  1,  per  cubic  yard 

For  concrete  No.  1,  per  cubic  yard,  f -in.  stone,  per 
cubic  yard 

For  concrete  No.  2,  per  cubic  yard 

For  brick  work,  per  cubic  yard 

For  packing  in  cement,  per  cubic  yard  (in  tun- 
nel)  

For  packing,  dry,  per  cubic  yard  (in  tunnel) .... 

For  packing,  dry,  per  cubic  yard  (back  of  abut- 
ments and  retaining  walls) 

For  rip-rap,  per  cubic  yard 

MACADAM  AND  TELFOKD  EOADWAY 


For  Macadam  paving,  per  square  yard 
For  Telf ord  paving,  per  square  yard . . 


For  4-inch, 
For  6-inch, 
For  8-inch, 
For  10-inch, 
For  12-inch, 
For  16-inch, 
For  20-inch, 
For  24-inch, 
For  30-inch, 
For  36-inch, 
For  48-inch, 
For  60-inch, 


IEON  DEAIN  PIPE 

per  lineal  foot  in  place. 

per  lineal  foot       "        , 

per  lineal  foot 

per  lineal  foot 

per  lineal  foot 

per  lineal  foot 

per  lineal  foot 

per  lineal  foot 

per  lineal  foot 

per  lineal  foot 

per  lineal  foot 

per  lineal  foot 


« 


n 


tt 


DOLLARS 

CENTS 

10 

00 

8 

00 

6 

00 

3 

50 

12 

00 

10 

25 

2 

75 

2 

75 

3 

50 

3 

00 

8 

50 

8 

65 

7 

75 

12 

00 

6 

00 

4 

25 

2 

75 

1 

95 

0 

85 

0 

93 

0 

55 

0 

80 

0 

95 

1 

10 

1 

25 

.   1 

95 

2 

55 

3 

•25 

4 

05 

6 

80 

11 

30 

16 

85 

148 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


TERRA  GOTTA  DRAIN  PIPE 


For  4-inch, 
For  6-inch, 
For  8-inch, 
For  10-inch, 
For  12-inch, 
For  15-inch, 
For  18-inch, 
For  20-inch, 
For  24-inch, 
For  27-inch, 
For  30-inch, 
For  36-inch, 


per  lineal  foot  in  place 

per  lineal  foot  " 

per  lineal  foot  " 

per  lineal  foot  " 

per  lineal  foot  " 

per  lineal  foot  " 

per  lineal  foot  " 

per  lineal  foot  '" 

per  lineal  foot  " 

per  lineal  foot  " 

per  lineal  foot  " 

per  lineal  foot  " 

FOUNDATION  TIMBER 


For  "White  Oak,  per  1000  feet  B.  M.  in  place 

For  Yellow  Pine,  per  1000  feet  B.  M.     "        

For  Hemlock,  per  1000  feet  B.  M  "       

TRESTLE  TIMBER 

For  White  Oak,  per  1000  feet  B.  M.  in  place 

For  Yellow  Pine,  per  1000  feet  B.  M.     "        

For  Hemlock,  per  1000  feet  B.  M.          "       

TUNNEL  TIMBER 

For  White  Oak,  per  1000  feet  B.  M.  in  place 

For  Yellow  Pine,  per  1000  feet  B.  M.     "        

For  Hemlock,  per  1000  feet  B.  M.          "       

PILING 

For  White  Oak,  per  lineal  foot  left  in  the  work . . 

For  Hemlock,  per  lineal  foot 

For  Yellow  Pine,  per  lineal  foot        "         " 

TRACK  LAYING 

For  track  laying  and  lining,  including  unloading 
of  track  materials,  spacing  of  ties,  and  plac- 
ing in  position  of  switches  and  frogs,  complete, 
per  mile  single  track 

STEEL  AND  IRON  WORK 

For  wrought  iron,  per  pound  in  place,  spikes,  bolts, 
etc 

For  steel,  per  pound  in  place,  metal  for  reinforcing 
concrete 

For  cast  iron,  per  pound  in  place 


DOLLARS 

CENTS 

0 

40 

0 

70 

1 

00 

1 

12 

1 

29 

1 

56 

1 

82 

2 

10 

2 

67 

3 

77 

4 

45 

6 

10 

51 

00 

53 

00 

52 

00 

60 

00 

55 

00 

53 

00 

49 

00 

45 

00 

43 

50 

0 

48 

0 

32 

0 

36 

860 

00 

0 

04 

0 

04 

0 

03 

CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         149 

6.  Payment.  During  the  progress  of  the  work,  so  long  as 
the  party  of  the  second  part  shall  fully  comply  with  the  terms  of 
the  agreement,  the  party  of  the  first  part  shall,  upon  or  about 
the  15th  day  of  each  calendar  month,  and  at  such  place  as  may 
from  time  to  time  be  designated  by  the  Chief  Engineer,  make  to 
the  party  of  the  second  part  an  advance  payment  for  and  on 
account  of  the  work  done  and  material  furnished  during  the 
preceding  calendar  month ;  quantity,  character,  and  value  of  such 
work  and  material  to  be  estimated  and  certified  by  the  Chief 
Engineer  or  by  his  subordinates,  with  his  written  approval ;  such 
advance  payment  not  to  exceed  ninety  per  cent  of  the  value  as 
thus  estimated  and  certified.  Such  certificate  may  be  based  on 
either  actual  measurements  or  simple  estimate,  or  both  com- 
bined, as  shall  be  approved  by  the  Chief  Engineer  and,  except  as 
otherwise  determined  by  the  Chief  Engineer,  no  amount  so  esti- 
mated and  certified,  nor  any  amount  shall  in  any  wise  be  deemed 
payable,  nor  shall  the  same  in  any  manner  be  transferable  or 
assignable  either  by  the  act  of  the  party  of  the  second  part  or  by 
the  operation  of  law  as  a  subsisting  debt  or  liability  of  the  party 
of  the  first  part,  until  the  final  estimate  shall  have  been  made 
and  become  payable  as  hereinafter  provided,  nor  (except  at  the 
option  of  the  party  of  the  first  part)  until  all  amounts  payable 
to  laborers,  sub-contractors,  or  material  men  shall  have  been  fully 
paid,  or  the  payment  thereof  secured  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
Chief  Engineer.  The  portion  of  each  amount  so  certified  (being 
not  less  than  a  sum  equal  to  ten  per  cent  thereof)  reserved  by  the 
party  of  the  first  part  shall  be  by  it  retained  forever  as  com- 
pensation for  or  on  account  of  any  damages  which  may  be  certi- 
fied by  the  Chief  Engineer  to  have  been  by  it  sustained  from 
any  failure  of  the  party  of  the  second  part  to  perform  this  contract, 
and  the  work  thereunder,  as  herein  provided;  but  any  part 
thereof  not  required  as  such  compensation  shall  be  payable  and 
paid  to  the  same  persons  at  the  same  time  and  upon  the  same 
conditions  as  the  final  payment  under  this  contract,  hereinafter 
provided  for.  And  it  is  further  provided  that,  at  the  discretion 
of  the  Chief  Engineer,  a  larger  proportionate  part  than  ten  per 
cent  of  each  monthly  certificate  may  be  retained  by  the  party 
of  the  first  part  as  a  protection  against  overpayment  for  work 
done,  as  compared  with  that  remaining  to  be  done ;  and  at  all 
times  it  shall  be  wholly  discretionary  with  the  party  of  the  first 
part  to  make  any  payments  on  account  of  material  delivered,  and 
not  permanently  applied  to  the  work  for  which  it  may  have  been 
intended. 

Each  monthly  estimate,  unless  it  be  specifically  decided  and 
therein  declared  in  writing  to  the  contrary  by  the  Chief  Engineer, 


150         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

shall  cover  and  certify  the  quantity,  character,  and  value  of  all 
work  done  or  material  furnished  since  the  last  preceding  esti- 
mate, which  shall  by  the  Chief  Engineer  be  considered  as  extra 
work,  and  the  acceptance  by  the  party  of  the  second  part  of  the 
amount,  payable  under  any  monthly  estimate,  shall  be  deemed 
and  taken  (except  as  to  that  part  of  the  price  thereof  being  not 
less  than  ten  per  cent  reserved  and  retained  by  the  party  of  the 
first  part  as  compensation  as  aforesaid)  as  a  waiver  by  him 
of  any  and  all  claim  for  or  on  account  of  extra  work  up  to  that 
time,  and  each  monthly  estimate  or  certificate  of  the  Chief  Engi- 
neer shall,  unless  expressly  therein  provided  to  the  contrary,  be 
final  and  conclusive  as  to  any  and  all  extra  work  rendered  or 
claimed  to  have  been  rendered  at  any  time  prior  to  the  close  of 
the  month  for  which  such  estimate  or  certificate  shall  be  given. 

7.  Monthly  Estimates  Conclusive  Only  for  the  Time  Being,  and 
Subject  to  Variation.     Every  monthly  estimate  shall,  for  the  time 
being  be  conclusive  upon  both  parties  hereto,  but  being  made 
(except  as  above  provided  as  to  extra  work)  merely  as  a  basis 
for  payment  on  .account,  though  with  a  great  desire  and  effort 
for  accuracy,  may  be  only  approximately  correct,  and  therefore 
shall  (except  as  above  provided  as  to  extra  work)  be  subject  to 
correction  by  the   Chief  Engineer  in   any  subsequent  monthly 
estimate,  or  in  any  final  estimate ;  and  no  such  monthly  estimate 
or  certificate  for  unfinished  work  shall  be  considered  or  taken  as 
an  acceptance  of  the  work,  or  as  a  release  of  the  said  party  of 
the  second  part  from  responsibility  therefor,  nor  as  controlling  the 
Chief  Engineer  in  the  final  certificate,  which  alone  shall  operate 
as  an  acceptance  of  the  work  or  as  a  release  of  the  party  of  the 
second  part. 

8.  Final  Estimates  and  Payments.     When  this  agreement  in 
all  its  parts  and  in  the  manner  therein  provided  shall  have  been 
completely  performed  on  the  part  of  the  said  party  of  the  second 
part,  and  such  performance  shall  have  been  accepted  and  so  cer- 
tified in  writing  lay  the  said  Chief  Engineer,  a  final  estimate  of 
the  quantity,  character,  and  value  of  the  work  done  and  materials 
furnished,  according  to  the  terms  of  this  agreement,  shall  be  made 
by  the   Chief    Engineer,   and  thereupon  and  not   otherwise   or 
sooner,   except  at  its  own   election,  the   said  party  of  the  first 
part  shall  within  90  days  thereafter,  pay  to  the  said  Contractor, 
upon   his    giving    a   release    under   seal   to    the    said   party   of 
the  first  part  from  all  workmen  and  material  men,  of  all  claims 
or    demands   whatsoever   growing  in   any  manner  out   of  this 
agreement,   all  sums  of  money  so   certified  by  the   Chief  Engi- 
neer to  be  then  remaining  due  and  unpaid  upon  the  work  per- 
formed under  this  agreement,   after  first  deducting  therefrom 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         151 

any  and  all  sums  herein  provided  to  be  retained  by  the  said  party 
of  the  first  part,  it  being  expressly  understood  that  such  final 
estimate  and  certificate  of  the  Chief  Engineer  shall  be  conclusive 
upon  the  parties  to  this  contract. 

And  it  is  further  distinctly  understood  and  agreed : 

1.  Must  Obtain  Consent  to  Sublet.    The  said  party  of  the  sec- 
ond part  shall  not  assign  or  sublet  the  whole,  or  any  part  of  this 
agreement   (for  any  work  to  be  done  thereunder)   without  first 
having  obtained  the  consent,  in  writing,  of  the  said  part  of  the 
first  part  thereto. 

2.  If  at  any  time  during  the  progress  of  the  work  it  shall 
appear  to  the  Chief  Engineer  (a)  that  the  work  does  not  progress 
with  reasonable  speed;  or  (&)  that  the  force  employed,  the  quan- 
tity or  quality  of  the  tools,  appliances,  or  workmen  provided,  or 
work  done  or  materials  furnished  are  not  respectively  such  as  to 
insure  the  completion  of  the  work  within  the  agreed  time,  or 
are  not  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  hereto  annexed;  or 
(c)  that  the  party  of  the  second  part  has  unreasonably  failed  to 
pay  laborers  and  workmen  or  overseers  for  work  performed  under 
this  agreement;  or  (d)  that  legal  proceedings  have  been  instituted 
by  parties  other  than  the  party  of  the  first  part,   against  the 
party  of  the  second  part  in  such  manner  as  to  interfere  with  the 
prosecution  of  the  work,  or  to  subject  the  party  of  the  first  part 
in  making  further  payments  under  this  contract  to  the  peril  of 
litigation  or  outside  claims;  or  (e)  that  the  party  of  the  second  part 
is  failing  in  any  manner  of  substance  to  observe  and  perform 
this  contract;  then,  and  in  any  of  such  events,  such  fact  or  con- 
dition may  be  fully  ascertained  and  declared  by  the  Chief  Engi- 
neer, over  his  signature,  in  a  writing  to  be  filed  with  the  party 
of  the  first  part,  and  a  copy  thereof  shall  be  served  upon  the 
party  of  the  second  part,  either  in  person  or  by  mailing  the  same 
to  him  at  the  address  by  him  last  given  to  the  party  of  the  first 
part,  or  by  posting  the  same  on  the  door  of  his  office  on  or  near 
the  work,  and  at  any  time  after  the  service  as  aforesaid  of  such 
certificate  of  the  Chief  Engineer  may  take  any  of  the  following 
courses : 

(a)  Penalty.  The  Chief  Engineer  may,  by  a  writing  simi- 
larly served  (of  which  a  copy  shall  be  filed  with  the  party  of 
the  first  part),  declare  this  contract  terminated  and  annulled, 
and  from  the  time  of  such  service  this  agreement,  and  every  part 
thereof,  shall  cease  and  terminate,  and  shall,  as  to  all  further 
action  or  right  thereunder  (including  any  right  of  the  party  of 
the  second  part,  or  any  one  claiming  under  him,  to  receive  the 
unpaid  value  of  any  work  done),  become  null  and  void,  except 
that  all  sums  theretofore  reserved  by  the  party  of  the  first  part 


152         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

shall  belong  to  and  be  retained  by  the  party  of  the  first  part 
as  liquidated  compensation  receivable  by  the  party  of  the  first 
part  for  the  damages  not  susceptible  of  exact  ascertainment 
caused  the  party  of  the  first  part  by  such  failure  of  the  party  of 
the  second  part;  or, 

(&)  Penalty.  The  Chief  Engineer  may,  by  a  writing  simi- 
larly served  (of  which  a  copy  shall  be  filed  with  the  party  of 
the  first  part),  declare  that  the  party  of  the  second  part  has 
grossly  violated  this  contract,  and  that  the  contract  is,  therefore, 
forfeited  and  the  party  of  the  second  part  in  gross  default,  in  which 
event  the  party  of  the  second  part  shall  have  no  further  right  under 
this  contract,  or  concerning  any  work  theretofore  done  there- 
under, but,  nevertheless,  he  and  his  sureties  shall  compensate  the 
party  of  the  first  part  for  any  and  all  loss  or  damages  which 
may,  from  time  to  time,  be  certified  by  the  Chief  Engineer  to  have 
in  any  wise  resulted  from  such  gross  violation,  ascertained  as 
aforesaid;  or, 

(c)  Penalty*  The  Chief  Engineer  may  by  a  writing  simi- 
larly served  (of  which  a  copy  shall  be  filed  with  the  party  of 
the  first  part),  require  the  party  of  the  second  part  to  at  once 
supply  such  increase  of  force,  appliances,  or  tools,  and  to  cause 
to  be  made  such  improvements  in  the  character  of  the  work  and 
material  as  may  be  required  in  the  opinion  of  the  Chief  Engineer, 
to  make  the  same  conform  to  the  stipulations  of  this  agreement 
and  the  specifications ;  and  if,  on  the  expiration  of  ten  days  after 
such  service  of  such  writing,  the  party  of  the  second  part  shall  have 
failed  to  furnish  to  the  party  of  the  first  part  evidence  satis- 
factory to  the  Chief  Engineer  of  the  intention  and  ability  of  the 
party  of  the  second  part  to  furnish  the  desired  improvements 
and  remedy  the  specified  deficiencies,  the  said  party  of  the  first 
part  may  thereupon  enter  on  and  take  possession  of  the  said 
work,  or  any  part  thereof,  with  the  tools,  materials,  plants,  appli- 
ances, houses,  machinery,  and  other  appurtenances  thereon,  and 
hold  the  same  as  security  for  any  or  all  damages  or  liabilities 
that  may  arise  by  reason  of  the  non-fulfillment  of  this  agreement 
within  the  time  herein  stipulated ;  and,  furthermore,  may  employ 
the  said  tools,  materials,  etc.,  as  aforesaid,  and  such  other  means 
as  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  may  deem  proper  to  complete 
the  work  at  the  expense  of  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  and 
may  deduct  the  cost  of  completing  the  entire  work  from  any  pay- 
ments then  due  or  thereafter  falling  due,  to  the  said  party  of 
the  second  part,  and  recover  from  him  and  his  sureties  any  and  all 
deficiency. 

And  immediately  upon,  from,  and  after  the  service,  as  afore- 
said, of  any  of  the  three  writings  last  mentioned,  all  right  of 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         153 

occupancy  in  or  upon  any  lands  or  property  of  the  party  of  the 
first  part;  and  all  rights  of  the  party  of  the  second  part,  or  of 
any  person  claiming  under  or  through  him  any  further  prosecu- 
tion of  or  interest  in  the  work  shall  cease  and  determine,  and  the 
party  of  the  first  part  may  take  possession  of  such  lands  or 
property  and  complete  the  work  thereon  in  such  manner  and  by 
such  means  as  it  may  think  best. 

And  it  is  further  agreed  and  understood  that  if,  at  any  time, 
the  party  of  the  second  part  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  prosecute  the 
work  with  a  force  sufficient,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Chief  Engi- 
neer, for  its  completion  within  the  time  specified,  then,  and  in 
that  case,  the  party  of  the  first  part  may  proceed  to  employ 
such  a  number  of  workmen,  laborers,  and  overseers  as,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Chief  Engineer,  may  be  necessary  to  insure  the 
completion  of  the  work  within  the  time  hereinbefore  limited,  at 
such  wages  as  the  party  of  the  first  part  may  find  necessary 
or  expedient,  and  may  pay  all  persons  so  employed  and  charge 
all  amounts  so  paid  as  so  much  money  paid  to  the  party  of  the 
second  part  under  this  contract. 

It  is  further  agreed  and  understood  that  if  the  said  party  of 
the  second  part  shall  not  complete  the  said  work  within  the  time 
herein  specified,  and  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  shall,  not- 
withstanding such  failure,  permit  the  said  party  of  the  second  part 
to  proceed  with  or  complete  the  said  work  as  if  such  time  had  not 
elapsed,  such  permission  shall  not  be  deemed  a  waiver  in  any 
respect,  by  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  of  any  forfeiture 
or  liability  for  damages  or  expenses  thereby  incurred  arising  from 
such  noncompletion  of  the  said  work  within  the  time  specified, 
but  such  forfeiture  or  liability  shall  still  continue  in  full  force 
against  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  as  if  such  permission  had 
not  been  granted.  And  it  is  further  distinctly  understood  and 
agreed,  that  time,  whenever  involved  in  this  agreement,  is  of  the 
essence  of  this  agreement. 

3.  Nonpayment  of  Wages.  In  all  cases  of  nonpayment  by 
the  said  party  of  the  second  part  of  any  sum  or  sums  of  money  due 
the  laborers  or  other  workmen,  for  work  performed  under  this 
agreement,  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  is  hereby  authorized 
to  pay  such  laborers  or  workmen  the  amounts  due  and  owing  to 
them  by  the  said  party  of  the  first  part;  and  if  any  action  or 
proceeding  at  law  or  in  equity  shall  be  instituted,  by  virtue  of 
any  law  or  statute  now  in  force,  or  hereafter  enacted,  for  labor 
and  wages  on  said  work,  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  may 
pay  all  damages,  wages,  recoveries,  costs,  expenses,  and  counsel 
fees  arising  therefrom,  and  deduct  the  same,  and  also  whatever 
amounts  may  be  paid  for  wages  as  before  mentioned,  from  any 


154         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

moneys  due  or  to  grow  due  to  the  said  party  of  the  second  part; 
and  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  may,  from  time  to  time, 
retain  such  reasonable  sums  as  it  may  deem  necessary  for  its 
protection  in  this  behalf,  and  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  shall 
forthwith  pay  to  the  party  of  the  first  part  the  amount  of  any 
deficiency  arising  from  such  payment  of  laborers  or  other  work- 
men, and  the  retention  from  time  to  time  of  such  reasonable  sums 
as  it  may  deem  necessary  for  its  protection  in  this  behalf,  and  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part  shall  pay  the  deficiency  arising  there- 
from upon  demand. 

4.  Discharge  of  Employes  for  Cause.     The  said  party  of  the 
second  part  shall  discharge  any  foreman  or  other  employe  who 
shall,  in  the  judgment  of  the  said  Chief  Engineer,  be  unfaithful, 
unskillful,  or  remiss  in  the  performance  of  his  work,  or  guilty 
of  riotous,  disrespectful,  or  otherwise  improper  conduct;  and  no 
person  so  discharged  from  this  work,  or  any  other  work  done  for 
the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  shall  be  employed  again  by  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part  upon  the  work  to  be  done  under 
this  agreement,  without  the  written  consent  of  the  said  Chief 
Engineer. 

5.  Use  of  Intoxicants.     The  use  or  sale  of  ardent  spirits,  or 
other  intoxicating  beverages  upon  the  work,  or  in  any  of  the 
buildings,    boarding   houses,    or    other   tenements   owned,    occu- 
pied, or  within  the  control  of  the  said  party  of  the  second  part, 
or   any   of   his   employes,    is   strictly   forbidden,    and    the    said 
party  of  the  second  part  shall  exercise  his  influence   and  au- 
thority to   the   utmost   extent   to   secure   compliance   with   this 
regulation. 

6.  Contractors  to  be  Held  Responsible  for  Violations  of  Laws 
and  Ordinances.     In  all  operations  connected  with  the  work  em- 
braced in  this  agreement  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  shall  be 
held  responsible  for  any  failure  to  respect,  adhere  to,  and  comply 
with  all  local  ordinances  and  laws  controlling  or  limiting,  in  any 
way,  the  actions  of  those  engaged  upon  the  work,  or  affecting- 
the  materials,  or  the  transportation  or  disposition  of  them.    And 
the  said  party  of  the  second  part  hereby  assumes  all  liability  for, 
and  agrees  to  indemnify  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  against 
all  loss,  cost,  or  damages  for  or  by  reason  of  any  liens,  claims, 
or  demands  for  materials,  or  from  laborers,  mechanics,  and  others, 
and    from    any    damages    arising    from    injuries    sustained    by 
mechanics,  laborers,   or  other  persons,  by  reason   of  accidents 
or    otherwise,     and    from    damages    sustained    by    depositing 
materials  to  public  injury,  or  to  the  injury  of  any  person  or 
corporation,    including    costs    and    expenses    of    defense,    pro- 
vided that  he  be  duly  notified  of  the  bringing  of  suits  in  such 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         155 

cases,  and  be  permitted  to  defend  the  same  by  his  own  counsel, 
if  he  should  so  elect. 

7.  Contractor  to  he  Responsible  for  Damages.    Where  the  line, 
of  the  railway  passes  through  farms,  the  said  party  of  the  second 
part  shall  keep  up  such  temporary  fences  as  may  be  necessary 
for  the  preservation  of  the  crops  thereon.    The  said  party  of  the 
second  part  shall  be  responsible  for  any  damages  that  may  be  done 
by  him  or  his  workmen  during  the  performance  of  this  work  to 
property  adjacent  to  the  line,  in  consequence  of  his  or  their  u 
skillfulness  or  negligence;  and  if  any  such  damage  shall  be 

the  said  Chief  Engineer  shall  have  the  right  to  settle  an 
the  same;  and  deduct  the  amount  thereof  from  the  paymets,  j 
be  made  upon  the  estimates.  Whenever  any  work  herefo  em^ 
braced  shall  in  any  manner  interfere  with  a  public  or  prJYai^ 
traveled  road,  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  shall  keep  a  te^ 
porary  roadway,  during  such  interference,  at  all  times  unerfr- 
structed  and  safe  for  travel,  and  any  damages  which  may  result 
from  failure  so  to  do  may  be  settled  and  withheld,  as  above,  until 
paid  by  the  said  party  of  the  second  part. 

8.  Material  and  Labor  Not  Provided  for  in  Specification  to  be 
Done  and  Furnished  on  Written  Order  of  Chief  Engineer.     If,  in 
the  course  of  the  performance  of  this  contract,  or  any  work  there- 
under, it  shall,  according  to  the  written  opinion  of  the  Chief 
Engineer,  become  necessary  for  the  party  of  the  second  part  to  do 
any  work  or  to  furnish  any  material  not  embraced  in  the  fore^ 
going  classification,  or  for  which  no  price  is  hereinbefore  speci- 
fied, then  and  in  that  event  the  party  of  the  second  part  shall,  if 
ordered  in  writing  by  the  Chief  Engineer,  under  and  according 
to  his  directions,  do  all  such  work,  and  furnish  all  such  material, 
and  upon  performance  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  said  Chief  Engi- 
neer, the  party  of  the  second  part  shall  at  the  periods  and  in  Jhe 
manner  herein  provided  for  payments  under  the  contract,  receive 
therefor  the  reasonable  value  thereof,  as  the  same  shall  be  ascer- 
tained and  determined  by  the  Chief  Engineer,  at  approximately 
the  rate  of  payment  above  fixed  for  work  or  material   (if  any 
such  there  be)  of  substantially  similar  character;  or,  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  Chief  Engineer,  a  separate  contract  for  such  work 
and  material  (if  any)  may  be  entered  into  by  the  party  of  the 
first  part  with  any  person,  and  the  person  so  contracting  shall 
be  permitted  free  access  and  facility  in  performing  such  work 
and  furnishing  such  material,  it  being  intended  hereby  to  ex- 
clude, as  far  as  possible,  any  claim  for  "extra"  work  (so-called), 
and  to  provide  for  the  most  prompt,  expeditious,  and  econom- 
ical prosecution  of  all  work  necessary  to  the  principal  under- 
taking. 


156         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

9.  Chief  Engineer  May  Alter  Line,  Location,  etc.     The  said 
Chief  Engineer  shall  have  the  right  to  make  any  alteration  that 
may  hereafter  be  determined  upon  by  him  as  necessary  or  desir- 
able in  the  location,  line,  grade,  plan,  form,  or  dimensions  of  the 
work,  either  before  or  after  the  commencement  of  the  same,  de- 
fined in  writing,  and  by,  or  without  drawings ;  and  in  case  such 
alterations  increase  the  quantities,  the  said  party  of  the  second  part 
shall  be  paid  for  such  excess  at  the  contract  rates  herein  speci- 
fied; but  should  such  alterations  diminish  the  quantity  or  extent 
of  the  work  to  be  done,  they  shall  not,  under  any  circumstances, 
be  construed  as  constituting  and  shall  not  constitute  a  claim  for 
damages,  on  any  ground  whatever,  nor  shall  any  claim  be  made 
on  account  of  anticipated  profits,  nor  on  any  account  whatever 
in  respect  to  the  work  which  may  be  altered  or  dispensed  with, 
the  intent  of  this  provision  being  that  only  the  work  absolutely 
done  shall  be  paid  for,  and  at  the  prices  named  in  this  agreement. 

10.  Claim  for  Extra  Work.     No  claim  for  extra  work  shall, 
under  any  circumstances,  be  made,  allowed,  or  considered,  unless 
the  same  shall  have  been  done  in  pursuance  of  an  order  given  in 
writing,  as  above  provided,  by  the  said  Chief  Engineer;  but  noth- 
ing shall  be  deemed  or  construed  as  extra  work  which  can  be 
classified,    measured,    and    estimated   under   the    terms    of   this 
agreement. 

11.  Allowance  for  Delays.    No  extra  compensation  shall  be 
made  to  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  for  hindrances  or  delays 
from  any  cause  in  the  progress  of  any  portion  of  the  work  per- 
formed under  this  agreement;  but  if  such  delays  or  hindrances 
arise  from  any  cause  other  than  the  fault  of  the  said  party  of  the 
second  part,  then  and  in  that  case,  the  said  party  of  the  second  part 
shall  be  entitled  to  such  extension  of  time  for  the  completion  of 
this  contract  as  shall,  in  the  opinion  of  the  said  Chief  Engineer, 
be  sufficient  to  compensate  for  any  such  detention,  provided  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part  shall  give  notice,  in  writing,  to  the 
said  party  of  the  first  part  of  such  hindrances  and  delays,  stat- 
ing the  cause  thereof,  within  twenty-four  hours  after  the  same 
shall  first  occur. 

12.  Eight  to  Suspend   Work.     The   said  party  of  the  first 
part  reserves  the  right  to  suspend  or  terminate  the  work  em- 
braced in  this  agreement  for  reasons  not  herein  specified,  and  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part  hereby  agrees  to  discontinue  all  work 
within  ten  days  after  receiving  notice  of  such  suspension  or  ter- 
mination, in  which  case,  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  shall  be 
entitled  to  payment  in  full  for  all  materials  actually  handled  or 
supplied,  at  a  valuation  to  be  fixed  by  the  Chief  Engineer,  sub- 
ject to  review,  as  hereinafter  provided,  but  shall  make  no  claim 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         157 

for  consequential  damages  or  anticipated  profits  upon  work  not 
actually  performed  or  damage  of  any  kind  resulting  from  such 
suspension  or  termination. 

13.  Repairs  in  Case  of  Defective  Work.     Any  replacement  or 
repairs  rendered  necessary  upon  or  about  the  work  herein  con- 
tracted for,  by  reason  of  defective  material  or  workmanship  fur- 
nished or  performed  by  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  shall  be 
made  by  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  upon  demand,  without 
cost  or  expense  to  the  said  party  of  the  first  part. 

14.  Chief  Engineer  to  Settle  Disputes.     All  questions,  differ- 
ences, or  controversies  which  may  arise  between  the  parties  hereto 
in  regard  to  any  work  to  be  done  under  this  agreement,  whether 
as  to  its  performance  or  non-performance,  or  in  any  way  what- 
ever pertaining  to  or  connected  with  said  work,  shall  be  referred 
to  the  said  Chief  Engineer,  and  his  decision  shall  be  in  the  nature 
of  an  award,  and  shall  be  final  and  conclusive  upon  both  parties, 
and  compliance  on  the  part  of  the  party  of  the  second  part  with 
every  such  decision  of  the  Chief  Engineer  shall  be  a  condition 
precedent  to  the  right  to  receive  any  payment  hereunder. 

15.  Modification   of  Contract.     This  contract,   and   any   and 
every   provision   thereof,   may   be   modified   or  extended   by   the 
mutual  agreement  of  the  parties  hereto. 

16.  Security.     The  contractor  will  be  required  to  give  an  ap- 
proved trust  company's  bond  in  the  sum  of  one-half  the  amount 
or  approximate  amount  of  the  Contract,  for  the  faithful  execution 
and  completion  of  the  work. 

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,     The  parties  herein  named  have 
hereunto  set  their  hands  and  seals,  the  day  and  year  herein  first 
above  named. 
Attest  : 


CORPORATE  SEAL!  JL4§T^.!^^ 


By. 

Secretary  ^O  President 

RELIANCE  CONTRACTING  COMPANY, [L.S.] 


[SEAL]  ByJOfcflULJE^  sj 

Contractor 
Attest : 

Secretary 


158         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

The  following  "Directions  as  to  Execution  of  Contracts"  are 
issued  by  the  United  States  Government  in  connection  with  some 
of  its  contracts,  and  may  be  studied  to  the  advantage  of  the 
student  of  this  subject: 

1.  The  papers  should  be  made  in  quadruplicate,  and  each 
copy  should  be  the  exact  counterpart  of  the  others,  so  that  any 
one  of  them  may  be  used  as  an  original. 

2.  Before  signatures  are  appended  to  the  papers,  all  dates 
should  be  written  in,  and  all  remaining  blank  spaces  ruled  out, 
with  ink. 

3.  Interlineations  and  erasures  are  to  be  avoided  when  pos- 
sible ;  but  when  they  are  unavoidable,  either  in  the  specifications, 
the  contract,  or  the  bond,  they  should  be  noted,  word  by  word, 
immediately  above  the  signatures  of  the  witnesses,   specifying 
the  number  of  each  line  where  they  occur;  and  certificate  should 
be  made  that  each  specific  correction  or  alteration  was  made 
before    the    contract    was    signed.      A    general    statement    that 
"erasures  and  interlineations  were  made  before  execution"  is 
wholly  insufficient. 

4.  The  full  name  and  residence  of  each  signer  of  contract 
and  bond  should  be  stated  in  the  body  of  the  instrument  and 
the  signature  of  each  person  should  be  witnessed  by  two  other 
persons  who  should  state  their  places  of  residence. 

.  5.  When  firms  contract,  the  name  of  the  firm  and  the  full 
name  of  each  member  thereof  should  be  written  at  the  beginning 
of  the  contract;  for  instance,  "Smith,  Brown  &  Co.,  of  the  City 
of  New  York,  a  firm  composed  of  John  S.  Smith,  Charles  B. 
Brown,  and  John  W.  Robinson".  The  contract  should  be  signed 
in  the  firm  name,  viz:  "Smith,  Brown  &  Co.,  by  John  S.  Smith". 
The  bond  given  to  guarantee  fulfillment  of  a  firm  contract  should 
be  in  the  name  of  the  individuals  composing  the  firm  and  should 
be  signed  and  sealed  by  each  of  them,  or  by  his  duly  authorized 
attorney,  proof  of  whose  authority  must  be  attached. 

6.  When  an  incorporated  company  enters  into  contract,  the 
corporate  name  of  the  company  should  be  written  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  contract  and  bond;  for  instance,  "The  Smith  and 
Brown  Dredging  Company,  a  corporation  created  by  and  existing 
under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York,  and  having  its  prin- 
cipal office  in  the  City  of  New  York,  in  said  State".  The  contract 
and  bond  should  then  be  signed  with  the  corporate  name,  by  a 
person  duly  authorized  to  do  so,  sealed  with  the  corporate  seal, 
and  a  certificate,  showing  the  signer's  authority  to  sign  sealed 
instruments  in  its  behalf  and  that  the  seal  affixed  is  the  corporate 
seal,  should  be  made  by  the  secretary  of  the  corporation  or  other 
custodian  of  its  records,  in  the  form  prescribed.  In  cases  where 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         159 

a  corporation  or  other  body  organized  under  law,  has  no  seal, 
one  must  be  adopted  for  the  occasion,  and  proof  thereof  should  be 
made  by  affidavit  of  the  secretary. 

7.  The  date  of  the  bond  must  not  antedate  that  of  the  con- 
tract. 

8.  A  firm  will  not  be  accepted  as  surety,  nor  will  a  partner 
be  accepted  as  a  surety  for  a  copartner,  or  for  a  firm  of  which 
he  is  a  member.    An  officer  of  a  corporation  will  not  be  accepted 
as  surety  for  such  corporation.    In  no  case  will  a  married  woman 
or  an  infant  be  accepted  as  a  surety,  and  when  an  unmarried 
woman  (widow  or  spinster)  is  given  as  a  surety,  she  must  be 
described  as  such  in  the  body  of  the  bond;  nor  will  a  bonded 
officer  of  the  United  States  be  accepted  as  a  surety ;  nor  will  any 
person  be  accepted  who  is  an  official  or  employe  of  any  branch 
of  the  public  service  having  to  do  with  the  contract,  performance 
of  which  is  guaranteed  by  the  bond. 

9.  There  must  not  be  less  than  two  individual  sureties,  but 
one  corporate  surety,  duly  qualified  under  the  act  of  Congress  of 
August  13,  1894,  may  be  accepted  as  sole  surety,  provided  it  files 
or  has  filed  with  the  Solicitor  of  the  Department  of  Commerce 
and  Labor  full  proof  of  such  compliance  with  the  act  as  qualifies 
it  to  act  as  surety  in  the  case.    The  Contractor  and  sureties  should 
sign  (or  execute)  each  bond.    Each  surety,  including  a  corporate 
surety,  must  qualify  in  double  the  amount  of  the  bond.     Indi- 
vidual sureties  must  justify  upon  the  form  of  "Bondsman's  Oath" 
prescribed,  and  corporate  surety  companies  upon  the  form  of 
"Justification  by  Corporate  Surety". 

10.  The  affidavits  or  affirmations  of  sureties  must  be  made 
before  an  officer  authorized  to  administer  oaths  generally.    The 
authority  to  administer  such  oath  mu&t  be  shown  by  certificate, 
unless  the  oath  was  taken  before  a  judge  of  a  court  of  record,  or 
before  a  clerk  or  deputy  clerk  of  a  court  of  record,  a  United 
States  commissioner,  or  a  notary  public,  and  the  official  seal  is 
attached.     There  should  be  a  separate  and  distinct  impression 
of  the  official  seal  for  each  oath  or  affirmation.    The  official  title 
should  follow  the  signature. 

11.  Except  in  the  case  of  proper  corporate  sureties,  a  judge 
or  clerk  of  a  state  court  of  record,  a  judge  or  clerk  or  deputy 
clerk  of  a  United  States  Court,  a  United  States  district  attorney 
or  one  of  his  assistants,  a  United  States  commissioner,  or  a  post- 
master must  certify  that  the  sureties  are  sufficient  to  pay  double 
the  penalty  of  the  bond. 

12.  An  adhesive  seal  should  be  affixed  to  the  signature  of 
each  principal  and  surety  upon  the  bond,  except  when  the  prin- 


160         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

cipal  or  surety  is  a  corporation,  in  which  case  the  corporate  seal 
should  be  affixed. 

13.  "When  contracts  and  bonds  have  been  thus  prepared,  and 
signed  and  sealed  by  the  officer  making  them  in  behalf  of  the 
United  States,  they  should  be  forwarded  to  the  Board  for  its 
approval  and  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  and 
Labor. 

14.  When  approved  by  the  Board  and  by  the  Secretary  of 
Commerce  and  Labor,  one  copy  shall  be  returned  to  the  officer 
making  the  contract,  for  delivery  to  the  Contractor. 


PROPOSALS 

Proposals  or  bids  are  offers  or  tenders  to  do  a  certain  thing 
or  to  perform  certain  work,  on  certain  conditions,  for  a  con- 
sideration. They  are  generally  in  writing. 

The  Engineer  should  prepare  a  blank  form  of  proposal  for 
the  bidders  to  use  in  making  the  tender,  with  the  necessary 
instructions  as  to  the  manner  in  which  it  is  to  be  filled  out,  the 
limit  of  time  when  bids  will  be  received,  etc. 

Notice  to  Bidders.  The  notice  or  instructions  to  bidders 
should  give  the  necessary  information  and  instructions,  and  should 
cover  the  following: 

The  form  in  which  the  bids  should  be  sent. 

The  party  for  whom  the  work  is  to  be  done. 

That  the  Contractor  be  skilled  and  regularly  engaged  in  the 
line  of  work  bid  for. 

When  and  where  the  plans  and  specifications  can  be  obtained. 

What,  if  any,  deposit  must  be  made  with  the  Company  before 
taking  out  a  set  of  the  plans  and  specifications. 

How  to  endorse  the  proposal. 

The  date  and  hour  when  the  reception  of  bids  will  be  closed. 

Bidder  to  visit  the  site  of  the  work. 

Bidder  to  examine  the  plans  carefully. 

Bidder  to  give  the  number  of  days  required  to  do  the  work 
and  date  of  completion. 

Bidder  to  follow  the  printed  form. 

Bidder  to  make  no  conditional  bid. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         161 

Bidder  to  write  amounts  as  well  as  to  give  figures  in  filling 
out  proposal. 

Bidder  to  furnish  guarantee  to  enter  into  contract  within 
days  of  award  of  contract. 

The  amount  of  the  one  or  more  bids  required  (if  any)  and 
their  character. 

The  Company's  right  to  reject  any  or  all  bids,  or  to  accept 
any  bid. 

The  relation  between  the  Company  and  the  successful  bidder 
during  the  period  between  the  acceptance  of  bid  and  the  execu- 
tion of  the  contract. 

That  a  foreign  corporation  (one  chartered  in  another  State 
than  that  in  which  the  proposal  is  to  be  tendered)  must  furnish, 
with  its  proposal,  a  certificate  from  the  state  authorities  entitling 
it  to  do  business  within  said  State. 

That  the  proposals  must  contain  no  omissions,  erasures,  alter- 
ations, additions  not  called  for,  nor  conditional  bids. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  the  notice  should  call  the  bidder's 
attention  to  local  laws  affecting  the  employment  of  labor  and 
the  necessity  of  signing  the  proposal  with  the  individual's  name 
and  place  of  residence,  as  well  as  the  firm's  name  and  business 
address. 

If  quantities  are  set  forth  in  the  notice,  a  clause  should  state 
that  the  quantities  used  are  necessarily  approximate,  and  that 
the  Company  reserves  the  right  to  increase  or  decrease  them. 
The  purpose  of  sometimes  placing  the  approximate  quantities 
in  the  notice  to  bidders  is  to  use  them  as  a  basis  of  comparison 
to  determine  the  lowest  bidder,  in  unit  price  contracts. 

INSTRUCTIONS  TO  BIDDERS* 

U.  S.  Government  Lighthouse  Board.  The  following  instruc- 
tions to  bidders  are  used  by  the  United  States  Government  in 
the  proposals  of  the  Lighthouse  Board.  A  study  of  them  will 
give  much  information  on  the  subject. 

(1)  All  bids  and  guaranties  must  be  made  in  duplicate  upon 
the  printed  form  attached  hereto,  which  must  not  be  detached. 


*  Failure  to  comply  with  these  instructions  renders  the  bid  informal  and  liable 
to  be   rejected. 


162         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

(2)  Each  bid  must  state  in  words,  as  well  as  in  figures,  the 
sum  for  which  the   entire  work,   as   shown  on  the  plans   and 
described  in  the  specifications,  will  be  completed  and  delivered 
at  such  time  as  is  named  in  the  specifications. 

(3)  The  work  will  be  subject  to  the  personal  supervision  of 
the  Lighthouse  Engineer  or  his  agent,  and  all  facilities  must  be 
afforded  him  for  inspecting  the  materials  and  workmanship. 

(4)  All  blanks  in  the  form  of  bid  or  guaranty  must  be  filled 
in.    Interlineations  and  erasures  in  the  bid  and  guaranty  are  to 
be  avoided,  but  when  they  are  unavoidable  they  should  be  specifi- 
cally noted  word  by  word  by  the  signers  as  having  been  made 
before   execution.     The   general  statement  that   "erasures   and 
interlineations  were  made  before  execution"  is  insufficient. 

(5)  No  bid  will  be  received  by  telegraph. 

(6)  The  bidder's  place  of  residence,  with  county  and  State, 
must  be   given  after  his  signature,  which  must  be  written  in 
full. 

(7)  Anyone  signing  a  bid  as  the   agent  of  another,   or  of 
others,  must  file  with  it  legal  evidence  of  his  authority  to  do  so. 

(8)  -When  firms  bid,  the  name  of  the  firm  and  the  full  name 
of  each  member  thereof  should  be  written  at  the  beginning  of 
the  bid;  for  instance,  "Smith,  Brown  &  Co.,  of  the  City  of  New 
York,  a  firm  composed  of  John  S.  Smith,  Charles  B.  Brown,  and 
John  W.  Robinson".    The  bid  should  be  signed  in  the  firm  name 
by  a  member  of  the  firm,  thus,  "Smith,  Brown  &  Co.,  by  John  S. 
Smith,  a  member  of  the  firm".     When  corporations  bid,  the  bid 
should  be  signed  with  the  corporate  name  by  some  person  duly 
authorized  to   do   so    (evidence   of  whose   authority  should  be 
appended),  and  sealed  with  the  corporate  seal. 

(9)  Bidders  should  satisfy  the  United  States  of  their  ability 
to  furnish  the  material  and  perform  the  work  specified.    Lack  of 
evidence  of  such  ability  will  be  sufficient  cause  for  rejection  of 
any  bid. 

(10)  Reasonable   grounds  for  inferring  that   any  bidder  is 
interested  in  more  than  one  bid  for  the  same  item  will  cause  the 
rejection  of  all  bids  in  which  he  is  interested. 

(11)  Bids  submitted  by  different  members  of  the  same  firm 
0r  copartnership  will  not  be  considered. 

(12)  The  right  is  reserved  to  reject  any  or  all  bids  or  any 
part  of  a  bid,  to  strike  out  any  item  or  items  in  the  specifications, 
and  to  waive  any  defects. 

(13)  All  bids  must  be  signed  and  inclosed  in  an  envelope 
indorsed  "Proposals  for  the  construction  of  buildings  at  Punta 
Gorda  Light  Station,  California",  and  then  inclosed  in  another 
envelope  and  either  delivered  in  person  to  the  office  of  the  Engi- 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         163 

neer  of  the  Twelfth  Lighthouse  District  at  San  Francisco,  Cal., 
or  addressed  and  sent  to  him  through  the  mail,  postage  prepaid. 

(14)  All  bids  will  be  publicly  opened  and  recorded  at  the  time 
specified  in  the  advertisement.    Bidders  are  invited  to  be  present 
and  to  witness  the  opening  of  the  bids. 

(15)  The  contract  will  be  in  the  form  attached  hereto,  and 
bidders  are  understood  as  accepting  the  terms  and  conditions 
contained  in  such  form  of  contract. 

(16)  The  accompanying  advertisement,  plans,  and  specifica- 
tions, together  with  these  instructions,  will  form  a  part  of  the 
contract. 

(17)  Should  the  bidder  to  whom  the  contract  may  be  awarded 
fail  to  enter  into  contract  within  10  days  after  notice  is  given 
him  that  his  bid  has  been  accepted,  he  will  be  considered  a 
defaulting  bidder,  and  recommendation  will  be  made  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  Commerce  and  Labor  that  thereafter  no  proposal  of  his 
be  considered. 

(18)  A  bond,  with  one  corporate  surety  or  two  individual 
sureties,  in  the  sum  of  25  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  bid,  will 
be  required  for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  contract,  condi- 
tioned also  that  the  Contractor  shall  promptly  make  payment  to 
all  persons  supplying  him  or  them  with  labor  or  materials  in  the 
prosecution  of  the  work  provided  for  in  such  contract.     Each 
surety  will  be  required  to  justify  in  double  the  amount  of  the 
bond.    If  at  any  time  during  the  contract  period  the  Secretary 
of  Commerce  and  Labor  deems  the  security  furnished  by  the  Con- 
tractor insufficient,  additional  security  may  be  required. 

(19)  A  firm  will  not  be  accepted  as  a  surety  or  guarantor, 
nor  will  a  partner  be  accepted  as  a  surety  or  guarantor,  for  a  co- 
partner or  for  a  firm  of  which  he  is  a  member.    An  officer  of  a 
corporation  will  not  be  accepted  as  a  surety  or  guarantor  for 
such  corporation.     A  married  woman  or  an  infant  will  not  be 
accepted  as  a  surety  or  guarantor  under  any  circumstances. 

(20)  No  bid  will  be  accepted  or  contract  entered  into  until 
approved  by  the  Lighthouse  Board  and  the  Secretary  of  Com- 
merce and  Labor. 

(21)  Transfers  of  contracts,  or  of  interests  in  contracts,  are 
prohibited  by  law.     (See  U.  S.  R.  S.,  sec.  3737.) 

(22)  Payment  for  the  work  will  be  made  upon  the  certificate 
of  the  agent  of  the  Lighthouse  Board  that  it  has  been  completed 
and  delivered  according  to  contract. 

(23)  The  entire  work  must  be  completed  and  delivered  at  the 
time  provided  for  in  the  specifications  and  contract. 

(24)  Any  expense  incurred  by  the  United  States  on  account 
of  failure  on  the  part  of  the  Contractor  to  perform  the  service 


164         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

for  which  he  has  entered  into  contract  will  be  sufficient  to  cause 
the  annulment  of  the  contract,  should  the  Lighthouse  Board,  with 
the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  and  Labor,  so  decide. 

(25)  No  proposal  will  be  considered  unless  accompanied  by  a 
guaranty  or  a  certified  check  in  manner  and  form  as  directed  in 
these  instructions. 

(26)  The  guaranty  attached  to  each  copy  of  the  bid  must  be 
signed  by  two  responsible  guarantors,  to  be  certified  as  good  and 
sufficient  guarantors  by  a  judge  or  clerk  of  a  United  States  court, 
a  United  States  district  attorney  or  one  of  his  assistants,  a  United 
States  commissioner,  a  postmaster,  or  a  judge  or  clerk  of  a  state 
court  of  record,  with  the  seal  of  said  court  attached,  or  by  a 
guaranty  or  surety  company  duly  authorized  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  an  Act  of  Congress  approved  August  13,  1894. 

(27)  Each  guarantor  must  justify  in  the  sum  of  20  per  cent 
of  the  amount  of  the  bid.     The  liability  of  the  guarantors  and 
bidder  is  expressed  in  the  guaranty  attached  to  the  bid. 

(28)  Plans  and  specifications  must  accompany  bid. 

(29)  No  person  who  has  failed  to  perform  satisfactorily  any 
contract  with  the  United  States  or  to  abide  by  any  bond  or 
guaranty  given  by  him  for  the  performance  of  any  contract  or 
proposal  will  be  accepted  as  guarantor. 

(30)  In  lieu  of  the  guaranty  a  certified  check  in  a  sum  equal 
to  one-fourth  of  the  amount  of  the  bid,  payable  to  the  order  of  the 
Secretary  of  Commerce  and  Labor,  will  be  accepted,  and  the  pro- 
ceeds of  such  check  shall  become  the  property  of  the  United  States, 
if,  for  any  reason  whatsoever,  the  bidder,  after  the  opening  of  bids, 
withdraws  from  the  competition,  or  refuses  to  execute  the  con- 
tract and  bond  required  in  the  event  of  said  contract  being 
awarded  to  him.    All  checks  submitted  will  be  returned  to  the 
bidders  immediately  after  the  approval  of  the  contract  and  bond 
executed  by  the  successful  bidder. 

(31)  The   attention   of  intending  bidders   for  this  work   is 
invited  to  an  Act  of  Congress  approved  August  1,  1892,  which 
provides  that  the  service  and  employment  of  all  laborers  and 
mechanics  employed  by  any  contractor  or  subcontractor  upon 
any  of  the  public  works  of  the  United  States  or  of  the  District  of 
Columbia  is  limited  and  restricted  to  8  hours  in  any  1  calendar 
day,  and  that  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  such  contractor  or  sub- 
contractor whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  employ,  direct,  or  control 
the  services  of  such  laborers  or  mechanics  to  require  or  permit 
any  such  laborers  or  mechanics  to  work  more  than  8  hours  in 
any  calendar  day,  except  in  case  of  extraordinary  emergency. 
A  violation  of  this  statute  is  punishable  by  a  fine  or  imprison- 
ment, or  by  both  fine  and  imprisonment. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         165 

Provisions  for  Recording  Prices.  The  notice  to  bidders  should 
be  attached  to  the  form  of  proposal  and  form  a  part  of  the  con- 
tract. In  the  form  of  proposal  it  is  well  to  have  under  the  head 
of  Price  Bid,  two  columns;  one  headed  dollars,  the  other  cents, 
as  given  below : 

PRICE   BID 

Wrought  iron,  per  pound, .?.?. 

dollars three cents 

Concrete,  per  cubic  yard, 

dollars sixty.-fiye cents 

Bessemer  steel  rails,  per  ton, 

dollars .5£ cents 

The  greatest  number  of  mistakes  are  generally  made  by  bid- 
ders in  placing  the  decimal  point  in  the  wrong  position.  The 
above  suggested  form  helps  to  prevent  this.  Of  course  mistakes 
in  formal  bids  cannot  be  rectified  after  the  bid  has  been  opened, 
no  matter  how  apparent  the  error  may  be. 

The  following  cautionary  clause  is  sometimes  inserted  in  the 
form  of  proposal: 

Caution — Bidders  are  cautioned  against  placing  a  dollar  bid 
in  the  cents  column,  and  the  reverse ;  as  any  error  of  this  char- 
acter, no  matter  how  obviously  it  may  be  an  error,  will  cause  the 
rejection  of  the  whole  bid  as  being  informal. 

TYPICAL  PROPOSALS 

The  following  will  illustrate  the  wording  used  in  describing 
various  items  in  proposals. 

PROPOSAL  I 

(City,  County,  and  State)       (Date) ^.^..l?' 191...! 

To    the      Commissioner  of  Bridges^,   City  of  Bergen,   State  of 

Wisconsin. 

Sir: — ...??.... hereby  propose  to  furnish  all  materials,  appliances, 
labor,  and  transportation  necessary  to  perform  the  work,  and 
submit  to  all  conditions  as  represented,  intended,  and  implied, 
both  particularly  and  generally,  in  the  specifications  and  articles 


166 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


of  agreement,  for  the '^oncrete^rchjbrl^e^ over 

Black  Creek, 

examined  at  1^^ 

in  the  Ordinance  of  Councils,  for  the  construction  of  the  said  work, 
and  perform  all  additional  work  that  may  be  required,  upon  the 

following  terms,  to  wit: 

PRICE  BID 
Item  No.  1.     For  all  excavations  of  all  classes  i — 

.    ,  ,  .  ,       ,,  „     DOLLARS    CENTS 

of  materials,  per  cubic  yard,  the  sum  of 
two donars fifty cents 

Item  No.  2.  For  concrete,  Class  A  1-3-6,  per 

cubic  yard  in  place,  the  sum  of ®-k?.Y®?. 

dollars .®.™?!}t.y cents  11  80 

Item  No.  3.  For  terra  cotta  sewer,  12  inches 
and  under  in  place  complete,  with  all  appurte- 
nances per  linear  foot,  the  sum  of tw? 

dollars ?.??. cents  2  10 

Item  No.  4.  For  vitrified-brick  pavement,  in 

place  per  square  foot,  the  sum  of .?.?. 

dollars thirty. cents  0  3Q 

Item  No.  5.  For  reinforcing  steel,  in  place,  per 

pound,     the     sum     of ?.? dollars 

?i~£ cents  0    -05 

Item  No.   6.     For  placing  city  hydrants,   each 

the  sum  of. fifteen dollars twenty 

cents  15      20 


NOTE. — When  it  is  likely  that  some  additional  work  will  have  to  be  done 
by  force  account,  it  is  wise  to  have  the  bidder  quote  a  price  per  hour,  for  the 
various  classes  of  additional  labor  and  use  of  machinery,  the  items  appearing 
in  the  proposal  as  follows: 

Additional  Work.  For  additional  labor  and  use  of  machinery 
of  the  various  classes  enumerated  below,  as  ordered  by  the  Chief 
Engineer,  including  cost  of  superintendence,  use  of  tools,  repairs, 
oil,  waste,  and  fuel. 

PRICE  BID 

Item  No.  7.    For  foreman,  per  hour,  the  sum 

cents 
Item  No.  8.     For  riveter,  regular  working  hours, 

per  hour,   the   sum   of £.9. dollars 

sixty centg 


DOLLARS 


CENTS 


75 


60 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         167 


Item  No.  9.  For  riveter,  overtime,  per  hour,  the 

sum  of ?.?. .dollars Si??*.?. 

cents 

Item  No.  10.  For  use  of  team  (2  horses  and 
wagon),  including  driver,  per  hour,  the  sum 
of »9. dollars seventy cents 

Item  No.  11.  For  use  of  boiler  and  hoisting 

engine,  per  hour,  the  sum  of ?.?. 

dollars seventy.^five cents 

Item  No.  12.  To  be  added  to  all  additional  ma- 
terials specially  purchased  by  the  Contractor 
by  written  order ien. .per  cent 


PRICE  BID 


DOLLARS 

CENTS 

0 

90 

0 

70 

0 

75 

JS> agree  to  complete  the  whole  of  the  work  in 

*?P. working  days  from  the  date  of  notice  from  the 

Chief  Engineer  to  proceed. 

WITNESS .?.E: hand,  this 15th day  of 

January ,  19; 


Trading  as  SMITH, _  JONES  &  BROWN,   Contractors. 

NOTE. — The  Contractor  shall  here  give  individual  as  well  as  firm  names. 
Address.  14  ?°^*^  ^ron^:  ?*r®?*»   Chicago,   .I1.linois- 

The  following  is  a  form  of  guaranty  for  the  bidder  executing 
contract  within  10  days  of  the  notice  that  his  bid  has  been  ac- 
cepted. It  should  be  attached  to  the  proposal,  as  a  part  thereof. 


GUARANTY 


The 
of  __________  ILJall  J3treet_,  :..  New.  York  qity^  ___________  ft   Corporation   exist- 

ing under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  .............  New  .York,  ..............  hereby 

undertakes  that  if  the  bid  of  ........  .le.n.  .thousand  five  ^hundred 

...ci.0.lla.r.s...herewith  accompanying,  dated  ............  ^S52^LMi  .............. 

191  .^».       for    tlie   construction  of   the  ^Little  ;..Falls__bri_dge___on 
the  line  of  the  Ontario  Central  Railroad, 


168         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

be  accepted  as  to  any  or  all  of  the  items  bid  for,  the  said  bidder 
Standard  Construction  Company 

will,  within  ten  (10)  days  after  notice  of  award  of  contract,  enter 
into  a  contract  with  the  ________________  M^^L.??*^..*^^  ......  __  ....... 

Company,  to  perform  all  work  specified  therein  at  the  prices 
offered  by  said  bid,  and  will  give  bond  with  good  and  sufficient 
surety  or  sureties,  as  may  be  required,  for  the  faithful  and  proper 
fulfillment  of  such  contract.  And  said  Corporation  binds  itself  and 
its  successors  to  pay  the™  ............  ^?i°..C^™L.K^™?*  .............. 

Company,  in  case  the  said  bidder  shall  fail  to  enter  into  such  con- 
tract or  give  such  bond  within  ten  (10)  days  after  said  notice  of 
award  of  contract,  the  difference  in  money  between  the  amount 
of  bid  of  said  bidder  on  the  work  so  accepted,  and  the  amount 
for  which  the  ______________  S^^^^^J!^^.  ..................  Company 

may  contract  with  another  party  to  perform  said  work,  if  the 
latter  amount  be  in  excess  of  the  former. 

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  The  name  and  corporate  seal  of 
said   corporation   has   been   hereto   affixed,   this  .............  l^th  .............. 

day   of  -------------  llSSSfEL'  .................  191..!*  ......  ,    and   these    presents    duly 

signed  by  its  (1)  .........  .^resident'  ..............  pursuant  to  a  resolution  of 

its  (2)  ____  ?oa^.o?...PArectors,  ................  passed  on  the 

day  of  .......  J&uary  ,m  .........  A.  D.  191.  J.  ....... 

Attest:     [CORPORATE  SEAL]     (3) 


Secretary  resident 

(1)  The  president  or  officer  authorized  to  sign  for  the  Corporation. 

(2)  The  board  of  directors  or  other  governing  body  of  the  Corporation. 

(3)  Here  affix  the  corporate  seal. 

NOTE.  Instead  of  a  guaranty  of  the  above  nature,  sometimes  a  certified 
check,  drawn  on  a  national  bank  or  trust  company,  is  required  to  accompany  the 
proposal  to  serve  the  same  purpose. 

PROPOSAL  II 

The  following  form  of  proposal  may  be  used  in  railroad  work  : 
For  the  grading  and  structures  on  the 


............  Li.ne.  .............  Railroad  from   Station  .............  ???.  ................  to   Station 

..........  Pne..hra^ed___sixteen  ........  the  undersigned  hereby  •  certif  A®.?~~. 

that  _____________  he  ____________  ha?  ........  sufficiently  examined  the  locality  and  sec- 

tions of  the....      ....StraigyLk1?.®  .....  ...Railroad  on  which  the  work 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


169 


proposed   for  below  is   situated;    and   that he. ha.?. 

also  carefully  examined  the  specifications,  terms,  and  conditions 
applicable  to  said  work,  set  forth  in  the  form  herewith  attached, 
and  having  made  such  examinations  and  understanding  thor- 
oughly the  nature  and  conditions  of  the  work  to  be  let,  the  under- 
signed hereby  proposes  to  the i^E*i^Ly5iJ5y£25* 

Company  to  do  all  the  work  on  either  or  all  of  the  items  to  which 
prices  are  affixed  in  the  following  schedule,  according  to  speci- 
fications, terms,  and  conditions  aforesaid;  and  on  the  accept- 
ance of  these  proposals  for  all  or  either  of  the  items  named 
therein,  do.®? hereby  bind !?A?.??.?i? to  enter  into  and  exe- 
cute the  work  thereon,  at  the  following  prices,  viz : 


Grading 

(1)  Clearing,  per  acre,  the  sum 
of 

(2)  Grubbing,  per  acre,  the  sum 
of 

(3)  Solid  rock,  per  cubic  yard, 
the  sum  of 

(4)  Loose  rock,  per  cubic  yard, 
the  sum  of 

(5)  Earth    in    cuts,    per    cubic 
yard,  the  sum  of 

(6)  Earth  borrowed,   per   cubic 
yard,  the  sum  of 

(7)  Ditching  in  earth,  per  cubic 
yard,  the  sum  of 

Excavations    in    Water    for    Bridge 
Foundations 

(8)  Solid  rock,  per  cubic  yard, 
in  water  for  bridge  founda- 
tions, the  sum  of 

(9)  Loose  rock,  per  cubic  yard, 
in  water  for  bridge  founda- 
tions, the  sum  of 

(10)  Earth,    per    cubic    yard,    in 
water    for    bridge    founda- 
tions, the  sum. of 

Masonry 

(11)  First-class     masonry,      per 
cubic    yard    in    place,    the 
sum  of 


SECTION  1 


SECTION  2 


DOLLARS 

CENTS 

DOLLARS 

CENTS 

50 

00 

65 

00 

245 

00 

280 

00 

1 

50 

1 

00 

0 

62 

0 

68 

0 

30 

0 

32 

0 

30 

0 

32 

0 

22 

0 

25 

3 

00 

2 

55 

1 

45 

1 

45 

1 

20 

1 

30 

& 

00 

8 

00 

170         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


Masonry — Cont'd 

(12)  Second-class    masonry, 
cubic    yard    in    place, 
sum  of 

(13)  Third-class     masonry, 
cubic    yard    in    place, 
sum  of 

(14)  Slope  wall,  per  cubic  yard, 
in  place,  the  sum  of 

(15)  Rip-rap,  per   cubic  yard 
place,  the  sum  of 

(16)  Concrete   No.    1,    per 
yard  in  place,  the  sum  of 

(17)  Concrete   No.   2,   per 
yard  in  place,  the  sum  of 

(18)  Concrete   No.    3,    per 
yard  in  place,  the  sum  of 

Frame  and  Pile  Trestle 

(19)  Framing   and   erecting   pile 
and  timber  trestles,  per  M 
feet  board  measure  with  all 
appurtenances  in  place,  the 
sum  of 

(20)  Pointing,    shoeing,    driving, 
and    sawing    off    piles,    per 
linear   foot   measured   from 
' 'cut-off''  to  point,  the  sum 
of 

Timber  in  Foundation 

(21)  Yellow  pine  in  private  cross- 
ings,   over   meadow   ditches 
and  box  drains,  per  M  feet 
board  measure  with  all  ap- 
purtenances   in    place, 
sum  of 

(22)  Hauling  and  laying  12-inch 
double  strength  terra  cotta 
sewer  pipe,  per  lineal  foot  in 
place,  the  sum  of 

(23)  Hauling  and  laying  18-inch 
double  strength  terra  cotta 
pipe,  per  lineal  foot  in  place, 
the  sum  of 


SECTION  1 


SECTION  2 


per 
the 

DOLLARS 

CENTS 

DOLLARS 

CENTS 

6 

50 

6 

50 

per 
the 

T 

4 

00 

4 

00 

ard, 

2 

50 

2 

50 

1  in 

ubic 

2 

00 

2 

00 

f 
ubic 

11 

00 

11 

00 

f 
ibic 

7 

50 

7 

50 

f 

5 

75 

5 

75 

pile 

•  M 

L  all 

the 

55 

00 

57 

00 

ing, 

per 
rom 

sum 

OSS- 

0 

13 

0 

14 

3hes 
feet 
ap- 
the 

nch 

42 

00 

42 

00 

otta 
t  in 

nch 

0 

14 

0 

16 

otta 
ace, 

0 

28 

0 

28 

CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 


171 


SECTION  1 


SECTION  2 


Timber  in  Foundation — Cont'd 

(24)  Hauling  and  laying  24-inch 
double  strength  terra  cotta 
pipe,  per  lineal  foot  in  place, 
the  sum  of 

(25)  Hauling  and  laying  30-inch 
double  strength  terra  cotta 
pipe,  per  lineal  foot  in  place, 
the  sum  of 

(26)  Hauling  and  laying  12-inch 
cast-iron    water    pipe,     per 
lineal  foot  in  place,  the  sum 
of 

(27)  Hauling  and  laying  14-inch 
cast-iron     water    pipe,     per 
lineal  foot  in  place,  the  sum 
of 

(28)  Hauling  and  laying  24-inch 
cast-iron    water    pipe,     per 
lineal  foot  in  place,  the  sum 
of 


DOLLARS 

CENTS 

DOLLARS 

CENTS 

0 

52 

0 

52 

0 

80 

0 

80 

0 

16 

0 

20 

0 

20 

0 

22 

0 

40 

0 

44 

The  undersigned  further  propose     s     to  commence  work  on 


such  section  or  sections  as  may  be  awarded  to 

within  ..........  thirty  ...........  days  from  the  date  thereof,  and  to  complete 

the  same  on  or  before  the  .......  l°t.h.  .....  day  of  .......    :.^y?.  ...........  191...?.:._ 


Signed  thiK *®?.*?. day  of .«?«»£££ • 191. A: 

Proposer's     residence §?SL^2SL^®S*» 

Postoffice  Address     Lancaster, 

Pennsylvania. 


THE  ADVERTISEMENT 

Purpose.  The  advertisement  is  of  minor  importance  and  only 
in  government  and  some  municipal  contracts  is  it  considered  of 
sufficient  importance  to  be  made  a  part  of  the  contract.  «,-> 

Under  the  law,  most  public  work  —  that  is,  government,  state, 
county,  municipal,  and  borough  work  —  must  be  advertised  in  a 


172         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

certain  number  of  papers,  over  a  certain  period,  before  the  public 
letting  takes  place. 

The  Engineer  should  ascertain  the  requirements  of  the  law 
in  regard  to  advertising  public  work  before  drawing  up  a  con- 
tract, as  contracts  have  been  declared  invalid  upon  its  being  found 
that  they  had  not  been  properly  advertised. 

Of  course  the  object  of  advertising  is  to  secure  competition 
between  parties  who  are  engaged  in  the  kind  of  business  or  work 
to  be  performed,  and  hence  the  advertisement  should  be  so  headed 
as  to  attract  the  attention  of  the  firms  capable  of  performing  this 
work. 

Essential  Features.  The  advertisement  should  be  concisely 
worded,  as  every  word  is  an  additional  cost  to  the  party  for  whom 
the  work  is  to  be  done ;  on  the  other  hand,  it  should  give  the  fol- 
lowing information: 

(a)  A  heading  that  will  attract  the  attention  of  desirable 
bidders. 

(b)  The  address  where  plans  and  specifications  can  be  seen 
and  procured. 

(c)  The  address  where  proposals  will  be  received. 

(d)  The  date  of  the  insertion  of  the  advertisement. 

(e)  The  date  and  hour  until  which  proposals  will  be  received. 

(f )  The  manner  of  presenting  the  bid,  viz,  sealed,  or  in  dupli- 
cate or  triplicate,  etc. 

(g)  The  date  of  opening  the  bids. 

(h)  The  kind  and  approximate  quantity  of  work  to  be  done, 
or  such  information  as  will  give  an  idea  of  the  magnitude  of  the 
work. 

(i)  The  locality  where  the  work  is  to  be  done. 

(j)  The  right  to  reject  any  or  all  bids. 

(k)  The  name  and  address  of  the  parties  for  whom  the  work 
is  to  be  done,  or  their  Agent. 

Sometimes  the  entire  matter  included  in  the  "Notice  to  Bid- 
ders" under  "Proposals"  is  published.  The  objection  to  this  is 
the  great  cost  of  so  extended  an  advertisement. 

The  manner  of  arranging  these  requirements  will  be  shown  by 
a  few  examples. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         173 

TYPICAL  ADVERTISEMENTS 
METAL  WORK 

To  Iron  Manufacturers,  (a) 

Office  of  the  Lighthouse  Engineer,  Third  District, 
Tompkinsville,  New  York   (b) 191 (c) 

Sealed  Proposals  in  duplicate   (d)   will  be  received  at  this 

office  (e)  until  12  o'clock  noon  (f) 

191 (g),  for  furnishing  the  materials  and  labor  of  all  kinds 

necessary  for  the  completion  and  delivery  of  the  metal  work  of 
the  Peck's  Ledge  Lighthouse  (h),  Cockenoe  Island  Harbor, 
Conn,  (i) 

Plans,  specifications,  forms  of  proposal,  and  other  informa- 
tion may  be  obtained  on  application  to  this  office  (b). 

The  right  is  reserved  to  reject  any  or  all  bids  and  to  waive 
any  defects,  (j) 

(k) 

Lieutenant  Col.  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  A.,  Lighthouse  Engineer. 

(a)  Heading,  (b)  Address,  (c)  Date  of  Insertion,  (d)  Manner  of  presenting, 
(e)  Proposals  received,  (f)  Bidding  closed,  (g)  Proposals  opened,  (h)  Character 
of  work,  (i)  Locality,  (j)  Right  to  reject,  (k)  Party  letting  work. 

BRIDGE  WORK 

The  following  is  an  advertisement  for  the  superstructure  of 
the  ill-fated  Quebec  bridge : 

The  clause  in  regard  to  prices  of  labor  is  unusual  in  an  adver- 
tisement. The  clause  in  regard  to  other  newspapers  inserting 
the  advertisement  without  authority  is  a  very  wise  one,  as  it  is 
not  an  unusual  practice  for  newspapers  in  municipalities  to  insert 
such  advertisement  without  orders  from  the  proper  party  to  do 
so,  and  then  issue  bills  for  same,  which  are  really  nothing  less 
than  blackmail. 

QUEBEC  BRIDGE 

DEPARTMENT  OP  RAILWAYS  AND  CANALS 

TENDERS  FOR  SUPERSTRUCTURE 

NOTICE  TO  CONTEACTOES 

Sealed  tenders  addressed  to  the  undersigned  and  endorsed 
"Tender  for  Quebec  Bridge  Superstructure"  will  be  received  at 
this  office  until  12  o'clock  noon,  not  later  than  September  1,  1910, 
for  the  superstructure  of  a  bridge  across  the  St.  Lawrence  River 
near  the  City  of  Quebec. 


174          CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Plans  and  specifications  may  be  seen  and  forms  of  tender 
obtained  on  and  after  July  1,  1910,  at  the  office  of  the  Quebec 
Bridge  Board  of  Engineers,  Canadian  Express  Building,  Montreal, 
and  at  the  Department  of  Railways  and  Canals,  Ottawa. 

Parties  tendering  will  be  required  to  accept  the  fair  wages 
schedule  prepared  or  to  be  prepared  by  the  Department  of  Labor, 
which  schedule  will  form  part  of  the  contract. 

Contractors  are  requested  to  bear  in  mind  that  tenders  will 
not  be  considered  unless  made  strictly  in  accordance  with  the 
printed  forms,  and  in  the  case  of  firms,  unless  there  are  attached 
the  actual  signatures,  the  nature  of  the  occupation,  and  place  of 
residence  of  each  member  of  the  firm. 

An  accepted  bank  check  for  the  sum  of  $500,000.00  made  pay- 
able to  the  order  of  the  Minister  of  Railways  and  Canals  of 
Canada  must  accompany  each  tender,  which  sum  will  be  forfeited 
if  the  party  tendering  declines  entering  into  contract  for  the 
work  at  the  rates  stated  in  the  offer  submitted  and  in  accordance 
with  the  terms  stated  in  the  form  of  contract  accompanying  the 
specifications. 

Checks  thus  sent  in  will  be  returned  to  the  respective  con- 
tractors whose  tenders  are  not  accepted. 

The  lowest  or  any  tender  not  necessarily  accepted. 

L.  K.  J., 

Secretary 

Department  of  Railways  and  Canals, 
Ottawa,  June  17,  1910. 

Newspapers  inserting  this  advertisement  without  authority  from  the  De- 
partment will  not  be  paid  for  it. 


MACADAM  EOADS 

Denison,  Texas. 

Sealed  proposals  will  be  received  by  the  Commissioners'  Court 
of  Grayson  County,  Texas,  up  to  the  hour  of  11  o'clock  A.M.,  on 
August  10,  1910,  at  the  office  of  said  Court  in  Sherman,  Texas, 
for  the  construction  of  approximately  65  miles  of  macadam  road- 
way in  Road  District  No.  1  of  Grayson  County,  Texas.  Said 
district  is  situated  in  the  north  central  part  of  Grayson  County, 
in  and  about  the  City  of  Denison. 

Profiles,  plans,  and  specifications  will  be  on  file  in  the  office 
of  J.  C.  Field,  Engineer  in  charge,  Denison,  Texas,  after  July  1, 
1910.  Copies  will  be  sent  applicants  on  receipt  of  $2.00,  to  be 
returned  to  depositor  if  bid  is  made.  A  certified  check  for 
$5,000.00  on  some  Grayson  County  bank  must  be  deposited  with 
each  bid,  to  be  returned  to  unsuccessful  bidders;  and  to  be 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         175 

returned  to  successful  bidder,  upon  his  entering  into  contract  and 
bond  in  accordance  with  his  bid,  within  10  days  from  its  accept- 
ance. Failure  so  to  enter  into  contract  and  bond  will  forfeit 
check  to  district. 

The  right  is  reserved  to  reject  any  and  all  bids. 

H.  R.  W., 

Auditor,  Grayson  Co., 

Sherman,  Texas 

It  is  useless  to  multiply  examples  of  advertisements,  as  many 
examples  of  the  requirements  of  a  good  advertisement  can  be 
seen  at  any  time  in  the  leading  technical  journals. 

PRACTICE  IN  SPECIFICATION  AND  CONTRACT 

WRITING 

GENERAL  INSTRUCTIONS 

Examination  of  Actual  Work.  Below  will  be  found  a  few  sub- 
jects for  practice  in  specification  writing.  Before  attempting  to 
write  a  specification  for  any  of  the  subjects  given,  the  student,  if 
possible,  should  go  out  and  make  careful  examination  of  such  a 
piece  of  work  in  process  of  construction.  If  none  is  available, 
make  a  minute  examination  of  a  finished  structure,  note  its  strong 
points  and  its  defects,  and  seek  a  remedy  for  the  latter,  embodying 
the  ideas  in  the  specification  to  be  written. 

If  the  structure  is  in  process  of  building,  make  a  thorough 
examination  of  the  character  of  the  materials  entering  into  the 
work,  watch  the  process,  question  the  workmen  and  foremen  as 
to  character  of  foundation  and  as  to  any  special  features 
embodied  in  the  construction.  Examine  brands  of  materials  and 
if  better  processes  of  construction  are  apparent  to  you,  discuss  the 
subject  with  the  foreman  or  superintendent  with  the  idea  of 
getting  his  criticism  of  your  suggestions. 

Study  of  Good  Specifications.  Follow  this  up  by  collecting 
two  or  three  good  specifications  covering  the  subject  in  hand, 
and  make  a  comparative  study  of  them. 

Drawings.  If  drawings  are  to  be  a  part  of  the  contract,  the 
sheets  must  be  properly  numbered  and  a  list  of  them  set  forth  in 
the  specification,  which  list  should  be  inserted  just  before  the 
detailed  description  of  the  work. 


176         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

Order  of  Headings.  A  complete  list  of  headings  and  subhead- 
ings should  be  made  and  arranged  in  their  proper  order.  This  is 
difficult,  as  there  are  so  many  items  which  have  little  connec- 
tion with  each  other. 

The  method  generally  followed  is  to  arrange  the  clauses  as 
nearly  as  possible  in  the  order  in  which  the  building  actually 
takes  place  in  the  work  under  consideration.  For  instance,  in  a 
railroad  specification  the  headings  should  be  arranged  as  follows : 
Clearing,  Grubbing,  Grading,  Tunnels,  Excavation,  Foundations, 
Masonry,  Pipe  Drains,  Timber  in  foundation,  Timber  in  trestles, 
Bridges,  Tracklaying,  Surfacing,  etc.  Of  course  there  are  many 
items  that  cannot  be  arranged  chronologically;  often  one  clause 
or  heading  suggests  the  following  one,  which  method,  carried  out 
consistently,  will  give  the  desired  result.  It  is  very  desirable 
that  specifications  for  a  complete  piece  of  construction  be  prop 
erly  indexed. 

The  following  examples  are  given  as  good  subjects  for  prac- 
tice in  specification  writing: 

TYPICAL  PROBLEMS 

Examples.  (1)  A  single-track  railroad  handling  heavy  freight 
traffic  wishes  to  replace  a  frame  trestle  across  a  stream  by  a  steel 
plate  girder  bridge  on  concrete  masonry  abutments;  clear  span 
75  feet.  The  approaches  to  the  bridge  back  of  the  abutments  are 
to  be  filled  in  with  material  obtained  by  widening  out  an  adjacent 
cut;  material  in  cut,  sand,  and  loose  rock;  borings  show  hard 
gravel  at  25  feet.  Prepare  a  complete  specification  for  both  sub- 
and  superstructure.  The  work  will  eventually  be  sublet;  the 
masonry  to  one  firm  and  the  steel  to  another,  and  the  grading 
and  foundations  to  still  another. 
.  The  work  is  located  in  Northern  New  York  State. 

(2)  A  timber  trestle  across  a  meadow  in  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington has  been  burned  and  must  be  replaced  at  once,  to  open 
traffic  at  the  earliest  possible  date.  The  trestle  is  1650  feet  long; 
1100  feet  of  the  track  is  but  9  feet  above  the  marsh ;  the  550  feet 
remaining  varies  in  depth  from  9  to  22  feet;  profile  shows  but 
3  feet  of  earth  and  gravel  overlying  the  rock  at  the  lowest  point. 


CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS         177 

Prepare  a  complete  specification  for  replacing  the  trestle  in  the 
most  economical  manner. 

(3)  Prepare  complete  specification  for  a  double-track  steel 
bridge ;  tracks  13  feet  center  to  center ;  span  245  feet ;  live  load, 
Cooper's  Class  E  50;  steel  to  be  erected  by  a  sub-contractor; 
bridge  to  be  complete ;  ties  laid  ready  for  the  rails ;  two  coats  of 
paint  after  erection. 

(4)  Prepare  a  complete  specification  for  a  concrete  retaining 
wall  875  feet  long,  varying  in  height  from  8  feet  above  track  at 
one  end  to  24  feet  at  the  other  end.    The  wall  is  surcharged  with 
a  sandy  loam  embankment,  15  feet  high  at  the  end  of  the  wall 
which  is  lowest,  2  feet  high  at  the  other.     Foundations  in  soft 
rock  in  Eastern  Pennsylvania. 

(5)  Write  a  complete  specification  and  articles  of  agreement 
for  the  building  of  a  double-track  electric  interurban  railroad 
22  miles  long,  in  Northern  New  Jersey.     The  road  crosses  2  nav- 
igable rivers — one  crossing  is  1700  feet  and  the  other  650  feet  in 
length.    Both  loose  and  solid  rock  will  be  encountered;  the  road 
crosses  under  2  trunk  line  railroads  and  over  4  others;  it  crosses 
at  grade  3  street  railways.     There  are  on  the  line  2  10-foot 
reinforced-concrete  arched  culverts;   1240  linear  feet  of  framed 
timber  trestle  on  concrete  footings.     Kail  70  pounds  per  yard. 
Track  in  stone  ballast.     To  be  operated  by  overhead  trolley. 
Electric  current  to  be  purchased  from  a  local  company.    Station 
grounds  to  be  graded. 

(6)  A  street  1  mile  long  is  to  be  paved  with  vitrified  brick 
on  concrete  base ;  streets  crossing  500  feet  apart ;  soil  sandy  loam. 
One  half  of  it  is  to  be  curbed  with  new  granite  curb.    The  other 
half  has  been  curbed  with  blue  stone  and  is  badly  out  of  line  and 
grade.     Water,  gas,  and  electric  conduits  are  in  the  street,  one- 
half  of  which  has  to  be  lowered  varying  in  depth  from  1  to  5  feet 
at  the  summit. 

Prepare  a  complete  specification  for  the  above,  bearing  in 
mind  that  each  company  owning  the  structures  in  the  street  will 
do  the  work  of  altering  its  pipe  and  conduits  at  the  expense  of 
the  Contractor. 

(7)  Prepare  complete  specification  for  a  curved  dam  to  be 
located  in  Georgia.     It  is  to  be  245  feet  long,  built  of  concrete 


178         CIVIL  SPECIFICATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS 

faced  with  ashlar  masonry ;  soft  rock  foundations  with  the  abut- 
ting banks  of  the  river  of  same  material;  dam  will  be  18  feet 
high  above  river  bed ;  maximum  depth  of  water  is  8  feet  at  ordi- 
nary stages;  river  is  subject  to  frequent  freshets;  purpose  of  dam 
is  for  flushing  out  at  frequent  intervals  a  large  main  sewer. 

(8)  Prepare  specification  for  two  docks  on  creosoted  piles; 
superstructure  to  be  of  reinforced  concrete ;  depth  of  water  20 
feet,  to  be  dredged  to  32  feet  in  slip,  which  is  150  feet  wide; 
docks  each  to  be  65  feet  wide  and  450  feet  long;  concrete  bulk- 
head between  the  two  docks.     The  structure  will  be  located  at 
New  Orleans  and  will  have  two  docks,  the  upper  one  for  pas- 
senger service. 

(9)  Prepare  complete  contract  for  a  brick-arch  bridge;  span 
70  feet;  rise  12  feet;  springing  line  7  feet  above  the  sidewalks; 
bridge  carries  an  avenue  80  feet  wide  across  a  70-foot  street; 
there  is  on  the  street  a  double  track  electric  railway  on  which 
cars  are  very  frequent  and  travel  must  not  be  interfered  with; 
end  walls  and  parapet  to  be  of  first-class  masonry. 

(10)  A  Commission  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts 
wishes  to  build,  in  the  City  of  Boston,  a  reinforced  concrete 
chimney,  10  feet  interior  diameter,  height  175  feet,  foundation  on 
hard  blue  clay. 

Prepare  complete  contract  for  same  including  Advertisement, 
-Proposal,  with  Notice  to  Bidders,  and  form  of  Bond  required, 
Specifications,  and  Articles  of  Agreement. 


INDEX 


A 

Additional  men,  right  of  company  to  employ 14 

Advertisements,  typical  173 

bridge  work  173 

essential  features  172 

macadam  roads 174 

metal  work  • 173 

purpose 171 

Quebec  bridge 173 

Agreement,  forms  ,of 136 

general 140 

railway 143 

Alterations '. 24 

B 

Bond 29 

Borings 14 

Bridges 57 

highway 71 

railroad  ' 57 

Buildings  for  Engineer  and  Inspector , 19 

Buildings,  structural  steel  for 55 

C 

Care  of  materials 14 

Cement 43 

Claims 23 

Clauses  or  provisions,  general  and  specific 5 

Concrete , . .  44 

Concrete  macadam  100 

Conditions,  avoidance  of  unusual 7 

Contract 2,  131 

arbitrators  135 

bond 134 

consideration  133 

duties  of  parties 134 

essential  elements 131 

guaranty 134 

mutual  consent  133 

nature  and  purpose •  •  131 

number  of  parties  • 131 

payment  clauses 135 

provide  for  all  conditions  134 

subject  matter .......  •.«.•  133. 


182  INDEX 

PAGE 

Contract,  abandonment  or  violation  of 28 

Contract,  fulfilling  the 13 

execution  of  work 13 

inspection  15 

miscellaneous  obligations  of  contractor  18 

protective  and  labor  clauses 17 

Contractor,  obligations  of 18 

Contractor,  duties  of , 13 

Contracts,  dividing  line  between 8 

Creosote,  treatment  of  timber  with 81 

Culverts  53 

cast-iron  pipe 54 

terra  cotta  drain  pipe 53 

Curbing  108 

D 

Damages 23 

Definitions,  careful  statement  of  10 

Delays 18 

Drawings  3,  10 

general   11 

record 11 

Drawings,  plans,  etc , 10 

construing  10 

necessary  to  render  work  complete 11 

notes  upon  drawings 12 

verbal  agreements 12 

work  in  accordance  with  plans 11 

E 

Electric  railway,  overhead  construction  for  93 

Engineer 2 

knowledge  required  of 7 

Engineering   1 

Estimate,  monthly 27 

Execution  of  work 13 

borings 14 

care  of  materials 14 

delay  in  procuring  right  of  way 13 

duties  of  contractors  13 

extension  of  time 15 

materials  to  be  furnished 14 

prosecution  of  work 13 

right  of  company  to  employ  additional  men 14 

what  prices  are  to  include 15 

Extra  work 24 

F 

Foundations 35 


INDEX  183 


General  instructions  1 

contract 2 

drawings 3 

engineer 2 

engineering 1 

specifications  4 

Grouping  provisions  9 

H 
Headings,  order  of  176 

I 

Inspection  of  work 15 

cost  of   16 

during  construction 15 

final  inspection 16 

labor  furnished  to  inspector  16 

Insurance,  builders' 17 

Interference  with  travel   22 

Interstate  rules  for  classification  and  inspection  of  yellow  pine  lumber    52 

Iron  work  for  timber  trestles 84 

L 

Liability  of  contractor 21 

Liens 27 

Liquidated  damages  23 

Lumber    51 

classification  and  inspection  of  yellow  pine 52 

M 

Marks  and  stakes  to  be  preserved  12 

Masonry  36 

classification  of  39-48 

waterproofing 48 

Materials  employed 7 

Measurements,  lines,  grades,  etc 12 

lines  and  grades  by  engineer , 12 

marks  and  stakes  to  be  preserved 12 

quantity  estimates  12 

standard  of  measure 12 

work  to   conform   to   lines 12 

Mistakes  in  plans  and  specifications 9 

N 

Notes  upon  drawings 12 


184  INDEX 

PAGE 

o 

Obligations  of  contractors 18 

P 

Pavements . .  102 

asphalt   109 

granite  block  paving  on  concrete  base 105 

granite  block  paving  on  sand  base 108 

telford  107 

vitrified-clay  brick  or  block 104 

wood  block 120 

Pavements,  sidewalk 124 

brick  125 

granolithic 124 

Payment 26 

Piles 36 

Pile  shoes 36 

Pile  trestle  for  electric  railroad 76 

iron  work  84 

piling 78 

timber  and  framing 77 

Piling,  specifications  for  standard 80 

Plans  and  specifications  of  equal  force 11 

Problems,  typical 176 

Proposals  160 

instructions  to  bidders 161 

Proposals,  typical  165,  168 

additional  work 166 

guaranty 167 

Protective  and  labor  clauses 17 

builders'  insurance  17 

competent  men  and  discharge  for  cause 17 

employment  of  labor 17 

foreign  corporations 18 

freezing  weather  17 

Q 
Quantity  estimates  12 

R 

Railroad  grading . . . 29 

Right  of  way,  delay  in  procuring 13 

Risks  from  floods 20 

Roads  to  be  opened 21 

S 

Sanitary  regulations  20 

Specification  and  contract  writing,  practice  in 175 

Specifications 4,  29 

concrete  macadam 100 


INDEX  185 

PAGE 

Specifications — (Continued) 

culverts,  cast-iron  pipes  for  54 

culverts,  terra  cotta  drain  pipes  for  53 

elevated  tanks  and  standpipes   125 

foundations  35 

highway  bridges   71 

lumber    51 

masonry 37 

overhead  construction  of  an  electric  railway 93 

pavements  and  curbing  102 

pile  trestle  for  electric  railroad  across  an  ocean  inlet 76 

railroad  bridges 57 

railroad  grading 29 

stone  road 95 

structural  steel  for  buildings 55 

subaqueous  tunnel,  borings  for 75 

track  laying 85 

tunnels    72 

Specification,  spirit  of 25 

Sodding 125 

Steel  for  bridges,,  quality  of 65 

erection 70 

inspection  70 

painting 69 

shop  work 67 

Stone  road  . 95 

Structural  steel  for  buildings 55 

T 

Tanks  and  standpipes 125 

Time,  extension  of 15 

Time  of  commencement  and  completion 19 

Track  laying  85 

ballasting   89 

crossties    90 

handling  supplies   85 

preparing  roadbed   86 

surfacing    90 

Travel,  interference  with 22 

Tunnel,  subaqueous,  borings  for 75 

Tunnels 72 

U 

Underground  structures,  location  of 19 

V 

Verbal  agreements  12 

Verbal  information  to  contractor  8 

Violation  of  laws,  contractor  responsible  for 21 


186  INDEX 

PAGE 
W 

Weather,  freezing 17 

Work,  details  prior  to  beginning 9 

contract,  fulfilling  the 13 

definitions,  careful  statement  of 10 

damages,  claims,  alterations 23 

drawings,  plans,  etc 10 

grouping  provisions 9 

measurements,  lines,  and  grades  12 

miscellaneous  obligations  of  contractor 18 

payment,  liens,  estimate,  bond,  etc 25 

protective  and  labor  clauses 17 

travel,  interference  with 22 

Work,  execution  of 13 

Work,  inspection  of 15 

Work,  right  to  suspend 28 


f 


808513 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


